chore: release v0.25.9

Extends to frequency and mode what PTT already had. A missing FB is not a
missing command: the rig acts on the frame as it decodes it, and what
expires is our wait for the answer, on a bus shared with the rig's own
transceive updates. JTDX in "Split: Fake It" moves the dial and the mode
immediately before every key-down, so those acks queue behind each other.

Losing one is fatal to the client rather than merely untidy: rigctld answers
RPRT -9, JTDX reads that as losing rig control and tears the connection down
mid-over. An operator's log shows three set_freq failures and one set_mode,
each followed within 300 ms by a fresh rigctld client -- and shows the PTT
resend rescuing an over that would otherwise have ended there.

Opt-in per caller rather than folded into exec: only a command that says
"be in this state" can be repeated safely, and a relative one must never
come through here.

The acknowledgement loss itself is still unexplained. Every failure in that
log is preceded by a state read reporting SSB on a rig in DATA, which points
at CI-V frame desync rather than a slow rig, and needs a trace to pin down.

amps_linked_test.go

@@ -1,6 +1,11 @@
 package main
 
-import "testing"
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"sync"
+	"testing"
+	"time"
+)
 
 // The coupling is a SET, not a global switch.
 //
@@ -61,3 +66,73 @@ func TestLinkedAmpsNeedsTwo(t *testing.T) {
 		}
 	}
 }
+
+// Two combined amplifiers must be commanded AT THE SAME TIME, not one after the
+// other.
+//
+// Sequentially, the second was commanded only once the first had answered — and
+// an SPE answers over its own link, in its own time. The combiner heard power
+// appear on one input before the other and beeped about it, on every OFF and
+// every ON. This is what an operator hears, so it is worth a test that would
+// hear it too.
+func TestLinkedAmpCommandsLeaveTogether(t *testing.T) {
+	a := &App{}
+	const slow = 150 * time.Millisecond
+
+	var mu sync.Mutex
+	starts := map[string]time.Time{}
+	err := a.ampFanOut([]string{"one", "two"}, func(id string) error {
+		mu.Lock()
+		starts[id] = time.Now()
+		mu.Unlock()
+		time.Sleep(slow) // an amplifier taking its time to answer
+		return nil
+	})
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("fan-out: %v", err)
+	}
+	if len(starts) != 2 {
+		t.Fatalf("%d amplifiers were commanded, want both", len(starts))
+	}
+	// Both goroutines wait on one channel and are released by closing it, so the
+	// gap is scheduling noise. Sequential execution would put a full command
+	// between them.
+	gap := starts["one"].Sub(starts["two"])
+	if gap < 0 {
+		gap = -gap
+	}
+	if gap > slow/3 {
+		t.Errorf("the two amplifiers were commanded %v apart — the combiner hears that as one input arriving late", gap)
+	}
+}
+
+// The amplifier the operator clicked comes first, and its failure is the one
+// reported: "the amp I pressed did not respond" beats the same message about
+// its silent partner.
+func TestLinkedAmpErrorNamesTheOneClicked(t *testing.T) {
+	a := &App{}
+	clicked := errors.New("the one clicked")
+	other := errors.New("the other one")
+	err := a.ampFanOut([]string{"clicked", "other"}, func(id string) error {
+		if id == "clicked" {
+			return clicked
+		}
+		return other
+	})
+	if !errors.Is(err, clicked) {
+		t.Errorf("fan-out reported %v, want the amplifier the operator pressed", err)
+	}
+}
+
+// One amplifier is the ordinary case and must not change: run inline, no
+// goroutine, no barrier, and the error straight back.
+func TestSingleAmpRunsInline(t *testing.T) {
+	a := &App{}
+	boom := errors.New("not running")
+	if err := a.ampFanOut([]string{"solo"}, func(string) error { return boom }); !errors.Is(err, boom) {
+		t.Errorf("a single amplifier reported %v, want the error itself", err)
+	}
+	if err := a.ampFanOut(nil, func(string) error { return boom }); err != nil {
+		t.Errorf("an empty group reported %v, want nothing to do", err)
+	}
+}

app_psu.go

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+package main
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+
+	"hamlog/internal/applog"
+	"hamlog/internal/psu"
+)
+
+// ── Bench power supply (Modbus RTU) ──────────────────────────────────────────
+//
+// A programmable supply feeding the shack, switched on and off from OpsLog so
+// the station comes up and goes down with the logbook rather than by reaching
+// behind the desk.
+//
+// OpsLog READS the supply's measurements and its set points, and WRITES exactly
+// one thing: the output on/off. The register map has the voltage and current
+// set points and the three protection trip levels as writable too, and none of
+// them belong to a logbook — a wrong value there is 30 V where a radio expected
+// 13.8. See internal/psu for the map and where it comes from.
+
+const (
+	keyPSUEnabled = "psu.enabled"
+	keyPSUPort    = "psu.com_port"
+	keyPSUBaud    = "psu.baud"
+	keyPSUAddress = "psu.address" // Modbus slave address, 1…15 on this family
+)
+
+// PSUSettings is the JSON shape for the Hardware → Power supply panel.
+type PSUSettings struct {
+	Enabled bool   `json:"enabled"`
+	ComPort string `json:"com_port"`
+	Baud    int    `json:"baud"`    // 9600 from the factory
+	Address int    `json:"address"` // 1 from the factory
+}
+
+// GetPSUSettings returns the persisted supply config.
+func (a *App) GetPSUSettings() (PSUSettings, error) {
+	out := PSUSettings{Baud: 9600, Address: 1}
+	if a.settings == nil {
+		return out, fmt.Errorf("db not initialized")
+	}
+	m, err := a.settings.GetMany(a.ctx, keyPSUEnabled, keyPSUPort, keyPSUBaud, keyPSUAddress)
+	if err != nil {
+		return out, err
+	}
+	out.Enabled = m[keyPSUEnabled] == "1"
+	out.ComPort = m[keyPSUPort]
+	if v, e := strconv.Atoi(m[keyPSUBaud]); e == nil && v > 0 {
+		out.Baud = v
+	}
+	if v, e := strconv.Atoi(m[keyPSUAddress]); e == nil && v >= 1 && v <= 250 {
+		out.Address = v
+	}
+	return out, nil
+}
+
+// SavePSUSettings persists the config and (re)starts or stops the client.
+func (a *App) SavePSUSettings(s PSUSettings) error {
+	if a.settings == nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("db not initialized")
+	}
+	if s.Baud <= 0 {
+		s.Baud = 9600
+	}
+	// The manual gives 1…15 for the address field and 1…250 for the address
+	// SETTING register. Clamped to the wider range and defaulted to 1: an
+	// address of 0 is the Modbus broadcast, which never answers, so accepting it
+	// would give a supply that is present and permanently "not responding".
+	if s.Address < 1 || s.Address > 250 {
+		s.Address = 1
+	}
+	for k, v := range map[string]string{
+		keyPSUEnabled: boolStr(s.Enabled),
+		keyPSUPort:    strings.TrimSpace(s.ComPort),
+		keyPSUBaud:    strconv.Itoa(s.Baud),
+		keyPSUAddress: strconv.Itoa(s.Address),
+	} {
+		if err := a.settings.Set(a.ctx, k, v); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+	a.restartAsync("psu", a.startPSU)
+	return nil
+}
+
+// startPSU stops any running client and starts a fresh one if the supply is
+// enabled and has a port. Safe to call repeatedly (startup, settings save,
+// profile switch).
+func (a *App) startPSU() {
+	if a.psu != nil {
+		go a.psu.Stop()
+		a.psu = nil
+	}
+	s, err := a.GetPSUSettings()
+	if err != nil {
+		applog.Printf("psu: not started — settings unavailable: %v", err)
+		return
+	}
+	if !s.Enabled {
+		return
+	}
+	if strings.TrimSpace(s.ComPort) == "" {
+		applog.Printf("psu: not started — no serial port configured")
+		return
+	}
+	applog.Printf("psu: starting on %s @ %d baud, Modbus address %d", s.ComPort, s.Baud, s.Address)
+	a.psu = psu.New(psu.Config{ComPort: s.ComPort, Baud: s.Baud, Address: byte(s.Address)})
+	_ = a.psu.Start()
+}
+
+// GetPSUStatus returns the supply's last polled state for the UI.
+func (a *App) GetPSUStatus() psu.Status {
+	if a.psu == nil {
+		return psu.Status{}
+	}
+	return a.psu.GetStatus()
+}
+
+// SetPSUOutput switches the supply's output. The only write OpsLog makes to it.
+func (a *App) SetPSUOutput(on bool) error {
+	if a.psu == nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("the power supply is not enabled in Settings")
+	}
+	return a.psu.SetOutput(on)
+}

app_qsl_designer.go

@@ -45,9 +45,20 @@ const appQSLCardSentField = "APP_OPSLOG_QSL_SENT"
 // (please send one). Independent of ADIF qsl_rcvd, like the sent field.
 const appQSLCardRcvdField = "APP_OPSLOG_QSL_RCVD"
 
+// qslCredit closes the default QSL e-mail: who made the card, and where the
+// recipient can get the same program.
+//
+// A DEFAULT, not a signature. It lives in the body template like every other
+// line, so an operator who does not want it deletes it once and it is gone —
+// and one who has already written their own body never sees it appear, because
+// a stored template is returned verbatim and the default is only the fallback.
+// Appending it at send time instead would have made it unremovable, which is
+// not a thing to do to someone's outgoing mail.
+const qslCredit = "--\nDesigned & sent by OpsLog — " + releasesPageURL
+
 const (
 	defaultQSLEmailSubject = "eQSL — {CALL} de {MYCALL}"
-	defaultQSLEmailBody    = "Hi,\n\nThank you for our QSO! Please find attached your eQSL card.\n\n{DATE}  ·  {BAND}  ·  {MODE}\n\n73,\n{MYCALL}"
+	defaultQSLEmailBody    = "Hi,\n\nThank you for our QSO! Please find attached your eQSL card.\n\n{DATE}  ·  {BAND}  ·  {MODE}\n\n73,\n{MYCALL}\n\n" + qslCredit
 )
 
 // qslDir is the root of all designer artifacts: templates/<id>/ and outbox/.

appearance.go

@@ -138,6 +138,70 @@ func normRowColors(s RowColorSettings) RowColorSettings {
 	return out
 }
 
+// MatrixColors recolours the band/mode matrix — the PH/CW/DIG grid in the Stats
+// panel, whose five fills and current-entry ring are the fastest read in the
+// whole app and the one an operator is most likely to want in their own colours.
+//
+// Every colour is OPTIONAL and an empty one keeps whatever the active theme
+// paints. That is why this stores OVERRIDES rather than a palette: each of the
+// twelve themes ships a matrix ramp tuned to its own background, and an operator
+// who only wants a different green must not thereby freeze the other four to the
+// theme they happened to be using the day they picked it.
+type MatrixColors struct {
+	// Enabled off leaves the theme's own ramp untouched, so switching it off is a
+	// genuine revert and not "some other set of colours".
+	Enabled         bool   `json:"enabled"`
+	CallConfirmed   string `json:"call_confirmed"`
+	CallWorked      string `json:"call_worked"`
+	EntityConfirmed string `json:"entity_confirmed"`
+	EntityWorked    string `json:"entity_worked"`
+	NotWorked       string `json:"not_worked"`
+	CurrentEntry    string `json:"current_entry"`
+}
+
+// normMatrixColors keeps only plain hex values. Anything else becomes "" — i.e.
+// "use the theme's" — because these are written straight into a CSS custom
+// property, and the same rule as hexColor's own comment applies: what cannot be
+// trusted into a stylesheet is refused rather than passed through.
+func normMatrixColors(c MatrixColors) MatrixColors {
+	clean := func(s string) string {
+		s = strings.TrimSpace(s)
+		if hexColor.MatchString(s) {
+			return strings.ToLower(s)
+		}
+		return ""
+	}
+	return MatrixColors{
+		Enabled:         c.Enabled,
+		CallConfirmed:   clean(c.CallConfirmed),
+		CallWorked:      clean(c.CallWorked),
+		EntityConfirmed: clean(c.EntityConfirmed),
+		EntityWorked:    clean(c.EntityWorked),
+		NotWorked:       clean(c.NotWorked),
+		CurrentEntry:    clean(c.CurrentEntry),
+	}
+}
+
+// GetMatrixColors returns the operator's matrix palette overrides. All-empty
+// (the default) means "whatever the theme says".
+func (a *App) GetMatrixColors() MatrixColors {
+	var c MatrixColors
+	if raw := a.settingOr(keyMatrixColors, ""); raw != "" {
+		_ = json.Unmarshal([]byte(raw), &c)
+	}
+	return normMatrixColors(c)
+}
+
+// SaveMatrixColors persists them.
+func (a *App) SaveMatrixColors(c MatrixColors) error {
+	b, err := json.Marshal(normMatrixColors(c))
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	a.setSetting(keyMatrixColors, string(b))
+	return nil
+}
+
 // GetRowColors returns the row-colouring configuration, defaults included so the
 // panel never has to invent one.
 func (a *App) GetRowColors() RowColorSettings {

awardsnap_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+package main
+
+import (
+	"sync"
+	"testing"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// The award snapshot must be built ONCE however many callers ask at once.
+//
+// The cache lock is released before the logbook is read, so every caller that
+// arrives during a build used to miss the cache and start its own. Opening the
+// Awards panel does exactly that: a field log showed three pulls of the same
+// 123 615 QSOs inside ten seconds, and three copies alive together took the Go
+// heap from 725 MB to 2.5 GB.
+//
+// This models the same shape — a cheap cache check, a slow build, a shared
+// result — against the pattern awardSnapshot now uses, so the invariant is
+// pinned without needing a logbook.
+func TestSnapshotBuildsOncePerRevision(t *testing.T) {
+	var (
+		cacheMu sync.Mutex
+		buildMu sync.Mutex
+		cached  []int
+		rev     = "r1"
+		gotRev  string
+		builds  int
+	)
+
+	get := func() []int {
+		cacheMu.Lock()
+		if cached != nil && gotRev == rev {
+			defer cacheMu.Unlock()
+			return cached
+		}
+		cacheMu.Unlock()
+
+		buildMu.Lock()
+		defer buildMu.Unlock()
+		// Re-check: whoever held the build lock has just finished.
+		cacheMu.Lock()
+		if cached != nil && gotRev == rev {
+			defer cacheMu.Unlock()
+			return cached
+		}
+		cacheMu.Unlock()
+
+		time.Sleep(50 * time.Millisecond) // the logbook read
+		out := []int{1, 2, 3}
+
+		cacheMu.Lock()
+		builds++
+		cached, gotRev = out, rev
+		cacheMu.Unlock()
+		return out
+	}
+
+	var wg sync.WaitGroup
+	results := make([][]int, 8)
+	for i := range results {
+		wg.Add(1)
+		go func(i int) { defer wg.Done(); results[i] = get() }(i)
+	}
+	wg.Wait()
+
+	if builds != 1 {
+		t.Errorf("%d builds for one revision — each concurrent caller pulled the whole logbook again", builds)
+	}
+	for i, r := range results {
+		if len(r) != 3 {
+			t.Errorf("caller %d got %v", i, r)
+		}
+	}
+
+	// A new revision must rebuild: the guard is against duplicate work, not
+	// against a logbook that changed.
+	cacheMu.Lock()
+	rev = "r2"
+	cacheMu.Unlock()
+	get()
+	if builds != 2 {
+		t.Errorf("builds = %d after the revision moved, want 2 — a changed logbook must be re-read", builds)
+	}
+}

bandchange_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+package main
+
+import "testing"
+
+// A band change now has two sources: the rig, and the entry strip on a station
+// whose rig OpsLog does not control. They share one memory of the last band, so
+// a station that has both commands its antenna switch once per QSY rather than
+// twice — the entry selector pushes a QSY, the rig reports the same band back,
+// and only the first of the two is a change.
+func TestBandChangeIsNotedOncePerBand(t *testing.T) {
+	lastTriggerBandMu.Lock()
+	lastTriggerBand = ""
+	lastTriggerBandMu.Unlock()
+
+	if b, changed := noteBandChange("20m"); !changed || b != "20m" {
+		t.Fatalf("first 20m = (%q,%v), want (\"20m\",true)", b, changed)
+	}
+	// The same band from the other source — the rig echoing the QSY back.
+	if _, changed := noteBandChange("20M"); changed {
+		t.Error("the rig echoing the band back counted as a second change — the switch would be commanded twice")
+	}
+	if _, changed := noteBandChange(" 20m "); changed {
+		t.Error("whitespace made the same band look new")
+	}
+	if b, changed := noteBandChange("40m"); !changed || b != "40m" {
+		t.Errorf("40m = (%q,%v), want (\"40m\",true)", b, changed)
+	}
+	// An unknown band must not be recorded, or the next real one would look
+	// unchanged against it.
+	if _, changed := noteBandChange(""); changed {
+		t.Error("an empty band was treated as a change")
+	}
+	if _, changed := noteBandChange("40m"); changed {
+		t.Error("the empty band overwrote the last one")
+	}
+}

changelog.json

@@ -1,4 +1,162 @@
 [
+  {
+    "version": "0.25.9",
+    "date": "",
+    "en": [
+      "The band/mode matrix colours can be chosen in Appearance, starting from the ones your theme already paints. Its legend is translated too.",
+      "TCI sharing: a refused un-key no longer leaves the rig stuck transmitting, and PTT is dropped if the client dies mid-over.",
+      "Icom: a frequency or mode change whose acknowledgement is lost is sent again, like PTT — losing one made JTDX drop the radio.",
+      "FlexRadio: transmit audio can switch to DAX for a voice message and back afterwards, so your microphone is not left off air.",
+      "Rotor widget: quick-turn buttons you can name and aim yourself, plus an azimuth box where Enter turns the antenna.",
+      "A station portable in another entity no longer inherits its home county, state and grid — TI8/W2RE was logged in New York.",
+      "LoTW confirmations for FT2, FT4 and FT8 match again: LoTW answers “DATA”, and the exact mode never lined up with the log.",
+      "CAT: a transverter offset, so a 28 MHz IF behind a 144 MHz transverter logs, spots and tunes on the band you are really on.",
+      "Band map: zoom goes down to 2 px/kHz for a whole band in one screen, and each band keeps the zoom you left it at."
+    ],
+    "fr": [
+      "Les couleurs de la matrice bandes/modes se choisissent dans Apparence, à partir de celles du thème. Sa légende est traduite aussi.",
+      "Partage TCI : un retour en réception refusé ne laisse plus le poste bloqué en émission, et le PTT retombe si le logiciel meurt.",
+      "Icom : un changement de fréquence ou de mode dont l’accusé se perd est renvoyé, comme le PTT — en perdre un faisait lâcher JTDX.",
+      "FlexRadio : l’audio d’émission peut basculer sur DAX le temps d’un message vocal et revenir après, pour ne pas perdre le micro.",
+      "Widget rotor : des boutons de rotation rapide que tu nommes et vises toi-même, et un champ azimut où Entrée lance l’antenne.",
+      "Une station portable dans une autre entité n’hérite plus de son comté, son état et son locator d’origine : TI8/W2RE sortait à New York.",
+      "Les confirmations LoTW des QSO FT2, FT4 et FT8 se retrouvent : LoTW répond « DATA », et le mode exact ne correspondait jamais au log.",
+      "CAT : un décalage transverter, pour qu’une FI 28 MHz derrière un transverter 144 MHz logue et accorde sur la vraie bande.",
+      "Carte de bande : le zoom descend à 2 px/kHz pour voir toute la bande d’un coup, et chaque bande retient son zoom."
+    ]
+  },
+  {
+    "version": "0.25.8",
+    "date": "",
+    "en": [
+      "An entity that is a single island group now fills the IOTA reference on its own — no callbook subscription needed.",
+      "CAT sharing can now speak TCI instead of Hamlib, split included, so a TCI-only program reaches whatever radio you are on.",
+      "Lookup cache: a TTL of 0 switches it off, so a callbook record you are correcting is re-read every time.",
+      "TCI radios: when the rig forbids transmitting, PTT says so instead of doing nothing silently.",
+      "WAJA carried Japan’s civil prefecture numbers instead of the JARL’s: 35 of the 47 references are renumbered.",
+      "Award references can be renumbered in the editor — the number was the one field it would not let you correct.",
+      "The compass fills the moment Station Control opens, instead of waiting out the rest of a polling interval.",
+      "Combined amplifiers: the power level (L/M/H) is coupled too, and both amps are commanded at once so the combiner stops beeping.",
+      "Generic HTTP relay: an https:// board can be accepted with its own self-signed certificate, per board.",
+      "Club Log: the on-close upload now goes out as one batch — sending hundreds of contacts one at a time got operators blocked.",
+      "eQSL: uploads go out in batches of 100 too, and QRZ.com and HRDLog — which have no batch upload — are spaced out instead.",
+      "A spot you send now shows in your own spot list — most nodes never echo it back, so it looked like nothing had gone out.",
+      "Icom with JTDX in Fake It split: a lost PTT acknowledgement is sent again instead of failing, which made JTDX drop the rig.",
+      "A cluster whose only greeting is “login:” and which then asks for a password now connects — both prompts were being missed."
+    ],
+    "fr": [
+      "Une entité qui est un seul groupe d’îles remplit désormais la référence IOTA toute seule, sans abonnement callbook.",
+      "Le partage CAT peut désormais parler TCI au lieu de Hamlib, split compris : un logiciel TCI atteint la radio, quelle qu’elle soit.",
+      "Cache des recherches : un TTL à 0 le désactive, pour relire à chaque fois une fiche callbook en cours de correction.",
+      "Radios TCI : quand la radio interdit l’émission, le PTT le dit au lieu de ne rien faire en silence.",
+      "WAJA portait les numéros civils des préfectures japonaises et non ceux de la JARL : 35 des 47 références sont renumérotées.",
+      "Les références d’un diplôme se renumérotent dans l’éditeur : le numéro était le seul champ qu’il refusait de corriger.",
+      "La boussole se remplit dès l’ouverture de Station Control, au lieu d’attendre la fin d’un intervalle d’interrogation.",
+      "Amplis combinés : le niveau de puissance (L/M/H) est couplé lui aussi, et les deux amplis sont commandés en même temps — fini le bip du combineur.",
+      "Relais HTTP générique : une carte en https:// peut être acceptée avec son certificat auto-signé, carte par carte.",
+      "Club Log : l’envoi à la fermeture part désormais en un lot — envoyer des centaines de contacts un par un faisait bloquer l’opérateur.",
+      "eQSL : les envois partent aussi par lots de 100, et QRZ.com et HRDLog — qui n’ont pas d’envoi groupé — sont espacés à la place.",
+      "Un spot que tu envoies apparaît maintenant dans ta liste : la plupart des nœuds ne le renvoient pas, il semblait n’être jamais parti.",
+      "Icom avec JTDX en split Fake It : un accusé de réception PTT perdu est renvoyé au lieu d’échouer — JTDX lâchait le poste.",
+      "Un cluster dont tout l’accueil est « login: » puis qui réclame un mot de passe se connecte : les deux invites étaient ignorées."
+    ]
+  },
+  {
+    "version": "0.25.7",
+    "date": "",
+    "en": [
+      "Opening the Awards panel no longer pulls the whole logbook several times at once — a large log briefly took gigabytes of memory.",
+      "Awards: the Missing refs button now only appears where it means something — a worldwide award like POTA could only ever answer “nothing found”.",
+      "Worked before: a prefixed call like ZA/OE8NDR matched every other visitor to that country instead of that one operator.",
+      "French: seventeen strings were still in English, the whole update panel among them, plus Spot lifetime and Chase new grids.",
+      "Selecting a QSO shows the entity the QSO records, not one re-derived from its callsign — a 3Y0K contact logged as Bouvet showed the Antarctica matrix.",
+      "Back-entering a QSO resolves the ClubLog exception at the CONTACT’S date, so a DXpedition entered months later gets the entity it had then.",
+      "QRZ.com sends an island reference for an operator on one, and OpsLog read past it — it now fills the IOTA award reference before the QSO is logged.",
+      "Sync across PCs: point every OpsLog at one folder you already synchronise and your contacts follow you between machines.",
+      "TCI: a station spotted by several operators is drawn once on the panorama instead of two or three times a few hertz apart."
+    ],
+    "fr": [
+      "Ouvrir le panneau Awards ne tire plus plusieurs fois le journal entier en même temps — un gros log occupait brièvement des gigaoctets de mémoire.",
+      "Awards : le bouton Réf. manquantes n’apparaît plus que là où il a un sens — un diplôme mondial comme POTA ne pouvait répondre que « aucun manque ».",
+      "Déjà contacté : un indicatif préfixé comme ZA/OE8NDR rapprochait tous les autres visiteurs du pays au lieu de ce seul opérateur.",
+      "Français : dix-sept textes étaient restés en anglais, dont tout le panneau de mise à jour, la durée de vie des spots et Chasser les nouveaux locators.",
+      "Sélectionner un QSO affiche l’entité que le QSO enregistre, pas une recalculée depuis l’indicatif — un 3Y0K logué Bouvet montrait la matrice Antarctique.",
+      "Saisir un QSO a posteriori résout l’exception ClubLog à la date DU CONTACT : une DXpedition entrée des mois après retrouve l’entité qu’elle avait alors.",
+      "QRZ.com envoie la référence d’île d’un opérateur sur une île, et OpsLog l’ignorait — elle remplit désormais la référence IOTA avant l’enregistrement du QSO.",
+      "Synchro entre PC : fais pointer chaque OpsLog vers un dossier déjà synchronisé et tes contacts te suivent d’une machine à l’autre.",
+      "TCI : une station spottée par plusieurs opérateurs n’est tracée qu’une fois sur le panorama, au lieu de deux ou trois fois."
+    ]
+  },
+  {
+    "version": "0.25.6",
+    "date": "",
+    "en": [
+      "Right-click: update the US county of the selected contacts from the ULS database, replacing a county since renamed or abolished.",
+      "A QSO logged from WSJT-X, MSHV or a net now appears in Recent QSOs at once, instead of waiting for a delayed auto-upload to send it.",
+      "New installs: the default QSL and recording e-mails end with a credit line and a link to OpsLog. Part of the template, so delete it if unwanted.",
+      "Relay automatic control and band-change messages now follow the Band selector too, so a station without CAT switches its antenna when you change band.",
+      "Fixed OpsLog re-tuning its own rig from its own radio broadcasts, which dropped the CAT link on every JTDX or WSJT-X “Fake It” transmission.",
+      "New device: a bench power supply on Modbus RTU (BSIDE, Wanptek and kin) — its output switched from Station Control, with volts, amps and watts.",
+      "SPID rotator: a Rot1Prog controller turned nearly a full circle the wrong way for every heading — its commands take three digits, not four.",
+      "The compass sweeps with a turning antenna instead of jumping, and the controller is polled once for the whole app rather than by each panel.",
+      "A rotator test that only reads the heading now says so, instead of naming PstRotator for a move it never commanded."
+    ],
+    "fr": [
+      "Clic droit : mettre à jour le comté US des contacts sélectionnés depuis la base ULS, pour remplacer un comté renommé ou supprimé.",
+      "Un QSO logué depuis WSJT-X, MSHV ou un net apparaît aussitôt dans les QSO récents, sans attendre l’envoi d’un upload automatique différé.",
+      "Nouvelles installations : les mails QSL et enregistrement par défaut finissent par une ligne de crédit et un lien vers OpsLog. Dans le modèle, supprimable.",
+      "Le contrôle automatique des relais et les messages de changement de bande suivent aussi le champ Band : une station sans CAT commute enfin son antenne.",
+      "Corrigé : OpsLog réaccordait sa propre radio depuis ses propres diffusions, ce qui coupait le lien CAT à chaque émission JTDX ou WSJT-X en « Fake It ».",
+      "Nouvel appareil : alimentation de laboratoire en Modbus RTU (BSIDE, Wanptek et similaires) — sortie commutée depuis Contrôle station, avec V, A et W.",
+      "Rotator SPID : un contrôleur Rot1Prog tournait presque un tour complet à l’envers pour chaque azimut — ses commandes tiennent trois chiffres, pas quatre.",
+      "Le compas suit l’antenne en rotation au lieu de sauter, et le contrôleur est interrogé une fois pour toute l’application, plus par chaque panneau.",
+      "Un test de rotator qui ne fait que lire l’azimut le dit, au lieu de citer PstRotator pour un mouvement jamais commandé."
+    ]
+  },
+  {
+    "version": "0.25.5",
+    "date": "",
+    "en": [
+      "DX cluster: when spots arrive and every one is filtered out, the panel says so, names the filters doing it and offers to clear them — it used to say “waiting for spots” beside a counter reading 76 live.",
+      "DX cluster: the log times the connection and the first spot, so a slow first launch can be told apart from a quiet node.",
+      "Generic HTTP relay: its URLs were never actually sent — fixed. {value} sends the relay's label, {relay-1} counts from zero, no host needed.",
+      "Switching profile now reconnects the amplifier, antenna, Antenna Genius and tuner — they stayed on the previous profile's ports until you saved Settings.",
+      "SteppIR: one missed reply used to wedge the link — the antenna stopped responding, with nothing at all in the log. It now recovers on its own.",
+      "The log now says when a motorized antenna is connected but tracking is off, instead of a line that read like a fault.",
+      "DXHunter spot clicks tune the rig again: the frequency it sends is read in whatever unit it uses, not always as MHz."
+    ],
+    "fr": [
+      "Cluster DX : quand des spots arrivent et que tout est filtré, le panneau le dit, nomme les filtres responsables et propose de les effacer — il affichait « en attente de spots » à côté d’un compteur à 76 en direct.",
+      "Cluster DX : le journal chronomètre la connexion et le premier spot, pour distinguer un premier lancement lent d’un nœud silencieux.",
+      "Relais HTTP générique : ses URL n’étaient jamais envoyées — corrigé. {value} envoie le libellé du relais, {relay-1} compte de zéro, hôte inutile.",
+      "Changer de profil reconnecte l’ampli, l’antenne, l’Antenna Genius et le tuner — ils restaient sur les ports du profil précédent jusqu’à un Enregistrer.",
+      "SteppIR : une seule réponse manquée bloquait la liaison — l’antenne ne répondait plus, sans rien dans le journal. Elle se rétablit maintenant seule.",
+      "Le journal indique désormais qu’une antenne motorisée est connectée mais que le suivi est désactivé, au lieu d’une ligne qui ressemblait à une panne.",
+      "Les clics de spot DXHunter accordent à nouveau le rig : la fréquence envoyée est lue dans son unité réelle, plus toujours en MHz."
+    ]
+  },
+  {
+    "version": "0.25.4",
+    "date": "",
+    "en": [
+      "WinKeyer: the opening probe goes out as one write, matching a capture of a client that talks to the same K3NG keyer, and the handshake bytes are always logged so a keyer that stays silent can be diagnosed."
+    ],
+    "fr": [
+      "WinKeyer : la sonde d’ouverture part en un seul envoi, calquée sur la capture d’un client qui dialogue avec le même manipulateur K3NG, et les octets de la poignée de main sont toujours journalisés pour diagnostiquer un manipulateur muet."
+    ]
+  },
+  {
+    "version": "0.25.3",
+    "date": "",
+    "en": [
+      "Confirmations: a LoTW contact marked V (verified) counted for the awards but nowhere else — the band/mode matrix, the slot statistics, the row colours and the QSL Info table all read it as unconfirmed, the last one showing it as “No”. It now reads as Verified everywhere.",
+      "Rotators: SPID / AlfaSpid controllers are driven natively over their own COM port — Rot2Prog and Rot1Prog — so PstRotator is no longer needed in between. Two towers means two rotors, as before."
+    ],
+    "fr": [
+      "Confirmations : un contact LoTW marqué V (vérifié) comptait pour les diplômes et nulle part ailleurs — la matrice bande/mode, les statistiques de créneaux, la coloration des lignes et le tableau Infos QSL le lisaient comme non confirmé, le dernier l’affichant même « Non ». Il s’affiche désormais « Vérifié » partout.",
+      "Rotors : les contrôleurs SPID / AlfaSpid sont pilotés nativement par leur propre port COM — Rot2Prog et Rot1Prog — sans passer par PstRotator. Deux pylônes restent deux rotors, comme avant."
+    ]
+  },
   {
     "version": "0.25.2",
     "date": "",

cmd/dbdiag/main.go

@@ -109,9 +109,9 @@ func probeWB(conn *sql.DB, call string, dxcc int) {
         SELECT band, mode,
                MAX(CASE WHEN callsign = ? THEN 1 ELSE 0 END),
                MAX(CASE WHEN callsign = ?
-                         AND (lotw_rcvd = 'Y' OR qsl_rcvd = 'Y' OR eqsl_rcvd = 'Y')
+                         AND (lotw_rcvd IN ('Y','V') OR qsl_rcvd IN ('Y','V') OR eqsl_rcvd IN ('Y','V'))
                         THEN 1 ELSE 0 END),
-               MAX(CASE WHEN lotw_rcvd = 'Y' OR qsl_rcvd = 'Y' OR eqsl_rcvd = 'Y'
+               MAX(CASE WHEN lotw_rcvd IN ('Y','V') OR qsl_rcvd IN ('Y','V') OR eqsl_rcvd IN ('Y','V')
                         THEN 1 ELSE 0 END)
         FROM qso WHERE dxcc = ?
         GROUP BY band, mode

frontend/src/App.tsx

@@ -11,17 +11,17 @@ import {
   SaveCabrilloFile, ExportCabrillo, ExportCabrilloFiltered, ExportCabrilloSelected,
   ContestDupe,
   GetQSO, UpdateQSO, DeleteQSO, DeleteQSOs, DeleteAllQSO,
-  UpdateQSOsFromCty, UpdateQSOsFromQRZ, UpdateQSOsFromClublog, UploadQSOsManual, SendQSORecordingEmail,
+  UpdateQSOsFromCty, UpdateQSOsFromQRZ, UpdateQSOsFromClublog, UpdateQSOsCountyFromULS, ULSStatus, UploadQSOsManual, SendQSORecordingEmail,
   LookupCallsign, GetStationSettings, GetListsSettings,
   GetStartupStatus, CheckForUpdate, DownloadAndApplyUpdate, GetLiveStations, GetWhatsNew, GetChangelog,
   SMTPConfigured, SendLogToDeveloper,
   WorkedBefore,
   SetCompactMode, SetCompactHeight,
   RotatorGoToPath,
-  GetCATState, SetCATFrequency, SetCATMode, SwitchCATRig, FlexApplyBandAntenna, FlexApplyBandPower,
+  GetCATState, SetCATFrequency, SetCATMode, SwitchCATRig, EntryBandChanged, FlexApplyBandAntenna, FlexApplyBandPower,
   GetSecretStatus, UnlockSecrets,
   RefreshCtyDat, DownloadAllReferenceLists,
-  RotatorGoTo, RotatorStop, GetRotatorHeading, SetActiveRotor,
+  RotatorGoTo, RotatorStop, SetActiveRotor,
   GetDBConnectionInfo, GetLogbookRevision,
   GetUltrabeamStatus, SetUltrabeamDirection, UILog,
   GetAntGeniusStatus, GetAntGeniusSettings, AntGeniusActivate,
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ import {
   QSLViaRepairStatus, RepairQSLVia, DismissQSLViaRepair,
 } from '../wailsjs/go/main/App';
 import { Combobox } from '@/components/ui/combobox';
-import { applyAwardRefs, parseAwardRefs as parseManualRefs, spotRefList } from '@/lib/awardRefs';
+import { applyAwardRefs, parseAwardRefs as parseManualRefs, spotRefList , withIOTARef } from '@/lib/awardRefs';
 import { EventsOn, BrowserOpenURL, WindowMinimise, WindowToggleMaximise, WindowIsMaximised, Quit } from '../wailsjs/runtime/runtime';
 import type { adif as adifModels, lookup as lookupModels, cat as catModels } from '../wailsjs/go/models';
 import type { QSOForm, WorkedBeforeView, StationSettingsForm, ListsSettingsForm, ModePresetForm } from '@/types';
@@ -94,7 +94,8 @@ import { ShutdownProgress } from '@/components/ShutdownProgress';
 import { ClusterGrid } from '@/components/ClusterGrid';
 import { cleanSpotter, inferSpotMode, spotModeCategory, spotStatusKey } from '@/lib/spot';
 import { applySpotDisplay, readSpotDisplayOptions, spotIsWorked, SPOT_DISPLAY_OPTIONS_EXPOSED } from '@/lib/spotDisplay';
-import { GetRowColors, GetSpotTTLMinutes, IsNewUSCounty } from '../wailsjs/go/main/App';
+import { GetMatrixColors, GetRotorPresets, GetRowColors, GetSpotTTLMinutes, IsNewUSCounty } from '../wailsjs/go/main/App';
+import { applyMatrixColors } from '@/lib/matrixColors';
 import { WorkedBeforeGrid } from '@/components/WorkedBeforeGrid';
 import { NetControlPanel } from '@/components/NetControlPanel';
 import { ContestPanel, CONTEST_DEFAULT, type ContestSession } from '@/components/ContestPanel';
@@ -107,6 +108,7 @@ import { DetailsPanel, type DetailsState } from '@/components/DetailsPanel';
 import { SendSpotModal, type RecentSpotQSO } from '@/components/SendSpotModal';
 import { WinkeyerPanel, type WKStatus, type WKMacro } from '@/components/WinkeyerPanel';
 import { RotorCompass } from '@/components/RotorCompass';
+import { subscribeRotorHeading, pokeRotorHeading } from '@/lib/rotorHeading';
 import { writeUiPref } from '@/lib/uiPref';
 import { formatDateTimeUTC } from '@/lib/dateFormat';
 import { titleCase, sentenceCase } from '@/lib/textCase';
@@ -730,10 +732,19 @@ export default function App() {
   function onBandUserChange(v: string) {
     setBand(v);
     noteManualEdit();
-    if (catState.enabled && catState.connected && !locks.band && !locks.freq) {
+    // A lock means this value is deliberately decoupled from the rig (logging an
+    // old contact off-frequency) — drive nothing, neither the radio nor an antenna.
+    if (locks.band || locks.freq) return;
+    if (catState.enabled && catState.connected) {
       const hz = qsyFreqHz(v, mode);
       if (hz > 0) SetCATFrequency(hz).catch(() => {});
+      return; // the rig reports back, and the relays follow from its state
     }
+    // No rig to push to, so THIS is the band change. Without it, relay automatic
+    // control and the band-change outbound rows never heard about it — they only
+    // ever listened to the CAT state, which on a station without rig control
+    // never says anything.
+    EntryBandChanged(v).catch(() => {});
   }
   function onModeUserChange(v: string) {
     setMode(v);
@@ -1539,6 +1550,41 @@ export default function App() {
   // Hide spots already worked (exact call worked, or this band+mode slot done).
   const [clusterHideWorked, setClusterHideWorked] = useState(() => lsBool('opslog.clusterHideWorked', false));
 
+  // Everything currently narrowing the spot list, in words. Shown when spots
+  // arrived and none survived — the operator needs to know WHICH filter to
+  // loosen, and the two locks are the least memorable because they follow the
+  // rig rather than a click.
+  const clusterActiveFilterSummary = useMemo(() => {
+    const on: string[] = [];
+    if (clusterLockBand) on.push(t('clg2.fBandLock'));
+    else if (clusterBands.size > 0) on.push(t('clg2.fBands', { list: [...clusterBands].join(', ') }));
+    if (clusterLockMode) on.push(t('clg2.fModeLock'));
+    else if (clusterModeFilter.size > 0) on.push(t('clg2.fModes', { list: [...clusterModeFilter].join(', ') }));
+    if (clusterStatusFilter.size > 0) on.push(t('clg2.fStatus'));
+    if (clusterHideWorked) on.push(t('clg2.fHideWorked'));
+    if (clusterLotwOnly) on.push(t('clg2.fLotwOnly'));
+    if (clusterSpotterConts.size > 0) on.push(t('clg2.fSpotterCont'));
+    if (clusterFilterSource) on.push(t('clg2.fSource'));
+    if (clusterSearch.trim()) on.push(t('clg2.fSearch', { q: clusterSearch.trim() }));
+    return on.join(' · ');
+  }, [t, clusterLockBand, clusterBands, clusterLockMode, clusterModeFilter, clusterStatusFilter,
+    clusterHideWorked, clusterLotwOnly, clusterSpotterConts, clusterFilterSource, clusterSearch]);
+
+  // Undo every one of them at once. A list of ten switches spread down a panel
+  // is not something to walk back by hand when the answer is "show me anything".
+  const clearClusterFilters = useCallback(() => {
+    setClusterLockBand(false);
+    setClusterBands(new Set());
+    setClusterLockMode(false);
+    setClusterModeFilter(new Set());
+    setClusterStatusFilter(new Set());
+    setClusterHideWorked(false);
+    setClusterLotwOnly(false);
+    setClusterSpotterConts(new Set());
+    setClusterFilterSource('');
+    setClusterSearch('');
+  }, []);
+
   // Persist every cluster filter selection whenever it changes, so it is still
   // set after a close/reopen.
   useEffect(() => {
@@ -1735,7 +1781,10 @@ export default function App() {
   // Stats (F1) matrix whenever the entry form is empty — clicking a past contact
   // is the natural way to ask "what else have I got with this one?", and until
   // now the panel just sat blank.
-  const [selQso, setSelQso] = useState<{ call: string; band: string; mode: string } | null>(null);
+  // The selected row's own entity travels with it. Re-deriving it from the
+  // callsign is what showed Antarctica for a 3Y0K contact the log records as
+  // Bouvet Island — see the WorkedBefore call below.
+  const [selQso, setSelQso] = useState<{ call: string; band: string; mode: string; dxcc: number } | null>(null);
   const [bulkEditIds, setBulkEditIds] = useState<number[]>([]);
   const [bulkEditOpen, setBulkEditOpen] = useState(false);
   const [showSettings, setShowSettings] = useState(false);
@@ -1969,6 +2018,16 @@ export default function App() {
   // settings dialog closes, which is the only place it changes.
   const [rowColors, setRowColors] = useState<any>(null);
   useEffect(() => { GetRowColors().then(setRowColors).catch(() => {}); }, [showSettings]);
+  // Rotor quick-turn buttons (Settings → Rotator). Same reload trigger as the
+  // row colours: the settings dialog is the only place they change.
+  const [rotorPresets, setRotorPresets] = useState<{ label: string; azimuth: number }[]>([]);
+  useEffect(() => { GetRotorPresets().then((p) => setRotorPresets((p ?? []) as any)).catch(() => {}); }, [showSettings]);
+  // Band/mode matrix palette overrides (Settings → Appearance). Stamped onto
+  // <html> rather than held in state: the matrix reads CSS custom properties, so
+  // nothing re-renders and no component has to be told about the colours. Same
+  // reload trigger as the row colours — the settings dialog is where they change,
+  // and the panel already previews live while it is open.
+  useEffect(() => { GetMatrixColors().then((c) => applyMatrixColors(c as any)).catch(() => {}); }, [showSettings]);
   // Spot lifetime (Settings → DX Cluster). Spots are actually REMOVED rather
   // than filtered at render: the cluster list, every band map and the counts all
   // read the same array, so pruning it once is what makes the setting mean the
@@ -2192,16 +2251,34 @@ export default function App() {
     }
   }, [buildActiveFilter]);
 
-  // Refresh the Recent QSOs grid after external-service uploads stamp the
-  // sent status (auto-upload via extsvc:uploaded, or manual QSL Manager via
-  // qslmgr:done). Debounced so a batch of per-QSO events triggers one reload.
+  // Reload the Recent QSOs grid when the log changes.
+  //
+  // qso:logged is the important one, and it was missing. The entry form calls
+  // refresh() itself after AddQSO, so a QSO TYPED here always appeared — but a
+  // QSO logged from anywhere else (WSJT-X / MSHV over UDP, JTAlert, NET
+  // Control, an offline replay) only reached the grid when something else
+  // happened to reload it, and the something else was the upload: with
+  // auto-upload set to immediate, extsvc:uploaded arrived a second later and
+  // hid the gap entirely.
+  //
+  // Which is why this surfaced as "delayed upload breaks the recent list". It
+  // does not — the grid was waiting on the upload for its news. On a delayed
+  // service the QSO appeared one to two minutes late, and on close-of-session
+  // upload not until the next launch: the corrections that deferring the upload
+  // exists to allow could not be made, because there was nothing to correct on
+  // screen. The list follows the LOG now, and the upload only stamps a status.
+  //
+  // Debounced: qso:logged fires twice per contact (once on insert, once when
+  // the award refs are materialised), and a contest run fires it every few
+  // seconds.
   useEffect(() => {
     let t: number | undefined;
     const ping = () => { if (t) window.clearTimeout(t); t = window.setTimeout(() => { refresh(); }, 400); };
+    const offLogged = EventsOn('qso:logged', ping);
     const offUploaded = EventsOn('extsvc:uploaded', ping);
     const offDone = EventsOn('qslmgr:done', ping);
     const offEqsl = EventsOn('qsl:sent', ping);
-    return () => { offUploaded(); offDone(); offEqsl(); if (t) window.clearTimeout(t); };
+    return () => { offLogged(); offUploaded(); offDone(); offEqsl(); if (t) window.clearTimeout(t); };
   }, [refresh]);
 
   // The backend bulk-recomputed the materialised award_refs (an award definition
@@ -2328,17 +2405,12 @@ export default function App() {
     };
   }, []);
 
-  // Poll PstRotator for the live antenna heading (status bar). Cheap when the
-  // rotator is disabled (the backend just reads settings and returns).
-  useEffect(() => {
-    let alive = true;
-    const tick = async () => {
-      try { const h: any = await GetRotatorHeading(); if (alive) setRotatorHeading(h); } catch {}
-    };
-    tick();
-    const id = window.setInterval(tick, 3000);
-    return () => { alive = false; window.clearInterval(id); };
-  }, []);
+  // The live antenna heading, from the shared poller in lib/rotorHeading — fast
+  // while the antenna turns, slow while it is parked, and ONE loop however many
+  // panels are watching. This used to be its own interval alongside Station
+  // Control's, so the controller was polled twice over whenever that tab was
+  // open, and every poll opens and closes the port.
+  useEffect(() => subscribeRotorHeading((h) => setRotatorHeading(h as any)), []);
 
   // Poll the Ultrabeam antenna for its connection + pattern direction.
   useEffect(() => {
@@ -3548,6 +3620,26 @@ export default function App() {
     catch (e: any) { setError(String(e?.message ?? e)); }
     finally { setBulkProgress(null); }
   }
+  // Whether the offline US county database holds anything. It gates the
+  // right-click entry below: an action that can only answer "no database" is
+  // not worth a line in a menu this long. Re-read when a download finishes, so
+  // the entry appears without a restart.
+  const [ulsReady, setUlsReady] = useState(false);
+  useEffect(() => {
+    const read = () => ULSStatus().then((s: any) => setUlsReady((s?.count ?? 0) > 0)).catch(() => {});
+    read();
+    const off = EventsOn('uls:done', () => { read(); });
+    return () => { off(); };
+  }, []);
+
+  // Re-derive the county of the selected US contacts from the offline ULS
+  // database, OVERWRITING what is stored. Offered only once that database has
+  // been downloaded — see ulsReady above.
+  async function bulkUpdateCountyFromULS(ids: number[]) {
+    if (ids.length === 0) return;
+    try { await afterBulkUpdate(await UpdateQSOsCountyFromULS(ids as any), t('qctx.fromUlsLabel')); }
+    catch (e: any) { setError(String(e?.message ?? e)); }
+  }
   async function bulkUpdateFromClublog(ids: number[]) {
     if (ids.length === 0) return;
     try { await afterBulkUpdate(await UpdateQSOsFromClublog(ids as any), 'from ClubLog'); }
@@ -3674,7 +3766,19 @@ export default function App() {
     if (!call || callsign.trim()) { setSelWb(null); return; }
     let dead = false;
     setSelWbBusy(true);
-    WorkedBefore(call, 0)
+    // The SELECTED QSO's own entity, not one re-derived from its callsign.
+    //
+    // Passing 0 lets the backend resolve the entity from cty.dat and the
+    // ClubLog exceptions AS THEY ARE TODAY, which is right for a live contact
+    // and wrong for one being looked at in the log. A 3Y0K contact recorded as
+    // Bouvet Island showed the Antarctica matrix, and counted five contacts
+    // "with this entity" against eleven with the call — two different entities,
+    // one of them nobody asked about.
+    //
+    // Browsing the log shows what the log says, even where the log is wrong.
+    // Correcting an entity is a deliberate act (right-click → Update from
+    // ClubLog), not something a panel does behind the operator's back.
+    WorkedBefore(call, selQso?.dxcc || 0)
       .then((w: any) => { if (!dead) setSelWb(w); })
       .catch(() => { if (!dead) setSelWb(null); })
       .finally(() => { if (!dead) setSelWbBusy(false); });
@@ -3783,7 +3887,11 @@ export default function App() {
     const gen = lookupGenRef.current; // invalidated by ESC / resetEntry
     setLookupBusy(true);
     try {
-      const r = await LookupCallsign(call);
+      // The ENTRY'S date, so a ClubLog exception resolves at the moment the
+      // contact happened. Live, that is now and nothing changes; back-entering
+      // a past QSO, it is what makes 3Y0K come back Bouvet Island instead of
+      // Antarctica — the exception's window had closed by today.
+      const r = await LookupCallsign(call, qsoStartedAt ? qsoStartedAt.toISOString().slice(0, 10) : '');
       // Discard a STALE result: the operator already moved to another call
       // (clicked a new spot / typed) OR cleared the entry (ESC) while this lookup
       // was in flight. Applying it would clobber the current fields and zoom the
@@ -3837,6 +3945,24 @@ export default function App() {
         email:   d.email   || (r.email ?? ''),
         web:     d.web     || (r.web ?? ''),
         qsl_via: d.qsl_via || (r.qsl_via ?? ''),
+        // An island reference from the callbook becomes an IOTA award reference
+        // on the entry, exactly like one picked by hand.
+        //
+        // QRZ carries <iota> for an operator on an island and OpsLog read past
+        // it. That matters more for IOTA than it would for another award:
+        // unlike POTA there is no live "who is on an island right now" feed
+        // anywhere, so the callbook record is the practical source — and it is
+        // known BEFORE the contact is logged, which is when it is useful.
+        //
+        // Only when the operator has not set one already: a reference typed or
+        // picked by hand outranks a callbook that may be years out of date.
+        //
+        // This belongs HERE, on the provider result, and not in the backfill
+        // from the last QSO where it first went: that runs only when there IS a
+        // previous contact with the call, so the island appeared for stations
+        // already in the log and never for the new one on the island — which is
+        // the entire point of the feature.
+        award_refs: withIOTARef(d.award_refs ?? '', String((r as any)?.iota ?? '')),
       }));
       // Backfill anything the provider didn't supply from the last time we worked
       // this call (call not found on QRZ/HamQTH, or lookup off → cty.dat only).
@@ -5217,7 +5343,7 @@ export default function App() {
         return (
           <div className="h-full w-full min-h-0 flex flex-col bg-card border border-border rounded-lg overflow-hidden">
             <WorkedBeforeGrid key={`wbg-${activeProfileId ?? 'x'}`} wb={wbWithAwards as any} myGrid={station.my_grid} awardCols={awardCols} busy={wbBusy} currentCall={callsign} onRowDoubleClicked={(q) => openEdit(q.id as number)}
-              onUpdateFromCty={bulkUpdateFromCty} onUpdateFromQRZ={bulkUpdateFromQRZ} onUpdateFromClublog={bulkUpdateFromClublog}
+              onUpdateFromCty={bulkUpdateFromCty} onUpdateFromQRZ={bulkUpdateFromQRZ} onUpdateFromClublog={bulkUpdateFromClublog} onUpdateCountyFromULS={ulsReady ? bulkUpdateCountyFromULS : undefined}
               onSendTo={bulkSendTo} onSendRecording={bulkSendRecording} onSendEQSL={(ids) => setEqslQsoId(ids[0] ?? null)}
               onBulkEdit={openBulkEdit} onExportSelected={exportSelectedADIF} onExportSelectedFields={exportSelectedFields}
               onExportCabrilloSelected={exportSelectedCabrillo} onDelete={(ids) => setDeletingIds(ids)} />
@@ -5247,7 +5373,7 @@ export default function App() {
           <div className="h-full w-full min-h-0 flex flex-col rounded-lg overflow-hidden border border-border">
             <NetControlPanel onLogged={refresh} countries={countries} bands={bands} modes={modes}
                   qsoMenuHandlers={{
-                    onUpdateFromCty: bulkUpdateFromCty, onUpdateFromQRZ: bulkUpdateFromQRZ, onUpdateFromClublog: bulkUpdateFromClublog,
+                    onUpdateFromCty: bulkUpdateFromCty, onUpdateFromQRZ: bulkUpdateFromQRZ, onUpdateFromClublog: bulkUpdateFromClublog, onUpdateCountyFromULS: ulsReady ? bulkUpdateCountyFromULS : undefined,
                     onSendTo: bulkSendTo, onSendRecording: bulkSendRecording, onSendEQSL: (ids: number[]) => setEqslQsoId(ids[0] ?? null),
                     onDelete: (ids: number[]) => setDeletingIds(ids),
                   }} />
@@ -5271,7 +5397,7 @@ export default function App() {
               onRowDoubleClicked={(q) => openEdit(q.id as number)}
               onUpdateFromCty={bulkUpdateFromCty}
               onUpdateFromQRZ={bulkUpdateFromQRZ}
-              onUpdateFromClublog={bulkUpdateFromClublog}
+              onUpdateFromClublog={bulkUpdateFromClublog} onUpdateCountyFromULS={ulsReady ? bulkUpdateCountyFromULS : undefined}
               onSendTo={bulkSendTo}
               onSendRecording={bulkSendRecording}
               onSendEQSL={(ids) => setEqslQsoId(ids[0] ?? null)}
@@ -5281,7 +5407,7 @@ export default function App() {
               onExportFiltered={exportFilteredADIF}
               onDelete={(ids) => setDeletingIds(ids)}
               onRowSelected={(ids) => { setSelectedIds(ids); setSelectedId(ids[0] ?? null); }}
-              onRowSelectedQso={(r) => setSelQso(r ? { call: String(r.callsign ?? ""), band: String(r.band ?? ""), mode: String(r.mode ?? "") } : null)}
+              onRowSelectedQso={(r) => setSelQso(r ? { call: String(r.callsign ?? ""), band: String(r.band ?? ""), mode: String(r.mode ?? ""), dxcc: Number(r.dxcc ?? 0) } : null)}
             />
           </div>
         );
@@ -5409,7 +5535,7 @@ export default function App() {
                   </button>
                   <button
                     type="button"
-                    onClick={() => RotatorStop().catch((err) => setError(String(err?.message ?? err)))}
+                    onClick={() => { pokeRotorHeading(); RotatorStop().catch((err) => setError(String(err?.message ?? err))); }}
                     title="Stop rotation"
                     className="px-1.5 py-0.5 border-l border-info-border text-danger hover:bg-danger-muted hover:text-danger-muted-foreground cursor-pointer transition-colors"
                   >
@@ -6188,8 +6314,10 @@ export default function App() {
           {/* Rotor compass: azimuth dial + needles + click-to-turn. Shows when a
               rotator is configured or a DX bearing exists. */}
           {showRotor && (rotatorHeading.enabled || dxPath) && (
-            <div className="w-[186px] shrink-0 min-h-0">
+            <div className="w-[320px] shrink-0 min-h-0">
               <RotorCompass
+                presets={rotorPresets}
+                onStop={() => { RotatorStop().then(pokeRotorHeading).catch((err) => setError(String(err?.message ?? err))); }}
                 bearing={dxPath?.bearingShort ?? null}
                 headings={beamHeadings}
                 boomHeading={boomHeading}
@@ -6199,8 +6327,8 @@ export default function App() {
                 rotorEnabled={rotatorHeading.enabled && rotatorHeading.ok}
                 rotors={(rotatorHeading as any).rotors}
                 activeRotor={(rotatorHeading as any).active}
-                onSelectRotor={(i) => { SetActiveRotor(i).then(() => GetRotatorHeading()).then((h: any) => setRotatorHeading(h)).catch((err) => setError(String(err?.message ?? err))); }}
-                onGoto={(az) => RotatorGoTo(Math.round(az), -1).catch((err) => setError(String(err?.message ?? err)))}
+                onSelectRotor={(i) => { SetActiveRotor(i).then(pokeRotorHeading).catch((err) => setError(String(err?.message ?? err))); }}
+                onGoto={(az) => { RotatorGoTo(Math.round(az), -1).then(pokeRotorHeading).catch((err) => setError(String(err?.message ?? err))); }}
                 onClose={() => { setShowRotor(false); writeUiPref('opslog.showRotor', '0'); }}
               />
             </div>
@@ -6587,7 +6715,7 @@ export default function App() {
                 onRowDoubleClicked={(q) => openEdit(q.id as number)}
                 onUpdateFromCty={bulkUpdateFromCty}
                 onUpdateFromQRZ={bulkUpdateFromQRZ}
-                onUpdateFromClublog={bulkUpdateFromClublog}
+                onUpdateFromClublog={bulkUpdateFromClublog} onUpdateCountyFromULS={ulsReady ? bulkUpdateCountyFromULS : undefined}
                 onSendTo={bulkSendTo}
                 onSendRecording={bulkSendRecording}
                 onSendEQSL={(ids) => setEqslQsoId(ids[0] ?? null)}
@@ -6599,7 +6727,7 @@ export default function App() {
                 onExportCabrilloFiltered={exportFilteredCabrillo}
                 onDelete={(ids) => setDeletingIds(ids)}
                 onRowSelected={(ids) => { setSelectedIds(ids); setSelectedId(ids[0] ?? null); }}
-              onRowSelectedQso={(r) => setSelQso(r ? { call: String(r.callsign ?? ""), band: String(r.band ?? ""), mode: String(r.mode ?? "") } : null)}
+              onRowSelectedQso={(r) => setSelQso(r ? { call: String(r.callsign ?? ""), band: String(r.band ?? ""), mode: String(r.mode ?? ""), dxcc: Number(r.dxcc ?? 0) } : null)}
               />
               <div className="px-3 py-1.5 border-t border-border/60 text-[11px] text-muted-foreground flex items-center justify-between gap-3 bg-muted/30">
                 <div className="flex items-center gap-3">
@@ -6738,14 +6866,41 @@ export default function App() {
                 // pane). All the filter state lives in the right-side panel.
                 const rendered = clusterRenderedRows;
                 if (rendered.length === 0) {
+                  const connected = clusterServerStatuses.some((s) => s.state === 'connected');
+                  // Spots HAVE arrived and the filters ate every one of them.
+                  //
+                  // This used to say "Waiting for spots…" regardless, which is a
+                  // lie the moment the counter beside it reads 76 live: an
+                  // operator reads the two together and goes looking for a
+                  // connection fault instead of at the filter panel. The band and
+                  // mode locks are the usual culprits and the least visible —
+                  // they follow the rig, so nobody remembers switching them on.
+                  if (connected && spots.length > 0) {
+                    return (
+                      <div className="flex-1 flex flex-col items-center justify-center text-muted-foreground gap-2 py-12 px-6 text-center">
+                        <SlidersHorizontal className="size-10 opacity-30" />
+                        <div className="text-sm font-semibold text-foreground/70">
+                          {t('clg2.allFiltered', { n: spots.length })}
+                        </div>
+                        {clusterActiveFilterSummary && (
+                          <div className="text-xs max-w-md leading-relaxed">
+                            {t('clg2.activeFilters')} <span className="font-medium text-foreground/80">{clusterActiveFilterSummary}</span>
+                          </div>
+                        )}
+                        <Button size="sm" variant="outline" className="mt-1" onClick={clearClusterFilters}>
+                          {t('clg2.clearAllFilters')}
+                        </Button>
+                      </div>
+                    );
+                  }
                   return (
                     <div className="flex-1 flex flex-col items-center justify-center text-muted-foreground gap-2 py-12">
                       <Hash className="size-10 opacity-30" />
                       <div className="text-sm font-semibold text-foreground/70">
-                        {clusterServerStatuses.some((s) => s.state === 'connected') ? 'Waiting for spots…' : 'No active connection'}
+                        {connected ? 'Waiting for spots…' : 'No active connection'}
                       </div>
                       <div className="text-xs">
-                        {clusterServerStatuses.some((s) => s.state === 'connected')
+                        {connected
                           ? 'Spots will appear as the cluster sends them.'
                           : 'Use Connect all (or configure a cluster in Settings → DX Cluster).'}
                       </div>
@@ -6840,7 +6995,7 @@ export default function App() {
 
             <TabsContent value="worked" className="mt-0 flex flex-col min-h-0 flex-1">
               <WorkedBeforeGrid key={`wbg-${activeProfileId ?? 'x'}`} wb={wbWithAwards as any} myGrid={station.my_grid} awardCols={awardCols} busy={wbBusy} currentCall={callsign} onRowDoubleClicked={(q) => openEdit(q.id as number)}
-                onUpdateFromCty={bulkUpdateFromCty} onUpdateFromQRZ={bulkUpdateFromQRZ} onUpdateFromClublog={bulkUpdateFromClublog} onSendTo={bulkSendTo} onSendRecording={bulkSendRecording}
+                onUpdateFromCty={bulkUpdateFromCty} onUpdateFromQRZ={bulkUpdateFromQRZ} onUpdateFromClublog={bulkUpdateFromClublog} onUpdateCountyFromULS={ulsReady ? bulkUpdateCountyFromULS : undefined} onSendTo={bulkSendTo} onSendRecording={bulkSendRecording}
                 onSendEQSL={(ids) => setEqslQsoId(ids[0] ?? null)}
                 onBulkEdit={openBulkEdit} onExportSelected={exportSelectedADIF} onExportSelectedFields={exportSelectedFields}
                 onExportCabrilloSelected={exportSelectedCabrillo} onDelete={(ids) => setDeletingIds(ids)} />
@@ -6937,7 +7092,7 @@ export default function App() {
               <TabsContent value="net" className="mt-0 flex flex-col min-h-0 flex-1">
                 <NetControlPanel onLogged={refresh} countries={countries} bands={bands} modes={modes}
                   qsoMenuHandlers={{
-                    onUpdateFromCty: bulkUpdateFromCty, onUpdateFromQRZ: bulkUpdateFromQRZ, onUpdateFromClublog: bulkUpdateFromClublog,
+                    onUpdateFromCty: bulkUpdateFromCty, onUpdateFromQRZ: bulkUpdateFromQRZ, onUpdateFromClublog: bulkUpdateFromClublog, onUpdateCountyFromULS: ulsReady ? bulkUpdateCountyFromULS : undefined,
                     onSendTo: bulkSendTo, onSendRecording: bulkSendRecording, onSendEQSL: (ids: number[]) => setEqslQsoId(ids[0] ?? null),
                     onDelete: (ids: number[]) => setDeletingIds(ids),
                   }} />

frontend/src/components/AppearancePanel.tsx

@@ -1,9 +1,13 @@
 import { useEffect, useState } from 'react';
-import { GetRowColors, SaveRowColors } from '../../wailsjs/go/main/App';
+import { GetMatrixColors, GetRowColors, SaveMatrixColors, SaveRowColors } from '../../wailsjs/go/main/App';
 import { Checkbox } from '@/components/ui/checkbox';
 import { useI18n } from '@/lib/i18n';
 import { cn } from '@/lib/utils';
 import type { RowColorSettings } from '@/lib/rowColors';
+import {
+  MATRIX_VARS, applyMatrixColors, effectiveMatrixColor, emptyMatrixColors,
+  type MatrixColors,
+} from '@/lib/matrixColors';
 
 // A fixed palette plus a free picker. Muted values on purpose: they are
 // composited at low opacity over a dark grid, where a saturated colour reads as
@@ -30,6 +34,111 @@ const CHANNEL_LABELS: Record<string, string> = {
   qsl: 'appr.chQsl', lotw: 'LoTW', eqsl: 'eQSL', qrz: 'QRZ.com',
 };
 
+// MatrixColorsSection recolours the band/mode matrix — the PH/CW/DIG grid in the
+// Stats panel.
+//
+// The pickers are seeded from what the matrix is painting RIGHT NOW (the active
+// theme's ramp, or an existing override), not from a fixed palette: the operator
+// starts from the colours in front of them and moves one, instead of being
+// handed six values that may belong to a theme they stopped using. Every change
+// is applied to the live document at once, so the sample row below is the real
+// thing rather than a mock-up of it.
+function MatrixColorsSection() {
+  const { t } = useI18n();
+  const [cfg, setCfg] = useState<MatrixColors | null>(null);
+
+  useEffect(() => {
+    (async () => {
+      try {
+        setCfg((await GetMatrixColors()) as any);
+      } catch {
+        setCfg(emptyMatrixColors());
+      }
+    })();
+  }, []);
+
+  const save = (next: MatrixColors) => {
+    setCfg(next);
+    applyMatrixColors(next); // live, before the round trip — the panel must not lag the choice
+    SaveMatrixColors(next as any).catch(() => {});
+  };
+
+  // Turning it ON with nothing stored would change nothing at all and read as a
+  // broken switch, so the empty slots are filled from the theme's current ramp:
+  // the operator sees six swatches that match the grid and edits from there.
+  const enable = (on: boolean) => {
+    if (!cfg) return;
+    if (!on) {
+      save({ ...cfg, enabled: false });
+      return;
+    }
+    const seeded = { ...cfg, enabled: true };
+    for (const { key, cssVar } of MATRIX_VARS) {
+      if (!String(seeded[key] ?? '').trim()) seeded[key] = effectiveMatrixColor(cssVar);
+    }
+    save(seeded);
+  };
+
+  // Reset clears the overrides but keeps the section switched on, then re-seeds
+  // from the theme — "back to the theme's colours", which is what an operator
+  // means by reset here, rather than "switch the whole feature off".
+  const reset = () => {
+    if (!cfg) return;
+    applyMatrixColors({ ...emptyMatrixColors(), enabled: false });
+    const seeded = { ...emptyMatrixColors(), enabled: true };
+    for (const { key, cssVar } of MATRIX_VARS) seeded[key] = effectiveMatrixColor(cssVar);
+    save(seeded);
+  };
+
+  if (!cfg) return null;
+
+  return (
+    <div className="space-y-3 border-t border-border/60 pt-4">
+      <label className="flex items-start gap-2 text-sm cursor-pointer">
+        <Checkbox checked={cfg.enabled} className="mt-0.5" onCheckedChange={(c) => enable(!!c)} />
+        <span>
+          {t('appr.matrixEnable')}{' '}
+          <span className="text-xs text-muted-foreground">{t('appr.matrixHint')}</span>
+        </span>
+      </label>
+
+      {cfg.enabled && (
+        <div className="space-y-3">
+          <div className="grid grid-cols-2 gap-x-4 gap-y-2">
+            {MATRIX_VARS.map(({ key, cssVar, label }) => (
+              <label key={key} className="flex items-center gap-2 text-sm cursor-pointer">
+                <input
+                  type="color"
+                  value={String(cfg[key] || '').trim() || effectiveMatrixColor(cssVar)}
+                  onChange={(e) => save({ ...cfg, [key]: e.target.value })}
+                  className="size-6 rounded-md border border-border bg-transparent p-0 cursor-pointer shrink-0"
+                />
+                {t(label)}
+              </label>
+            ))}
+          </div>
+
+          {/* The matrix as it will actually look: same tokens, same shapes. */}
+          <div className="flex items-center gap-1.5">
+            <span className="text-xs text-muted-foreground w-10 shrink-0">{t('appr.matrixSample')}</span>
+            <span className="inline-block w-7 h-5 rounded bg-mx-call-conf" />
+            <span className="inline-block w-7 h-5 rounded bg-mx-call-work" />
+            <span className="inline-block w-7 h-5 rounded bg-mx-dx-conf" />
+            <span className="inline-block w-7 h-5 rounded bg-mx-dx-work" />
+            <span className="inline-block w-7 h-5 rounded bg-mx-none" />
+            <span className="inline-block w-7 h-5 rounded bg-mx-none ring-2 ring-mx-cur ring-inset" />
+          </div>
+
+          <button type="button" onClick={reset}
+            className="text-xs text-muted-foreground underline underline-offset-2 hover:text-foreground">
+            {t('appr.matrixReset')}
+          </button>
+        </div>
+      )}
+    </div>
+  );
+}
+
 export function AppearancePanel() {
   const { t } = useI18n();
   const [cfg, setCfg] = useState<RowColorSettings | null>(null);
@@ -148,6 +257,8 @@ export function AppearancePanel() {
           ))}
         </div>
       )}
+
+      <MatrixColorsSection />
     </div>
   );
 }

frontend/src/components/AwardEditor.tsx

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ import { useI18n } from '@/lib/i18n';
 import {
   GetAwardDefs, SaveAwardDefs, ResetAwardDefs, AwardFields,
   GetAwardReferenceMeta, UpdateAwardReferenceList,
-  ListAwardReferences, SearchAwardReferences, SaveAwardReference, DeleteAwardReference,
+  ListAwardReferences, SearchAwardReferences, SaveAwardReference, DeleteAwardReference, RenameAwardReference,
   ImportAwardReferencesText, GetAwardPresets, ApplyAwardPreset,
   ListCountries, DXCCForCountry, DXCCName,
   PopulateBuiltinReferences, HasBuiltinReferences,
@@ -915,6 +915,10 @@ function ReferencesPanel({ code, presets, meta, awardValidFrom, awardValidTo, on
   const [refs, setRefs] = useState<AwardRef[]>([]);
   const [q, setQ] = useState('');
   const [selCode, setSelCode] = useState<string | null>(null);
+  // The code as TYPED. The list and every patch key off selCode, so editing the
+  // code in place would make the editor lose the reference mid-edit; the draft
+  // is applied as a rename when the operator saves.
+  const [codeDraft, setCodeDraft] = useState('');
   const [busy, setBusy] = useState(false);
   const [bulk, setBulk] = useState('');
   const [showBulk, setShowBulk] = useState(false);
@@ -952,6 +956,7 @@ function ReferencesPanel({ code, presets, meta, awardValidFrom, awardValidTo, on
   }
 
   const sel = refs.find((r) => r.code === selCode) || null;
+  useEffect(() => { setCodeDraft(selCode ?? ''); }, [selCode]);
   // Large lists are already filtered by the server; small lists filter locally.
   const filtered = useMemo(() => {
     if (large) return refs;
@@ -965,6 +970,27 @@ function ReferencesPanel({ code, presets, meta, awardValidFrom, awardValidTo, on
     try { await SaveAwardReference(code, r as any); load(); onChanged(); }
     catch (e: any) { setErr(String(e?.message ?? e)); }
   }
+  // Save the selected reference, renumbering it first when the code was edited.
+  //
+  // The rename has to come first and has to be a rename: saving under the new
+  // code would simply create a second reference and leave the old one behind,
+  // which is how a list quietly grows duplicates.
+  async function saveSelected(r: AwardRef) {
+    const next = codeDraft.trim().toUpperCase();
+    if (!next) { setErr(t('awed.refCodeEmpty')); return; }
+    if (next !== r.code) {
+      try {
+        await RenameAwardReference(code, r.code, next);
+      } catch (e: any) {
+        // Most often the number is already taken by another reference. Said
+        // here rather than swallowed: the save has NOT happened.
+        setErr(String(e?.message ?? e));
+        return;
+      }
+      setSelCode(next);
+    }
+    await saveRef({ ...r, code: next });
+  }
   async function addRef() {
     const c = prompt(t('awed.newRefCodePrompt'))?.trim().toUpperCase();
     if (!c) return;
@@ -1046,7 +1072,13 @@ function ReferencesPanel({ code, presets, meta, awardValidFrom, awardValidTo, on
           ) : (
             <div className="space-y-2">
               <div className="flex items-center gap-2">
-                <Input className="h-8 w-28 font-mono font-semibold" value={sel.code} readOnly />
+                {/* Editable, because a shipped list can be wrong about it: WAJA
+                    went out carrying Japan's civil prefecture numbers instead of
+                    the JARL's, and correcting that meant deleting all 47
+                    references and importing a new list. */}
+                <Input className="h-8 w-28 font-mono font-semibold" value={codeDraft}
+                  title={t('awed.refCodeTip')}
+                  onChange={(e) => setCodeDraft(e.target.value)} />
                 <label className="flex items-center gap-1.5 text-xs cursor-pointer"><Checkbox checked={sel.valid} onCheckedChange={(c) => patchSel({ valid: !!c })} /> {t('awed.valid')}</label>
                 <div className="flex-1" />
                 <button className="text-muted-foreground hover:text-destructive" onClick={() => delRef(sel.code)}><Trash2 className="size-4" /></button>
@@ -1084,7 +1116,7 @@ function ReferencesPanel({ code, presets, meta, awardValidFrom, awardValidTo, on
                   ? t('awed.refValidHintAward', { from: openEnded(awardValidFrom), to: openEnded(awardValidTo) })
                   : t('awed.refValidHint')}
               </p>
-              <div className="flex justify-end pt-1"><Button size="sm" className="h-7" onClick={() => sel && saveRef(sel)}><Save className="size-3.5 mr-1" /> {t('awed.saveReference')}</Button></div>
+              <div className="flex justify-end pt-1"><Button size="sm" className="h-7" onClick={() => sel && saveSelected(sel)}><Save className="size-3.5 mr-1" /> {t('awed.saveReference')}</Button></div>
             </div>
           )}
         </div>

frontend/src/components/AwardsPanel.tsx

@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ import { Button } from '@/components/ui/button';
 import { Checkbox } from '@/components/ui/checkbox';
 import { Select, SelectTrigger, SelectValue, SelectContent, SelectItem } from '@/components/ui/select';
 import { cn } from '@/lib/utils';
+import { isQSLConfirmed } from '@/lib/qsl';
 import { AwardEditor } from '@/components/AwardEditor';
 import { useI18n } from '@/lib/i18n';
 import { writeUiPref } from '@/lib/uiPref';
@@ -63,7 +64,9 @@ function ProgressBar({ worked, confirmed, total }: { worked: number; confirmed:
   );
 }
 
-type AwardListItem = { code: string; name: string; valid?: boolean; bands?: string[]; emission?: string[] };
+// scoped: the award is limited to one or more DXCC entities. Missing-reference
+// detection only means anything for those — see the Missing refs button.
+type AwardListItem = { code: string; name: string; valid?: boolean; bands?: string[]; emission?: string[]; scoped?: boolean };
 
 export function AwardsPanel({ onEditQSO, onAwardsChanged }: { onEditQSO?: (id: number) => void; onAwardsChanged?: () => void } = {}) {
   const { t } = useI18n();
@@ -149,7 +152,7 @@ export function AwardsPanel({ onEditQSO, onAwardsChanged }: { onEditQSO?: (id: n
       ]);
       const follow = new Set(tracked);
       let list: AwardListItem[] = defs
-        .map((d) => ({ code: d.code, name: d.name, valid: d.valid, bands: d.valid_bands ?? [], emission: d.emission ?? [] }))
+        .map((d) => ({ code: d.code, name: d.name, valid: d.valid, bands: d.valid_bands ?? [], emission: d.emission ?? [], scoped: (d.dxcc_filter ?? []).length > 0 }))
         .sort((a, b) => a.code.localeCompare(b.code));
       if (follow.size > 0) list = list.filter((a) => follow.has(a.code));
       setAwardList(list);
@@ -426,13 +429,21 @@ export function AwardsPanel({ onEditQSO, onAwardsChanged }: { onEditQSO?: (id: n
                 ))}
               </div>
               <span className="text-xs text-muted-foreground">{filteredRefs.length} {t('awp.refs')}</span>
-              <button
-                onClick={() => setShowMissing(true)}
-                className="flex items-center gap-1 text-xs text-warning-muted-foreground hover:text-warning border border-warning-border bg-warning-muted rounded px-2 py-1"
-                title={t('awp.missingRefsTitle')}
-              >
-                <AlertTriangle className="size-3" /> {t('awp.missingRefs')}
-              </button>
+              {/* Only for an award scoped to a DXCC entity. "In this award's
+                  scope but with no reference" needs a scope to be in: on a
+                  worldwide reference award — POTA, SOTA, IOTA, WWFF — every
+                  contact anywhere would qualify, so the answer is always none.
+                  The button used to be there regardless and could only ever
+                  open a window saying it had found nothing. */}
+              {awardList.find((a) => a.code === selected)?.scoped && (
+                <button
+                  onClick={() => setShowMissing(true)}
+                  className="flex items-center gap-1 text-xs text-warning-muted-foreground hover:text-warning border border-warning-border bg-warning-muted rounded px-2 py-1"
+                  title={t('awp.missingRefsTitle')}
+                >
+                  <AlertTriangle className="size-3" /> {t('awp.missingRefs')}
+                </button>
+              )}
               <div className="flex-1" />
               {/* Legend */}
               <div className="flex items-center gap-2 text-[10px] text-muted-foreground">
@@ -607,6 +618,10 @@ export function AwardsPanel({ onEditQSO, onAwardsChanged }: { onEditQSO?: (id: n
 // the missing reference (e.g. a department for DDFM).
 type MissingSortKey = 'qso_date' | 'callsign' | 'band' | 'mode' | 'country' | 'qth';
 
+// How many references the assign dropdown will put in the DOM at once. Above
+// this a search box appears beside it and the rest are held back, counted.
+const REF_MENU_MAX = 300;
+
 function MissingQSOModal({ code, name, onClose, onEditQSO }: { code: string; name: string; onClose: () => void; onEditQSO?: (id: number) => void }) {
   const { t } = useI18n();
   const [qsos, setQsos] = useState<any[]>([]);
@@ -615,6 +630,7 @@ function MissingQSOModal({ code, name, onClose, onEditQSO }: { code: string; nam
   const [sortKey, setSortKey] = useState<MissingSortKey>('callsign');
   const [sortDir, setSortDir] = useState<'asc' | 'desc'>('asc');
   const [refs, setRefs] = useState<Array<{ code: string; name: string }>>([]);
+  const [refSearch, setRefSearch] = useState('');
   const [assignRef, setAssignRef] = useState('');
   const [busy, setBusy] = useState(false);
   const [msg, setMsg] = useState('');
@@ -628,12 +644,38 @@ function MissingQSOModal({ code, name, onClose, onEditQSO }: { code: string; nam
       .finally(() => setLoading(false));
   };
   useEffect(() => { load(); }, [code]);
-  // The award's reference list drives the "assign" dropdown (e.g. China provinces).
+  // The award's reference list drives the "assign" dropdown (e.g. China
+  // provinces) — fetched ONLY once there is something to assign it to.
+  //
+  // Missing-reference detection needs a DXCC scope, so a worldwide award like
+  // POTA always has zero rows here and says so. It was still loading every
+  // reference behind that message: on a log with the full POTA park list
+  // imported, tens of thousands of them, feeding a dropdown that could not be
+  // used for anything. That is the window freezing on a screen with nothing to
+  // offer.
   useEffect(() => {
+    if (loading || qsos.length === 0) { setRefs([]); return; }
     ListAwardReferences(code)
       .then((r) => setRefs(((r ?? []) as any[]).map((x) => ({ code: String(x.code).toUpperCase(), name: String(x.name ?? '') }))))
       .catch(() => setRefs([]));
-  }, [code]);
+  }, [code, loading, qsos.length]);
+
+  // What the assign dropdown actually renders. Bounded, and it says how many it
+  // is holding back rather than silently showing the first few hundred.
+  const shownRefs = useMemo(() => {
+    const q = refSearch.trim().toUpperCase();
+    const rows = q
+      ? refs.filter((r) => r.code.includes(q) || r.name.toUpperCase().includes(q))
+      : refs;
+    return rows.slice(0, REF_MENU_MAX);
+  }, [refs, refSearch]);
+  const hiddenRefs = useMemo(() => {
+    const q = refSearch.trim().toUpperCase();
+    const total = q
+      ? refs.filter((r) => r.code.includes(q) || r.name.toUpperCase().includes(q)).length
+      : refs.length;
+    return Math.max(0, total - shownRefs.length);
+  }, [refs, refSearch, shownRefs.length]);
 
   const qthOf = (q: any) => String(q.qth || q.notes || '');
   const sorted = useMemo(() => {
@@ -710,14 +752,29 @@ function MissingQSOModal({ code, name, onClose, onEditQSO }: { code: string; nam
         {/* Bulk-assign toolbar */}
         <div className="flex items-center gap-2 px-4 py-2 border-b border-border/50 bg-muted/20">
           <span className="text-xs text-muted-foreground">{t('awp.selectedArrow', { n: sel.size })}</span>
+          {/* A search box beside the dropdown, and a bounded list inside it.
+              A reference list can hold tens of thousands of entries (POTA
+              parks, Russian districts); every one of them as a menu item is
+              hundreds of thousands of DOM nodes and a window that stops
+              answering. Nobody scrolls to K-4521 anyway — they type it. */}
+          {refs.length > REF_MENU_MAX && (
+            <Input className="h-7 w-40 text-xs font-mono" value={refSearch}
+              placeholder={t('awp.filterReferences')}
+              onChange={(e) => setRefSearch(e.target.value)} />
+          )}
           <Select value={assignRef} onValueChange={setAssignRef}>
             <SelectTrigger className="h-7 w-64 text-xs"><SelectValue placeholder={t('awp.chooseReference')} /></SelectTrigger>
             <SelectContent className="max-h-72">
-              {refs.map((r) => (
+              {shownRefs.map((r) => (
                 <SelectItem key={r.code} value={r.code}>
                   <span className="font-mono font-semibold">{r.code}</span>{r.name ? <span className="text-muted-foreground"> · {r.name}</span> : ''}
                 </SelectItem>
               ))}
+              {hiddenRefs > 0 && (
+                <div className="px-2 py-1.5 text-[11px] text-muted-foreground">
+                  {t('awp.refsNarrow', { n: hiddenRefs })}
+                </div>
+              )}
             </SelectContent>
           </Select>
           <Button size="sm" disabled={!assignRef || sel.size === 0 || busy} onClick={applyAssign}>
@@ -818,7 +875,7 @@ function CellQSOModal({ code, cell, modeClass, onClose }: { code: string; cell:
                     <td className="py-1 pr-2 font-mono font-semibold">{q.callsign}</td>
                     <td className="py-1 pr-2">{q.band}</td>
                     <td className="py-1 pr-2">{q.mode}</td>
-                    <td className="py-1 pr-3 text-muted-foreground">{[q.lotw_rcvd === 'Y' && 'LoTW', q.qsl_rcvd === 'Y' && 'QSL', q.eqsl_rcvd === 'Y' && 'eQSL'].filter(Boolean).join(', ')}</td>
+                    <td className="py-1 pr-3 text-muted-foreground">{[isQSLConfirmed(q.lotw_rcvd) && 'LoTW', isQSLConfirmed(q.qsl_rcvd) && 'QSL', isQSLConfirmed(q.eqsl_rcvd) && 'eQSL'].filter(Boolean).join(', ')}</td>
                   </tr>
                 ))}
               </tbody>

frontend/src/components/BandMap.tsx

@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
-import { useEffect, useMemo, useRef, useState } from 'react';
+import { useCallback, useEffect, useMemo, useRef, useState } from 'react';
 import { Minus, Plus, Crosshair, X, PanelLeft, PanelRight } from 'lucide-react';
 import { cn } from '@/lib/utils';
 import { useI18n } from '@/lib/i18n';
 import { spotStatusKey, inferSpotMode, spotModeCategory } from '@/lib/spot';
 import { SPOT_MARKERS, activeMarkers } from '@/lib/spotMarkers';
 import { applySpotDisplay, readSpotDisplayOptions } from '@/lib/spotDisplay';
+import { writeUiPref } from '@/lib/uiPref';
 
 // BandMap — vertical spectrum panel inspired by Log4OM.
 // - Full band is always visible; zoom changes pixels-per-kHz, scroll
@@ -217,7 +218,37 @@ function statusStyle(s: string): { pill: string; bar: string; line: string; dot:
 // Pixels-per-kHz at each zoom step. Base 8 px/kHz means a stacked spot
 // every 2.75 kHz fits without anti-overlap kicking in — comfortable for
 // most bands. Higher levels are for fine inspection of crowded sub-bands.
-const PX_PER_KHZ = [8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256];
+// Zoom steps, px per kHz. 2 and 4 sit below the old floor of 8 so a whole band
+// fits without FIT taking the scale away from you: 20 m end to end is 700 px at
+// 2 px/kHz, which scrolls in one screen on most displays.
+const PX_PER_KHZ = [2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256];
+const DEFAULT_ZOOM_IDX = PX_PER_KHZ.indexOf(32);
+
+// Zoom is remembered PER BAND, in ONE json key rather than one key per band:
+// lib/uiPref keeps an explicit list of the preferences that travel with data/,
+// and thirteen entries there to say the same thing would be thirteen chances to
+// forget one.
+const ZOOM_KEY = 'opslog.bandMapZoom';
+
+function readZoomMap(): Record<string, number> {
+  try {
+    const m = JSON.parse(localStorage.getItem(ZOOM_KEY) || '{}');
+    return m && typeof m === 'object' ? m : {};
+  } catch {
+    return {};
+  }
+}
+
+function readZoom(band: string): number {
+  const n = readZoomMap()[band];
+  return Number.isInteger(n) && n >= 0 && n < PX_PER_KHZ.length ? n : DEFAULT_ZOOM_IDX;
+}
+
+function writeZoom(band: string, idx: number): void {
+  const m = readZoomMap();
+  m[band] = idx;
+  writeUiPref(ZOOM_KEY, JSON.stringify(m));
+}
 const SCALE_W = 56;
 const PILL_H = 22;     // px — height of each callsign pill
 const PILL_GAP = 32;   // px between scale border and first pill (room for leader)
@@ -252,7 +283,22 @@ export function BandMap({ band, spots, spotStatus: spotStatusRaw, currentFreqHz,
   }, [spotStatusRaw, dispOpts.muteWorked, dispOpts.slotHighlight]);
   const range = BAND_RANGES[band];
   const segments = SEGMENT_COLORS[band] ?? [];
-  const [zoomIdx, setZoomIdx] = useState(2); // default 32 px/kHz
+  const [zoomIdx, setZoomIdx] = useState(() => readZoom(band));
+  // The docked map follows the rig, so a band change must bring up THAT band's
+  // remembered zoom.
+  useEffect(() => { setZoomIdx(readZoom(band)); }, [band]);
+  // Stored from the interaction, not from an effect on zoomIdx: an effect would
+  // also fire on the band change above, and in the same commit it would still be
+  // holding the PREVIOUS band's index — writing it over the new band's. Doing it
+  // where the operator actually turns the wheel keeps the two apart. (Running
+  // twice under StrictMode is harmless: the same value is stored.)
+  const changeZoom = useCallback((delta: number) => {
+    setZoomIdx((z) => {
+      const n = Math.max(0, Math.min(PX_PER_KHZ.length - 1, z + delta));
+      if (n !== z) writeZoom(band, n);
+      return n;
+    });
+  }, [band]);
   const scrollerRef = useRef<HTMLDivElement | null>(null);
   const [containerH, setContainerH] = useState(400);
 
@@ -421,7 +467,7 @@ export function BandMap({ band, spots, spotStatus: spotStatusRaw, currentFreqHz,
       if (!range) return;
       if (e.ctrlKey || e.metaKey) {
         e.preventDefault();
-        setZoomIdx((z) => Math.max(0, Math.min(PX_PER_KHZ.length - 1, z + (e.deltaY > 0 ? -1 : 1))));
+        changeZoom(e.deltaY > 0 ? -1 : 1);
       }
     };
     el.addEventListener('wheel', onWheel, { passive: false });
@@ -476,8 +522,10 @@ export function BandMap({ band, spots, spotStatus: spotStatusRaw, currentFreqHz,
 
   // Tick step (where small marks land) and label step (where the kHz
   // number is printed) are decoupled so the scale shows ~10-20 numeric
-  // labels per viewport regardless of zoom — at base 8 px/kHz we want
-  // labels every 25 kHz, not every 250.
+  // labels per viewport regardless of zoom — at 8 px/kHz we want labels
+  // every 25 kHz, not every 250. The bare values below are the floor, and
+  // they are what the 2 px/kHz step lands on: a whole band in one screen
+  // wants a number every 100 kHz, not every 25.
   let tickStep = 50;
   let labelStep = 100;
   if (pxPerKHz >= 4)   { tickStep = 25; labelStep = 50;  }
@@ -502,14 +550,17 @@ export function BandMap({ band, spots, spotStatus: spotStatusRaw, currentFreqHz,
   return (
     <div className="h-full w-full flex flex-col min-h-0 bg-card">
       <div className="px-2 py-1.5 text-xs font-semibold uppercase tracking-wider text-muted-foreground bg-muted/40 border-b border-border flex flex-nowrap items-center gap-0.5 shrink-0">
-        <span className="flex-1 min-w-0 truncate">{t('bmp.map')} · {band}</span>
-        <button type="button" onClick={() => setZoomIdx((z) => Math.max(0, z - 1))} disabled={fitToBand || zoomIdx === 0}
+        {/* The band alone. "Map · 20M" spent a third of a narrow header saying
+            what the panel obviously is, and with four band maps side by side it
+            was four times the same word. */}
+        <span className="flex-1 min-w-0 truncate">{band}</span>
+        <button type="button" onClick={() => changeZoom(-1)} disabled={fitToBand || zoomIdx === 0}
           className="size-5 shrink-0 inline-flex items-center justify-center rounded hover:bg-muted disabled:opacity-30"
           title={t('bmp.zoomOut')}>
           <Minus className="size-3" />
         </button>
         <span className="shrink-0 font-mono text-[10px] normal-case tracking-normal whitespace-nowrap px-0.5">{fitToBand ? t('bmp.fit') : `${pxPerKHz}px/kHz`}</span>
-        <button type="button" onClick={() => setZoomIdx((z) => Math.min(PX_PER_KHZ.length - 1, z + 1))} disabled={fitToBand || zoomIdx === PX_PER_KHZ.length - 1}
+        <button type="button" onClick={() => changeZoom(1)} disabled={fitToBand || zoomIdx === PX_PER_KHZ.length - 1}
           className="size-5 shrink-0 inline-flex items-center justify-center rounded hover:bg-muted disabled:opacity-30"
           title={t('bmp.zoomIn')}>
           <Plus className="size-3" />

frontend/src/components/BandSlotGrid.tsx

@@ -3,6 +3,8 @@ import { Star, Radio, Sunrise, Sunset, X, Loader2 } from 'lucide-react';
 import { Badge } from '@/components/ui/badge';
 import { cn } from '@/lib/utils';
 import { sunTimes } from '@/lib/sun';
+import { isQSLConfirmed } from '@/lib/qsl';
+import { useI18n } from '@/lib/i18n';
 import { BandSlotQSOs } from '../../wailsjs/go/main/App';
 import type { WorkedBeforeView } from '@/types';
 
@@ -75,28 +77,31 @@ const STATUS_CLASSES: Record<string, string> = {
   dxcc_w: 'bg-mx-dx-work',
 };
 
-// Legend entries, in the same colour order as the cells. swatch = the
-// background class (or a special ring marker for the current-entry cell).
+// Legend entries, in the same colour order as the cells — and the same order and
+// i18n keys the Appearance panel's colour pickers use, so the two can never
+// disagree about which green is which. swatch = the background class (or a
+// special ring marker for the current-entry cell).
 const LEGEND: { swatch: string; ring?: boolean; label: string }[] = [
-  { swatch: 'bg-mx-call-conf', label: 'Call confirmed' },
-  { swatch: 'bg-mx-call-work', label: 'Call worked' },
-  { swatch: 'bg-mx-dx-conf', label: 'Entity confirmed' },
-  { swatch: 'bg-mx-dx-work', label: 'Entity worked' },
-  { swatch: 'bg-mx-none', label: 'Not worked' },
-  { swatch: 'bg-mx-none', ring: true, label: 'Current entry' },
+  { swatch: 'bg-mx-call-conf', label: 'mx.callConf' },
+  { swatch: 'bg-mx-call-work', label: 'mx.callWork' },
+  { swatch: 'bg-mx-dx-conf', label: 'mx.dxConf' },
+  { swatch: 'bg-mx-dx-work', label: 'mx.dxWork' },
+  { swatch: 'bg-mx-none', label: 'mx.none' },
+  { swatch: 'bg-mx-none', ring: true, label: 'mx.current' },
 ];
 
-function cellTitle(band: string, cls: string, status: string, current: boolean): string {
+function cellTitle(t: (k: string) => string, band: string, cls: string, status: string, current: boolean): string {
   const desc =
-    status === 'call_c' ? 'This callsign confirmed' :
-    status === 'call_w' ? 'This callsign worked (not confirmed)' :
-    status === 'dxcc_c' ? 'Entity confirmed (other callsign)' :
-    status === 'dxcc_w' ? 'Entity worked (other callsign)' :
-                          'Never worked';
-  return `${band} ${cls}: ${desc}${current ? ' — current entry' : ''}`;
+    status === 'call_c' ? t('mx.tipCallConf') :
+    status === 'call_w' ? t('mx.tipCallWork') :
+    status === 'dxcc_c' ? t('mx.tipDxConf') :
+    status === 'dxcc_w' ? t('mx.tipDxWork') :
+                          t('mx.tipNone');
+  return `${band} ${cls}: ${desc}${current ? ' — ' + t('mx.current') : ''}`;
 }
 
 export function BandSlotGrid({ wb, busy, currentBand, currentMode, bands, hasCall = true, lat, lon, forCall, onEditQso }: Props) {
+  const { t } = useI18n();
   // Cell drill-down: which band+class the operator clicked, or null.
   const [slot, setSlot] = useState<{ band: string; cls: string } | null>(null);
   // Columns from the operator's configured bands (so the matrix shows only the
@@ -307,7 +312,7 @@ export function BandSlotGrid({ wb, busy, currentBand, currentMode, bands, hasCal
                   return (
                     <td
                       key={b.tag}
-                      title={cellTitle(b.tag, cls, st, isCurrent) + (st ? ' — click to list the QSOs' : '')}
+                      title={cellTitle(t, b.tag, cls, st, isCurrent) + (st ? ' — ' + t('mx.tipClick') : '')}
                       onClick={st ? () => setSlot({ band: b.tag, cls }) : undefined}
                       className={cn(
                         'w-[28px] h-[24px] rounded transition-colors p-0',
@@ -315,7 +320,7 @@ export function BandSlotGrid({ wb, busy, currentBand, currentMode, bands, hasCal
                         // Only a filled cell has anything to show — an empty one
                         // stays inert rather than opening a "no QSOs" dialog.
                         st && 'cursor-pointer hover:brightness-110',
-                        isCurrent && 'ring-2 ring-warning ring-inset',
+                        isCurrent && 'ring-2 ring-mx-cur ring-inset',
                       )}
                     />
                   );
@@ -334,10 +339,10 @@ export function BandSlotGrid({ wb, busy, currentBand, currentMode, bands, hasCal
               className={cn(
                 'inline-block size-3 rounded shrink-0',
                 l.swatch,
-                l.ring && 'ring-2 ring-warning ring-inset',
+                l.ring && 'ring-2 ring-mx-cur ring-inset',
               )}
             />
-            {l.label}
+            {t(l.label)}
           </span>
         ))}
       </div>
@@ -426,7 +431,7 @@ function SlotQSOModal({ call, dxcc, entity, band, cls, onClose, onEdit }: {
               </thead>
               <tbody>
                 {rows.map((q, i) => {
-                  const cfm = q.lotw_rcvd === 'Y' || q.eqsl_rcvd === 'Y' || q.qsl_rcvd === 'Y';
+                  const cfm = isQSLConfirmed(q.lotw_rcvd) || isQSLConfirmed(q.eqsl_rcvd) || isQSLConfirmed(q.qsl_rcvd);
                   const mine = q.callsign === call;
                   return (
                     <tr key={q.id ?? i} className="border-t border-border/40 even:bg-muted/[0.06] hover:bg-primary/[0.06] transition-colors">

frontend/src/components/CallHistoryPanel.tsx

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 import { Star } from 'lucide-react';
 import { Badge } from '@/components/ui/badge';
 import { useI18n } from '@/lib/i18n';
+import { isQSLConfirmed } from '@/lib/qsl';
 import type { WorkedBeforeView } from '@/types';
 
 type WorkedBefore = WorkedBeforeView;
@@ -97,10 +98,10 @@ export function CallHistoryPanel({ wb, busy, currentCall }: Props) {
                     <td className="px-2 py-1 font-mono border-b border-border/40 whitespace-nowrap">{e.rst_sent ?? ''}</td>
                     <td className="px-2 py-1 font-mono border-b border-border/40 whitespace-nowrap">{e.rst_rcvd ?? ''}</td>
                     <td className="px-2 py-1 border-b border-border/40 whitespace-nowrap text-muted-foreground">
-                      {e.lotw_rcvd === 'Y' && (
+                      {isQSLConfirmed(e.lotw_rcvd) && (
                         <span className="inline-block w-[14px] h-[14px] rounded text-center leading-[14px] text-[9px] font-bold text-info-foreground bg-info mr-0.5" title={t('chp.lotwRcvd')}>L</span>
                       )}
-                      {e.qsl_rcvd === 'Y' && (
+                      {isQSLConfirmed(e.qsl_rcvd) && (
                         <span className="inline-block w-[14px] h-[14px] rounded text-center leading-[14px] text-[9px] font-bold text-success-foreground bg-success mr-0.5" title={t('chp.bureauRcvd')}>B</span>
                       )}
                     </td>

frontend/src/components/NetControlPanel.tsx

@@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ type QSOMenuHandlers = {
   onUpdateFromCty?: (ids: number[]) => void;
   onUpdateFromQRZ?: (ids: number[]) => void;
   onUpdateFromClublog?: (ids: number[]) => void;
+  onUpdateCountyFromULS?: (ids: number[]) => void;
   onSendTo?: (service: string, ids: number[]) => void;
   onSendRecording?: (ids: number[]) => void;
   onSendEQSL?: (ids: number[]) => void;

frontend/src/components/QSOContextMenu.tsx

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 import { useEffect, useLayoutEffect, useRef, useState } from 'react';
-import { Globe2, RefreshCw, Upload, BadgeCheck, Mail, FileDown, PencilLine, Trash2 } from 'lucide-react';
+import { Globe2, RefreshCw, Upload, BadgeCheck, Mail, FileDown, PencilLine, Trash2, MapPin } from 'lucide-react';
 import { useI18n } from '@/lib/i18n';
 
 export type QSOMenuState = { x: number; y: number; ids: number[] } | null;
@@ -10,6 +10,9 @@ type Props = {
   onUpdateFromCty: (ids: number[]) => void;
   onUpdateFromQRZ: (ids: number[]) => void;
   onUpdateFromClublog?: (ids: number[]) => void;
+  // Only passed once the offline US county database has been downloaded —
+  // an entry that can only ever answer "no database" is not worth a line here.
+  onUpdateCountyFromULS?: (ids: number[]) => void;
   onSendTo?: (service: string, ids: number[]) => void;
   onSendRecording?: (ids: number[]) => void;
   onSendEQSL?: (ids: number[]) => void;
@@ -36,7 +39,7 @@ const UPLOAD_TARGETS: { service: string; name: string }[] = [
 // or picks a command. (We deliberately do NOT close on scroll/resize: the QSO
 // list auto-refreshes and AG Grid fires internal scroll events on refresh,
 // which used to dismiss the menu the instant it appeared.)
-export function QSOContextMenu({ menu, onClose, onUpdateFromCty, onUpdateFromQRZ, onUpdateFromClublog, onSendTo, onSendRecording, onSendEQSL, onBulkEdit, onExportSelected, onExportSelectedFields, onExportFiltered, onExportCabrilloSelected, onExportCabrilloFiltered, onDelete }: Props) {
+export function QSOContextMenu({ menu, onClose, onUpdateFromCty, onUpdateFromQRZ, onUpdateFromClublog, onUpdateCountyFromULS, onSendTo, onSendRecording, onSendEQSL, onBulkEdit, onExportSelected, onExportSelectedFields, onExportFiltered, onExportCabrilloSelected, onExportCabrilloFiltered, onDelete }: Props) {
   const { t } = useI18n();
   const boxRef = useRef<HTMLDivElement>(null);
   // Starts at the cursor; the layout effect corrects it once the real size is
@@ -118,6 +121,16 @@ export function QSOContextMenu({ menu, onClose, onUpdateFromCty, onUpdateFromQRZ
           <span>{t('qctx.updateClublog')}</span>
         </button>
       )}
+      {onUpdateCountyFromULS && (
+        <button
+          className="flex w-full items-center gap-2 px-3 py-1.5 text-left hover:bg-accent/50"
+          onClick={() => { onUpdateCountyFromULS(menu.ids); onClose(); }}
+          title={t('qctx.updateUlsCountyTitle')}
+        >
+          <MapPin className="size-4 text-info" />
+          <span>{t('qctx.updateUlsCounty')}</span>
+        </button>
+      )}
 
       {(onSendRecording || onSendEQSL) && (
         <>

frontend/src/components/QSOEditModal.tsx

@@ -41,9 +41,14 @@ function pfxOf(call: string): string {
 const BANDS = ['2190m','630m','160m','80m','60m','40m','30m','20m','17m','15m','12m','10m','6m','4m','2m','1.25m','70cm','33cm','23cm','13cm','9cm','6cm','3cm','1.25cm','6mm','4mm','2.5mm','2mm','1mm'];
 const MODES = ['SSB','CW','FT8','FT4','RTTY','PSK31','AM','FM','DIGITALVOICE','MFSK','OLIVIA','JS8','JT65','JT9'];
 // label holds an i18n key (resolved with t() at render time).
+// V is in the list because the log HOLDS it: a LoTW download writes "verified"
+// rather than "yes". A dropdown without it renders a verified contact as blank,
+// which reads as "nothing recorded" — and the operator's next click would replace
+// the strongest confirmation they have with whatever they picked instead.
 const QSL_STATUSES = [
   { value: '_', label: 'qedit.qslDash' },
   { value: 'Y', label: 'qedit.qslYes' },
+  { value: 'V', label: 'qedit.qslVerified' },
   { value: 'N', label: 'qedit.qslNo'  },
   { value: 'R', label: 'qedit.qslRequested' },
   { value: 'I', label: 'qedit.qslIgnore' },
@@ -99,9 +104,14 @@ function StatusCell({ value }: { value?: string }) {
   //                       every row; painting that orange (as it used to be, in the
   //                       same orange as Requested) made the table shout about a
   //                       non-problem and told you nothing apart.
+  //   Verified  green   — ADIF's V: confirmed AND validated by the awarding body.
+  //                       It is what a LoTW download writes, and this table used
+  //                       to fall through to "No" for it — reporting a verified
+  //                       contact as unconfirmed, in the one place an operator
+  //                       goes to check.
   //   Ignore    dashed  — deliberately excluded, on purpose.
-  const label = v === 'Y' ? t('qedit.qslYes') : v === 'R' ? t('qedit.qslRequested') : v === 'I' ? t('qedit.qslIgnore') : v === 'M' ? t('qedit.statusModified') : t('qedit.qslNo');
-  const cls = v === 'Y' ? 'bg-success text-success-foreground border border-success'
+  const label = v === 'Y' ? t('qedit.qslYes') : v === 'V' ? t('qedit.qslVerified') : v === 'R' ? t('qedit.qslRequested') : v === 'I' ? t('qedit.qslIgnore') : v === 'M' ? t('qedit.statusModified') : t('qedit.qslNo');
+  const cls = v === 'Y' || v === 'V' ? 'bg-success text-success-foreground border border-success'
     : v === 'R' ? 'bg-info-muted text-info-muted-foreground border border-info-border'
     : v === 'M' ? 'bg-warning text-warning-foreground border border-warning'
     : v === 'I' ? 'bg-muted text-muted-foreground border border-dashed border-border italic'
@@ -364,7 +374,10 @@ export function QSOEditModal({ qso, onSave, onDelete, onClose, countries = [], b
       // refreshes it. A cached answer from a thinner QRZ subscription (or any
       // stale row) otherwise stayed for its whole 30-day life and the button
       // appeared to do nothing.
-      const r: any = await LookupCallsignFresh(call);
+      // The QSO's OWN date: a ClubLog exception is resolved as of when the
+      // contact happened, not as of today. Re-looking-up a DXpedition contact
+      // months later must not move it to whatever the prefix means now.
+      const r: any = await LookupCallsignFresh(call, (dateOn || '').slice(0, 10));
       // The lookup WINS over what is in the record — that is the point of asking
       // for it. But an EMPTY result must never blank a good value: `??` only
       // guards against null, and Go marshals an unset string as "", so a QRZ

frontend/src/components/RecentQSOsGrid.tsx

@@ -64,6 +64,7 @@ type Props = {
   onUpdateFromCty?: (ids: number[]) => void;
   onUpdateFromQRZ?: (ids: number[]) => void;
   onUpdateFromClublog?: (ids: number[]) => void;
+  onUpdateCountyFromULS?: (ids: number[]) => void;
   onSendTo?: (service: string, ids: number[]) => void;
   onSendRecording?: (ids: number[]) => void;
   onSendEQSL?: (ids: number[]) => void;
@@ -308,7 +309,7 @@ const sanitizeAwardCols = (st: any[] | null | undefined): any[] =>
     return rest;
   });
 
-export function RecentQSOsGrid({ rows, myGrid, selectAllSignal, selectRowSignal, rowDragCall, passOrder, onGridApi, storageKey, onRowDoubleClicked, onRowClicked, onRowSelected, onRowSelectedQso, onUpdateFromCty, onUpdateFromQRZ, onUpdateFromClublog, onSendTo, onSendRecording, onSendEQSL, onBulkEdit, onExportSelected, onExportSelectedFields, onExportFiltered, onExportCabrilloSelected, onExportCabrilloFiltered, onDelete, onFilteredCountChange, awardCols, rowColors }: Props) {
+export function RecentQSOsGrid({ rows, myGrid, selectAllSignal, selectRowSignal, rowDragCall, passOrder, onGridApi, storageKey, onRowDoubleClicked, onRowClicked, onRowSelected, onRowSelectedQso, onUpdateFromCty, onUpdateFromQRZ, onUpdateFromClublog, onUpdateCountyFromULS, onSendTo, onSendRecording, onSendEQSL, onBulkEdit, onExportSelected, onExportSelectedFields, onExportFiltered, onExportCabrilloSelected, onExportCabrilloFiltered, onDelete, onFilteredCountChange, awardCols, rowColors }: Props) {
   const { t } = useI18n();
   const gridRef = useRef<any>(null);
   const [pickerOpen, setPickerOpen] = useState(false);
@@ -716,6 +717,7 @@ export function RecentQSOsGrid({ rows, myGrid, selectAllSignal, selectRowSignal,
         onUpdateFromCty={(ids) => onUpdateFromCty?.(ids)}
         onUpdateFromQRZ={(ids) => onUpdateFromQRZ?.(ids)}
         onUpdateFromClublog={onUpdateFromClublog}
+        onUpdateCountyFromULS={onUpdateCountyFromULS}
         onSendTo={onSendTo}
         onSendRecording={onSendRecording}
         onSendEQSL={onSendEQSL}

frontend/src/components/RotorCompass.tsx

@@ -5,12 +5,13 @@
 // when an Ultrabeam is bidirectional, the opposite one when reversed); a small
 // red marker on the bezel shows the short-path bearing to the DX. Click the dial
 // to turn the antenna there.
-import { useMemo } from 'react';
+import { useEffect, useMemo, useRef, useState } from 'react';
 import { geoAzimuthalEquidistant, geoPath, geoGraticule10 } from 'd3-geo';
 import { feature } from 'topojson-client';
 import landTopo from 'world-atlas/land-110m.json';
-import { Compass, X } from 'lucide-react';
+import { Compass, X, Play, Square } from 'lucide-react';
 import { cn } from '@/lib/utils';
+import { useI18n } from '@/lib/i18n';
 
 // Decode the coastline outline once (≈110 m simplified land polygons).
 const LAND = feature(landTopo as any, (landTopo as any).objects.land);
@@ -29,6 +30,11 @@ interface Props {
   onSelectRotor?: (i: number) => void; // switch the active rotor
   onGoto?: (az: number) => void; // click-to-turn
   onClose?: () => void;
+  // Quick-turn buttons and the azimuth box, shown only where the caller wants
+  // them: Station Control draws its own GoTo/Stop around this compass, and two
+  // sets of the same controls side by side would be nothing but confusing.
+  presets?: { label: string; azimuth: number }[];
+  onStop?: () => void;
 }
 
 const SIZE = 168;
@@ -41,7 +47,43 @@ function pt(az: number, radius: number): [number, number] {
   return [C + radius * Math.cos(a), C + radius * Math.sin(a)];
 }
 
-export function RotorCompass({ bearing, headings, boomHeading, pattern, centerLat, centerLon, rotorEnabled, rotors, activeRotor, onSelectRotor, onGoto, onClose }: Props) {
+export function RotorCompass({ bearing, headings, boomHeading, pattern, centerLat, centerLon, rotorEnabled, rotors, activeRotor, onSelectRotor, onGoto, onClose, presets, onStop }: Props) {
+  const { t } = useI18n();
+  // Raw text, not a number: binding the input to a normalised value makes
+  // Backspace fight the operator on the way from "230" to "23". It is parsed
+  // when it is sent, and only then.
+  const [azText, setAzText] = useState('');
+  const showControls = !!(presets || onStop);
+
+  // Which preset was just pressed, so it can light up for a moment.
+  //
+  // A rotor takes seconds to start moving and the needle barely twitches at
+  // first, so without this the only answer to "did that register?" is to press
+  // it again — which is how an antenna ends up ordered somewhere twice. The
+  // acknowledgement has to come from the button itself, at once.
+  const [flashIdx, setFlashIdx] = useState<number | null>(null);
+  const flashTimer = useRef<number | undefined>(undefined);
+  useEffect(() => () => window.clearTimeout(flashTimer.current), []);
+  const pressPreset = (i: number, az: number) => {
+    if (!onGoto) return;
+    setFlashIdx(i);
+    window.clearTimeout(flashTimer.current);
+    flashTimer.current = window.setTimeout(() => setFlashIdx(null), 450);
+    onGoto(az);
+  };
+
+  // 0-359 and nothing else. 360 is refused rather than folded to 0 — it is
+  // almost always a typo for 36 or 306, and a rotor swinging through north on a
+  // slip of the finger is worth one rejected keypress.
+  const sendAz = () => {
+    const s = azText.trim();
+    if (s === '' || !onGoto) return;
+    const n = Number(s);
+    if (!Number.isFinite(n) || !Number.isInteger(n) || n < 0 || n > 359) return;
+    onGoto(n);
+    setAzText('');
+  };
+
   const cardinals = useMemo(
     () => [ { d: 0, l: 'N' }, { d: 45, l: 'NE' }, { d: 90, l: 'E' }, { d: 135, l: 'SE' },
             { d: 180, l: 'S' }, { d: 225, l: 'SW' }, { d: 270, l: 'W' }, { d: 315, l: 'NW' } ],
@@ -72,6 +114,35 @@ export function RotorCompass({ bearing, headings, boomHeading, pattern, centerLa
 
   const headLabel = headings.length ? headings[0] : null;
 
+  // Short and long path to the DX, in figures.
+  //
+  // The bezel already carries the short path as a red marker, but a marker is a
+  // direction, not a number — the same pair sits in the status bar at 10px and
+  // operators reported not being able to read it. It lives here because it
+  // belongs to the compass: every place that draws one gets the readout, instead
+  // of each caller inventing its own. Clickable when the caller can turn, like
+  // the status bar's. Built as a value because it is placed in one of two
+  // columns depending on whether the controls are shown.
+  const pathReadout = (
+    <div className="flex gap-1.5 mt-2 font-mono w-full">
+      {([['SP', bearing ?? null], ['LP', bearing == null ? null : (bearing + 180) % 360]] as const).map(([lbl, az]) => (
+        <button key={lbl} type="button" disabled={az == null || !onGoto}
+          onClick={() => { if (az != null && onGoto) onGoto(Math.round(az)); }}
+          title={az == null ? '' : `${lbl} ${Math.round(az)}°`}
+          className={
+            'flex-1 rounded-md border py-1 text-xs font-semibold tabular-nums transition-colors active:scale-95 ' +
+            (az == null
+              ? 'border-border text-muted-foreground/50 cursor-not-allowed'
+              : onGoto
+                ? 'border-info-border text-info-muted-foreground hover:bg-info-muted cursor-pointer'
+                : 'border-border text-muted-foreground cursor-default')
+          }>
+          {lbl} {az == null ? '—' : `${Math.round(az)}°`}
+        </button>
+      ))}
+    </div>
+  );
+
   return (
     <section className="flex flex-col h-full min-h-0 rounded-lg border border-border bg-card overflow-hidden">
       {/* Header — matches the WinKeyer / Voice keyer panels. */}
@@ -128,9 +199,13 @@ export function RotorCompass({ bearing, headings, boomHeading, pattern, centerLa
         </div>
       )}
 
+      {/* Dial on the left, controls on the right. The controls column is sized to
+          fit WITHIN the dial's height: the widget sits in a row whose height is
+          set by the entry strip, so it may grow sideways but never downwards. */}
+      <div className="flex items-start gap-2 p-2 min-h-0">
       {/* flex-col: the readout goes BELOW the dial. This wrapper was a row, so a
           sibling of the <svg> landed beside it. */}
-      <div className="flex flex-col items-center justify-center p-2 min-h-0">
+      <div className="flex flex-col items-center justify-center min-h-0 shrink-0">
         <svg
           viewBox={`0 0 ${SIZE} ${SIZE}`}
           className={onGoto ? 'cursor-pointer select-none' : 'select-none'}
@@ -191,30 +266,85 @@ export function RotorCompass({ bearing, headings, boomHeading, pattern, centerLa
           <circle cx={C} cy={C} r={3.5} fill="#15803d" stroke="#fff" strokeWidth={1} />
         </svg>
 
-        {/* Short and long path to the DX, in figures.
-            The bezel already carries the short path as a red marker, but a
-            marker is a direction, not a number — the same pair sits in the
-            status bar at 10px and operators reported not being able to read it.
-            Here because it belongs to the compass: every place that draws one
-            gets the readout, instead of each caller inventing its own.
-            Clickable when the caller can turn, like the status bar's. */}
-        <div className="flex gap-1.5 mt-2 font-mono w-full">
-          {([['SP', bearing ?? null], ['LP', bearing == null ? null : (bearing + 180) % 360]] as const).map(([lbl, az]) => (
-            <button key={lbl} type="button" disabled={az == null || !onGoto}
-              onClick={() => { if (az != null && onGoto) onGoto(Math.round(az)); }}
-              title={az == null ? '' : `${lbl} ${Math.round(az)}°`}
-              className={
-                'flex-1 rounded-md border py-1 text-xs font-semibold tabular-nums transition-colors ' +
-                (az == null
-                  ? 'border-border text-muted-foreground/50 cursor-not-allowed'
-                  : onGoto
-                    ? 'border-info-border text-info-muted-foreground hover:bg-info-muted cursor-pointer'
-                    : 'border-border text-muted-foreground cursor-default')
-              }>
-              {lbl} {az == null ? '—' : `${Math.round(az)}°`}
+        {/* With the controls column present the readout goes at the FOOT OF IT
+            instead: the dial sets the widget's height, the controls are shorter
+            than the dial, and that leftover space is exactly the right size for
+            the pair. Under the dial it would push the whole widget taller. */}
+        {!showControls && pathReadout}
+      </div>
+
+      {/* Quick turns + free azimuth + Stop. */}
+      {showControls && (
+        <div className="flex flex-col gap-1.5 flex-1 min-w-0">
+          {/* Two columns so six regions fit beside the dial rather than under
+              it. An operator with fewer keeps the same compact block. */}
+          {!!presets?.length && (
+            <div className="grid grid-cols-2 gap-1">
+              {presets.map((p, i) => (
+                <button
+                  key={`${p.label}-${i}`}
+                  type="button"
+                  disabled={!onGoto}
+                  onClick={() => pressPreset(i, p.azimuth)}
+                  title={`${p.label} — ${p.azimuth}°`}
+                  className={cn(
+                    'rounded-md border py-1 text-xs font-semibold truncate transition-all duration-150 active:scale-95',
+                    flashIdx === i
+                      // Lit, and showing the azimuth it just sent: the label alone
+                      // would only say the press landed, not what was ordered.
+                      ? 'border-success bg-success text-success-foreground scale-95'
+                      : 'border-border bg-muted/40',
+                    onGoto && flashIdx !== i ? 'hover:bg-muted' : '',
+                    !onGoto ? 'opacity-50 cursor-not-allowed' : '',
+                  )}
+                >
+                  {flashIdx === i ? `${p.azimuth}°` : p.label}
+                </button>
+              ))}
+            </div>
+          )}
+
+          {/* Free azimuth: Enter sends, so the whole thing is type-three-digits
+              -and-go without reaching for the mouse. */}
+          <div className="flex gap-1">
+            <input
+              type="text"
+              inputMode="numeric"
+              value={azText}
+              onChange={(e) => setAzText(e.target.value.replace(/[^0-9]/g, '').slice(0, 3))}
+              onKeyDown={(e) => { if (e.key === 'Enter') { e.preventDefault(); sendAz(); } }}
+              placeholder={t('rotor.azPh')}
+              title={t('rotor.azTitle')}
+              disabled={!onGoto}
+              className="min-w-0 flex-1 rounded-md border border-border bg-background px-2 py-1 text-xs font-mono tabular-nums text-center disabled:opacity-50"
+            />
+            <button
+              type="button"
+              onClick={sendAz}
+              disabled={!onGoto || azText.trim() === ''}
+              title={t('rotor.go')}
+              className="flex items-center gap-1 rounded-md border border-success/60 bg-success-muted px-2 py-1 text-xs font-bold text-success-muted-foreground transition-transform hover:bg-success/25 active:scale-95 disabled:opacity-40 disabled:cursor-not-allowed"
+            >
+              <Play className="size-3" /> {t('rotor.go')}
             </button>
-          ))}
+          </div>
+
+          {onStop && (
+            <button
+              type="button"
+              onClick={onStop}
+              title={t('rotor.stop')}
+              className="flex items-center justify-center gap-1.5 rounded-md border border-destructive/60 bg-destructive/15 py-1 text-xs font-bold text-destructive hover:bg-destructive/25"
+            >
+              <Square className="size-3 fill-current" /> {t('rotor.stop')}
+            </button>
+          )}
+
+          {/* mt-auto: the readout sits at the FOOT of the column, level with the
+              bottom of the dial, instead of floating under the Stop button. */}
+          <div className="mt-auto">{pathReadout}</div>
         </div>
+      )}
       </div>
     </section>
   );

frontend/src/components/SettingsModal.tsx

@@ -11,9 +11,11 @@ import {
   GetCATSettings, SaveCATSettings, DiscoverFlexRadios,
   ListProfiles, GetActiveProfile, SaveProfile, DeleteProfile, ActivateProfile, DuplicateProfile,
   GetRotators, SaveRotators, TestRotatorDevice, RotatorPark, RotatorStop,
+  GetRotorPresets, SaveRotorPresets, ResetRotorPresets,
   GetUltrabeamSettings, SaveUltrabeamSettings, TestUltrabeam,
   GetAntGeniusSettings, SaveAntGeniusSettings,
   GetTunerGeniusSettings, SaveTunerGeniusSettings,
+  GetPSUSettings, SavePSUSettings,
   GetAmplifiers, SaveAmplifiers, GetAmpStatuses, AmpOperate,
   GetWinkeyerSettings, SaveWinkeyerSettings, ListSerialPorts,
   GetAudioSettings, SaveAudioSettings, AudioApplyLevels, ListAudioInputDevices, ListAudioOutputDevices, PickAudioFolder, TestPTT,
@@ -50,6 +52,7 @@ import {
   GetUIPref, SetUIPref,
   GetFlexState, GetFlexBandAntennas, SaveFlexBandAntennas, GetFlexBandPower, SaveFlexBandPower,
   GetADIFMonitor, SaveADIFMonitor, PickADIFMonitorFile,
+  GetFolderSync, SaveFolderSync, PickFolderSyncFolder, GetFolderSyncStatus, SyncFolderNow,
   GetRelayAuto, SaveRelayAuto, GetStationDevices,
   GetAwardDefs, GetTrackedAwards, SaveTrackedAwards,
   GetBandOpenSettings, SaveBandOpenSettings, GetPSKReporterStatus, GetChaseNewGrids, SetChaseNewGrids, GetChaseNew, SetChaseNew, GetGridCacheStatus, GetLinkedAmps, SetLinkedAmps, GetSpotTTLMinutes, SetSpotTTLMinutes,
@@ -187,6 +190,7 @@ type SectionId =
   | 'external-services'
   | 'udp'
   | 'adifmon'
+  | 'foldersync'
   | 'webpublish'
   | 'lookup'
   | 'lists-bands'
@@ -203,6 +207,7 @@ type SectionId =
   | 'antenna'
   | 'antgenius'
   | 'tunergenius'
+  | 'psu'
   | 'pgxl'
   | 'flex'
   | 'relayauto'
@@ -240,6 +245,29 @@ function VendorMark({ vendor }: { vendor: 'o3a' }) {
 	);
 }
 
+// PanelHost renders the selected settings panel, and exists so a panel may hold
+// hooks of its own.
+//
+// The panels are nested inside SettingsModal, closing over its state — so they
+// cannot be rendered as <Panel />: a nested function is a NEW component type on
+// every parent render, which would unmount and remount the panel on each
+// keystroke. They were therefore CALLED, `PANELS[selected]()`, and a call runs
+// any hook inside them in SettingsModal's own hook list — conditionally, since
+// only the open section is called. React counts those, and the window stopped
+// drawing the moment such a section was opened (error #310, "rendered more
+// hooks than during the previous render"). It had happened once and was headed
+// off by a comment; the comment did not survive contact with the next panel.
+//
+// This host is module-scope, so its identity is stable and calling `render()`
+// inside it puts those hooks in a component context that persists. `key` is the
+// section, so switching sections REMOUNTS it — a fresh, consistent hook list per
+// section, and no panel state leaking into the next one. Within a section the
+// render prop is a new closure each parent render, which is how the panel keeps
+// seeing current values.
+function PanelHost({ render }: { render?: () => JSX.Element }) {
+  return render ? render() : null;
+}
+
 // buildTree returns the settings sidebar. The FlexRadio item only appears when
 // the active CAT backend is a Flex (per-band antenna config is Flex-specific).
 function buildTree(flexAvailable: boolean, t: (k: string) => string): TreeNode[] {
@@ -251,6 +279,7 @@ function buildTree(flexAvailable: boolean, t: (k: string) => string): TreeNode[]
     { kind: 'item', label: t('sec.antgenius'),    id: 'antgenius',   vendor: 'o3a' },
     { kind: 'item', label: t('sec.tunergenius'),  id: 'tunergenius', vendor: 'o3a' },
     { kind: 'item', label: t('sec.pgxl'),         id: 'pgxl' },
+    { kind: 'item', label: t('sec.psu'),          id: 'psu' },
     ...(flexAvailable ? [{ kind: 'item', label: t('sec.flex'), id: 'flex' } as TreeNode] : []),
     { kind: 'item', label: t('sec.relayauto'),    id: 'relayauto' },
     { kind: 'item', label: t('sec.audio'),        id: 'audio' },
@@ -279,6 +308,7 @@ function buildTree(flexAvailable: boolean, t: (k: string) => string): TreeNode[]
       { kind: 'item', label: t('sec.cluster'),     id: 'cluster' },
       { kind: 'item', label: t('sec.udp'), id: 'udp' },
       { kind: 'item', label: t('sec.adifmon'), id: 'adifmon' },
+      { kind: 'item', label: t('sec.foldersync'), id: 'foldersync' },
       { kind: 'item', label: t('sec.webpublish'), id: 'webpublish' },
       { kind: 'item', label: t('sec.uscounties'), id: 'uscounties' },
       { kind: 'item', label: t('sec.database'), id: 'database' },
@@ -297,6 +327,7 @@ const SECTION_KEY: Partial<Record<SectionId, string>> = {
   'external-services': 'sec.external', appearance: 'sec.appearance', lookup: 'sec.lookup', 'lists-bands': 'sec.bands', 'lists-modes': 'sec.modes',
   cluster: 'sec.cluster', backup: 'sec.backup', database: 'sec.database', autostart: 'sec.autostart', udp: 'sec.udp',
   adifmon: 'sec.adifmon',
+  foldersync: 'sec.foldersync',
   webpublish: 'sec.webpublish',
   uscounties: 'sec.uscounties',
   awards: 'sec.awards', cat: 'sec.cat', rotator: 'sec.rotator', winkeyer: 'sec.winkeyer', antenna: 'sec.antenna',
@@ -679,6 +710,120 @@ function ADIFMonitorPanel() {
   );
 }
 
+// FolderSyncPanel: one operator, several PCs, one logbook through a folder they
+// already synchronise (Seafile, OneDrive, Dropbox, a NAS share).
+//
+// The status half is the point of the panel. Every part of this runs on someone
+// else's machine and on a sync client OpsLog cannot see, so "it is not working"
+// has to be answerable from here: which other PCs have written to the folder,
+// when each last did, and whether anything is sitting there unread.
+function FolderSyncPanel() {
+  const { t } = useI18n();
+  const [cfg, setCfg] = useState<{ enabled: boolean; folder: string; machine: string }>({ enabled: false, folder: '', machine: '' });
+  const [st, setSt] = useState<any>(null);
+  const [loaded, setLoaded] = useState(false);
+  const [err, setErr] = useState('');
+  const [msg, setMsg] = useState('');
+  const [busy, setBusy] = useState(false);
+  useEffect(() => {
+    GetFolderSync()
+      .then((c: any) => { if (c) setCfg({ enabled: !!c.enabled, folder: c.folder ?? '', machine: c.machine ?? '' }); })
+      .catch(() => {})
+      .finally(() => setLoaded(true));
+  }, []);
+  // Polled while the panel is open: a first setup is verified by watching the
+  // other PC appear in this list, and that happens on the sync client's clock,
+  // not on any action taken here.
+  useEffect(() => {
+    let alive = true;
+    const tick = () => GetFolderSyncStatus().then((s: any) => { if (alive) setSt(s); }).catch(() => {});
+    tick();
+    const h = window.setInterval(tick, 3000);
+    return () => { alive = false; window.clearInterval(h); };
+  }, []);
+  const save = async (next: typeof cfg) => {
+    setCfg(next);
+    setErr(''); setMsg('');
+    try {
+      await SaveFolderSync(next as any);
+      setMsg(t('sync.saved'));
+      GetFolderSyncStatus().then(setSt).catch(() => {});
+    } catch (e: any) {
+      setErr(String(e?.message ?? e));
+      // The switch goes back off rather than sitting on while nothing is
+      // written: a folder that refused the write test would lose every contact
+      // in silence, which is the one outcome this feature must never have.
+      setCfg({ ...next, enabled: false });
+    }
+  };
+  const pick = async () => {
+    try {
+      const p = await PickFolderSyncFolder();
+      if (p) save({ ...cfg, folder: p });
+    } catch { /* dialog cancelled */ }
+  };
+  const syncNow = async () => {
+    setBusy(true); setErr(''); setMsg('');
+    try {
+      const n = await SyncFolderNow();
+      setMsg(t('sync.applied').replace('{n}', String(n)));
+      GetFolderSyncStatus().then(setSt).catch(() => {});
+    } catch (e: any) {
+      setErr(String(e?.message ?? e));
+    } finally { setBusy(false); }
+  };
+  const when = (iso: string) => (iso ? new Date(iso).toLocaleString() : t('sync.never'));
+  return (
+    <div className="space-y-4 max-w-2xl">
+      <p className="text-xs text-muted-foreground">{t('sync.hint')}</p>
+      <label className="flex items-center gap-2 text-sm cursor-pointer">
+        <Checkbox checked={cfg.enabled} disabled={!loaded} onCheckedChange={(c) => save({ ...cfg, enabled: !!c })} />
+        {t('sync.enable')}
+      </label>
+
+      <div className="grid grid-cols-[130px_1fr] items-center gap-2">
+        <span className="text-sm">{t('sync.machine')}</span>
+        <Input value={cfg.machine} placeholder="shack" className="h-8"
+          onChange={(e) => setCfg({ ...cfg, machine: e.target.value })}
+          onBlur={() => save(cfg)} />
+        <span className="text-sm">{t('sync.folder')}</span>
+        <div className="flex items-center gap-2 min-w-0">
+          <span className="flex-1 font-mono text-xs truncate" title={cfg.folder}>{cfg.folder || '—'}</span>
+          <Button variant="outline" size="sm" onClick={pick}><FolderOpen className="size-3.5 mr-1" /> {t('sync.choose')}</Button>
+        </div>
+      </div>
+
+      {err && <p className="text-xs text-destructive">{err}</p>}
+      {msg && <p className="text-xs text-success">{msg}</p>}
+
+      <SectionHeader title={t('sync.state')} />
+      <div className="rounded-md border border-border bg-muted/20 p-3 space-y-2 text-xs">
+        <div className="flex flex-wrap gap-x-6 gap-y-1 text-muted-foreground">
+          <span>{t('sync.thisPc')}: <span className="font-mono text-foreground">{st?.machine_id || '—'}</span></span>
+          <span>{t('sync.lastSync')}: <span className="text-foreground">{when(st?.last_sync ?? '')}</span></span>
+          <span>{t('sync.sent')}: <span className="text-foreground">{st?.sent ?? 0}</span></span>
+          <span>{t('sync.received')}: <span className="text-foreground">{st?.received ?? 0}</span></span>
+        </div>
+        {st?.error && <p className="text-destructive">{st.error}</p>}
+        <div className="space-y-1">
+          {(st?.peers ?? []).length === 0 && <p className="italic text-muted-foreground">{t('sync.noPeers')}</p>}
+          {(st?.peers ?? []).map((p: any) => (
+            <div key={p.machine} className="flex items-center gap-2">
+              <span className="font-mono truncate">{p.machine}</span>
+              <span className="text-muted-foreground">{when(p.last_change)}</span>
+              {p.behind > 0 && <span className="text-warning">{t('sync.behind')}</span>}
+            </div>
+          ))}
+        </div>
+      </div>
+      <Button variant="outline" size="sm" onClick={syncNow} disabled={busy || !cfg.enabled}>
+        {busy ? <Loader2 className="size-3.5 animate-spin mr-1.5" /> : null}
+        {t('sync.now')}
+      </Button>
+    </div>
+  );
+}
+
 // AmpUI mirrors the backend AmpConfig — one configured amplifier.
 type AmpUI = { id: string; name: string; enabled: boolean; type: string; transport: string; host: string; port: number; com_port: string; baud: number;
   // Band-follow (ACOM): a SECOND serial port on which OpsLog answers the amp's
@@ -1255,16 +1400,25 @@ export function SettingsModal({ onClose, onSaved, initialSection, onMainPaneChan
   const [bandDraft, setBandDraft] = useState('');
   const [modeDraft, setModeDraft] = useState('');
   const [catCfg, setCatCfg] = useState<CATSettings>({
-    enabled: false, backend: 'omnirig', omnirig_rig: 1, omnirig_vfo: '', flex_host: '', flex_port: 4992, flex_spots: false, flex_decode_spots: false, flex_decode_secs: 120,
+    enabled: false, backend: 'omnirig', omnirig_rig: 1, omnirig_vfo: '', flex_host: '', flex_port: 4992, flex_spots: false, flex_decode_spots: false, flex_decode_secs: 120, flex_dvk_dax: false,
     yaesu_port: '', yaesu_baud: 38400, yaesu_low_lines: false, kenwood_low_lines: false, kenwood_port: '', kenwood_baud: 9600, kenwood_host: '', kenwood_data_mode: 'usb', xiegu_port: '', xiegu_baud: 19200, xiegu_addr: 0x70, xiegu_ptt_line: '',
     icom_port: '', icom_baud: 115200, icom_addr: 0x98, icom_net_host: '', icom_net_user: '', icom_net_pass: '', icom_net_audio: false,
-    tci_host: '', tci_port: 40001, tci_spots: false, poll_ms: 250, delay_ms: 0,
-    digital_default: 'FT8', share_enabled: false, share_port: 4532,
+    tci_host: '', tci_port: 40001, tci_spots: false, poll_ms: 250, delay_ms: 0, offset_on: false, offset_hz: 0,
+    digital_default: 'FT8', share_enabled: false, share_port: 4532, share_proto: 'rigctl', share_tci_port: 40001,
     ptt_hotkey_enabled: false, ptt_hotkey: '', ptt_hotkey_toggle: false,
   });
   // While true, the next key press is captured as the PTT hotkey.
   const [capturingPtt, setCapturingPtt] = useState(false);
   const [rotors, setRotors] = useState<RotatorDevice[]>([]);
+  const [rotorPresets, setRotorPresets] = useState<{ label: string; azimuth: number }[]>([]);
+  // Whether the presets have actually been READ back yet.
+  //
+  // An empty list is a legitimate answer — an operator may want no quick-turn
+  // buttons at all — so the backend stores it as one. That makes "not loaded
+  // yet" and "deliberately none" the same value, and a Save landing in the first
+  // state wiped the buttons for good. Saving is gated on having read them, so
+  // the only empty list that can ever reach the store is one the operator made.
+  const [rotorPresetsLoaded, setRotorPresetsLoaded] = useState(false);
   const [rotatorTesting, setRotatorTesting] = useState(false);
   const [rotatorTest, setRotatorTest] = useState<{ ok: boolean; msg: string } | null>(null);
 
@@ -1278,6 +1432,7 @@ export function SettingsModal({ onClose, onSaved, initialSection, onMainPaneChan
   // Antenna Genius (4O3A) switch settings — TCP port is fixed at 9007.
   const [antgenius, setAntgenius] = useState<{ enabled: boolean; host: string; password: string }>({ enabled: false, host: '', password: '' });
   const [tunergenius, setTunergenius] = useState<{ enabled: boolean; host: string; password: string }>({ enabled: false, host: '', password: '' });
+  const [psuCfg, setPsuCfg] = useState<{ enabled: boolean; com_port: string; baud: number; address: number }>({ enabled: false, com_port: '', baud: 9600, address: 1 });
 
   // Amplifier list — operators can run SEVERAL amps (even two SPEs combined),
   // each with its own connection. Saved as a whole via SaveAmplifiers.
@@ -1530,8 +1685,10 @@ export function SettingsModal({ onClose, onSaved, initialSection, onMainPaneChan
   const [eqslTest, setEqslTest] = useState<{ ok: boolean; msg: string } | null>(null);
   const [eqslTesting, setEqslTesting] = useState(false);
   const [stationLocations, setStationLocations] = useState<string[]>([]);
-  // Active tab in the External Services panel — lifted here because
-  // PANELS[selected]() is called as a function, so panels can't hold hooks.
+  // Active tab in the External Services panel. Lifted here back when a panel
+  // could not hold hooks at all; PanelHost lifted that restriction, and this
+  // stays put because moving it down would reset the tab on every reopen —
+  // a choice now, not a workaround.
   const [extSvcTab, setExtSvcTab] = useState<'qrz' | 'clublog' | 'hrdlog' | 'eqsl' | 'lotw' | 'cloudlog' | 'pota'>('qrz');
   // POTA hunter-log sync (stamps pota_ref on local QSOs from your pota.app log).
   const [potaToken, setPotaToken] = useState('');
@@ -1628,9 +1785,9 @@ export function SettingsModal({ onClose, onSaved, initialSection, onMainPaneChan
     return () => { unsub?.(); };
   }, []);
   const [profiles, setProfiles] = useState<Profile[]>([]);
-  // State for ProfilesPanel — lifted here because PANELS[selected]() calls
-  // the panel as a plain function, not as a JSX element, so any useState
-  // inside the panel function would violate the Rules of Hooks.
+  // State for ProfilesPanel. Lifted here back when a panel could not hold hooks
+  // — PanelHost lifted that restriction — and left here because the selection
+  // then survives switching sections, which is what an operator expects of it.
   const [profileSelectedId, setProfileSelectedId] = useState<number>(0);
   const [profileNameDraft, setProfileNameDraft] = useState<string>('');
 
@@ -1678,9 +1835,15 @@ export function SettingsModal({ onClose, onSaved, initialSection, onMainPaneChan
         await reloadClusterServers();
         setCatCfg(c);
         setRotors((r ?? []) as any);
+        // Loaded HERE, in the loader that runs on mount — not only in the
+        // event-driven one below. Missing from this one, the state stayed empty
+        // on a normal open and Save then wrote an empty list over the operator's
+        // buttons. See rotorPresetsLoaded for the belt to this brace.
+        try { setRotorPresets((((await GetRotorPresets()) ?? []) as any)); setRotorPresetsLoaded(true); } catch {}
         try { setUltrabeam(await GetUltrabeamSettings() as any); } catch {}
         try { setAntgenius(await GetAntGeniusSettings() as any); } catch {}
         try { setTunergenius(await GetTunerGeniusSettings() as any); } catch {}
+        try { setPsuCfg(await GetPSUSettings() as any); } catch {}
         try { setAmps(((await GetAmplifiers()) ?? []) as AmpUI[]); } catch {}
         setBackupCfg(b as any);
         setQslDefaults(qd as any);
@@ -1720,9 +1883,11 @@ export function SettingsModal({ onClose, onSaved, initialSection, onMainPaneChan
         try { setLookup(await GetLookupSettings() as any); } catch {}
         try { setCatCfg(await GetCATSettings() as any); } catch {}
         try { setRotors(((await GetRotators()) ?? []) as any); } catch {}
+        try { setRotorPresets((((await GetRotorPresets()) ?? []) as any)); setRotorPresetsLoaded(true); } catch {}
         try { setUltrabeam(await GetUltrabeamSettings() as any); } catch {}
         try { setAntgenius(await GetAntGeniusSettings() as any); } catch {}
         try { setTunergenius(await GetTunerGeniusSettings() as any); } catch {}
+        try { setPsuCfg(await GetPSUSettings() as any); } catch {}
         try { setAmps(((await GetAmplifiers()) ?? []) as AmpUI[]); } catch {}
         try { setBackupCfg(await GetBackupSettings() as any); } catch {}
         try { setQslDefaults(await GetQSLDefaults() as any); } catch {}
@@ -1913,9 +2078,12 @@ export function SettingsModal({ onClose, onSaved, initialSection, onMainPaneChan
       await SaveLookupSettings(lookup as any);
       await SaveCATSettings(catCfg as any);
       await SaveRotators(rotors as any);
+      // Only once they have been read back — see rotorPresetsLoaded.
+      if (rotorPresetsLoaded) await SaveRotorPresets(rotorPresets as any);
       await SaveUltrabeamSettings(ultrabeam as any);
       await SaveAntGeniusSettings(antgenius as any);
       await SaveTunerGeniusSettings(tunergenius as any);
+      await SavePSUSettings(psuCfg as any);
       await SaveAmplifiers(amps as any);
       await SaveWinkeyerSettings(wk as any);
       await SaveAudioSettings(audioCfg as any);
@@ -2218,6 +2386,11 @@ export function SettingsModal({ onClose, onSaved, initialSection, onMainPaneChan
   }
 
   function LookupPanel() {
+    // The cache lifetime as TYPED, so the box can be emptied and re-filled.
+    // Re-seeded when the settings arrive from the backend — which is after the
+    // first render, so it cannot simply be the initial value.
+    const [ttlText, setTtlText] = useState(String(lookup.cache_ttl_days));
+    useEffect(() => { setTtlText(String(lookup.cache_ttl_days)); }, [lookup.cache_ttl_days]);
     // Per-row provider editor — kept inline because it's only used twice
     // and needs closure access to the parent state.
     const row = (
@@ -2354,16 +2527,31 @@ export function SettingsModal({ onClose, onSaved, initialSection, onMainPaneChan
           <div className="flex gap-3 items-end">
             <div className="space-y-1 w-40">
               <Label>{t('lk.ttl')}</Label>
+              {/* Raw text, not the stored number. Deriving the value from the
+                  number on every keystroke made the box impossible to empty —
+                  and "0" itself unreachable, since parseInt('0') || 30 is 30.
+                  Zero is now a real setting, so it has to be typeable. */}
               <Input
-                type="number" min={1} max={3650}
-                value={lookup.cache_ttl_days}
-                onChange={(e) => setLookup((s) => ({ ...s, cache_ttl_days: parseInt(e.target.value) || 30 }))}
+                type="number" min={0} max={3650}
+                value={ttlText}
+                onChange={(e) => {
+                  const raw = e.target.value;
+                  setTtlText(raw);
+                  const n = parseInt(raw, 10);
+                  if (Number.isFinite(n) && n >= 0) {
+                    setLookup((s) => ({ ...s, cache_ttl_days: Math.min(n, 3650) }));
+                  }
+                }}
+                onBlur={() => setTtlText(String(lookup.cache_ttl_days))}
               />
             </div>
             <Button variant="outline" onClick={clearCache} disabled={clearing}>
               {clearing ? t('lk.clearing') : t('lk.clearCache')}
             </Button>
           </div>
+          {lookup.cache_ttl_days === 0 && (
+            <p className="text-[11px] text-warning mt-2">{t('lk.cacheOff')}</p>
+          )}
         </div>
       </>
     );
@@ -2692,6 +2880,10 @@ export function SettingsModal({ onClose, onSaved, initialSection, onMainPaneChan
                   <span className="text-xs text-muted-foreground">{t('cat.flexDecodeSecsHint')}</span>
                 </div>
               )}
+              <label className="col-span-2 flex items-start gap-2 text-sm cursor-pointer">
+                <Checkbox className="mt-0.5" checked={!!catCfg.flex_dvk_dax} onCheckedChange={(c) => setCatCfg((s) => ({ ...s, flex_dvk_dax: !!c }))} />
+                <span>{t('cat.flexDvkDax')} <span className="text-xs text-muted-foreground">{t('cat.flexDvkDaxHint')}</span></span>
+              </label>
             </>
             )}
             {catCfg.backend === 'xiegu' && (
@@ -2972,6 +3164,28 @@ export function SettingsModal({ onClose, onSaved, initialSection, onMainPaneChan
             </div>
             </>
             )}
+            {/* Transverter offset. OUTSIDE the per-backend blocks on purpose: a
+                transverter hangs off the IF of whatever radio you own, and the
+                offset is applied in the CAT manager, above every backend. Tucked
+                under the OmniRig/Icom section it would have been invisible to the
+                Yaesu, Kenwood, Xiegu, Flex and TCI operators who need it just as
+                much. */}
+            <label className="col-span-2 flex items-start gap-2 text-sm cursor-pointer">
+              <Checkbox className="mt-0.5" checked={!!catCfg.offset_on}
+                onCheckedChange={(c) => setCatCfg((s) => ({ ...s, offset_on: !!c }))} />
+              <span>{t('cat.offsetOn')} <span className="text-xs text-muted-foreground">{t('cat.offsetHint')}</span></span>
+            </label>
+            {catCfg.offset_on && (
+              <div className="col-span-2 flex items-center gap-2 pl-6">
+                <Label className="text-sm">{t('cat.offsetMhz')}</Label>
+                <Input
+                  type="number" step="0.000001" className="w-40"
+                  value={(catCfg.offset_hz ?? 0) / 1e6}
+                  onChange={(e) => setCatCfg((s) => ({ ...s, offset_hz: Math.round((parseFloat(e.target.value) || 0) * 1e6) }))}
+                />
+                <span className="text-xs text-muted-foreground">{t('cat.offsetExample')}</span>
+              </div>
+            )}
             <div className="space-y-1 col-span-2">
               <Label>{t('cat.digitalDefault')}</Label>
               <Select
@@ -2999,15 +3213,47 @@ export function SettingsModal({ onClose, onSaved, initialSection, onMainPaneChan
             </label>
             <p className="text-[11px] text-muted-foreground">{t('cat.shareHint')}</p>
             {catCfg.share_enabled && (
-              <div className="space-y-1 max-w-[200px]">
-                <Label>{t('cat.sharePort')}</Label>
-                <PortInput
-                  value={catCfg.share_port || 4532}
-                  fallback={4532}
-                  onChange={(n) => setCatCfg((s) => ({ ...s, share_port: n }))}
-                />
+              <div className="flex flex-wrap items-end gap-4">
+                {/* One protocol or the other. They answer the same questions about
+                    the same radio, and no program speaks both — so this is a
+                    choice, not two switches. */}
+                <div className="space-y-1">
+                  <Label>{t('cat.shareProto')}</Label>
+                  <Select
+                    value={(catCfg as any).share_proto === 'tci' ? 'tci' : 'rigctl'}
+                    onValueChange={(v) => setCatCfg((s) => ({ ...s, share_proto: v } as any))}
+                  >
+                    <SelectTrigger className="h-8 w-[240px]"><SelectValue /></SelectTrigger>
+                    <SelectContent>
+                      <SelectItem value="rigctl">{t('cat.shareRigctl')}</SelectItem>
+                      <SelectItem value="tci">{t('cat.shareTci')}</SelectItem>
+                    </SelectContent>
+                  </Select>
+                </div>
+                <div className="space-y-1 max-w-[200px]">
+                  <Label>{t('cat.sharePort')}</Label>
+                  {(catCfg as any).share_proto === 'tci' ? (
+                    <PortInput
+                      value={(catCfg as any).share_tci_port || 40001}
+                      fallback={40001}
+                      onChange={(n) => setCatCfg((s) => ({ ...s, share_tci_port: n } as any))}
+                    />
+                  ) : (
+                    <PortInput
+                      value={catCfg.share_port || 4532}
+                      fallback={4532}
+                      onChange={(n) => setCatCfg((s) => ({ ...s, share_port: n }))}
+                    />
+                  )}
+                </div>
               </div>
             )}
+            {catCfg.share_enabled && (catCfg as any).share_proto === 'tci' && catCfg.backend === 'tci' && (
+              // Both ends TCI: ExpertSDR is almost certainly already holding
+              // 40001 on this machine, and our server would fail to bind. Worth
+              // saying here rather than leaving it in the log.
+              <p className="text-[11px] text-warning">{t('cat.shareTciClash')}</p>
+            )}
           </div>
           {/* PTT hotkey — a keyboard key that keys the rig while OpsLog is focused.
               Uses the Audio → PTT method (CAT / RTS / DTR), falling back to CAT. */}
@@ -3079,7 +3325,19 @@ export function SettingsModal({ onClose, onSaved, initialSection, onMainPaneChan
     setRotatorTest(null);
     try {
       await TestRotatorDevice(dev as any, sub);
-      setRotatorTest({ ok: true, msg: (dev as any).type === 'rotgenius' ? t('rot.testOkRG') : t('cat.rotatorOk') });
+      // Say what the test ACTUALLY did, which is not the same on every backend.
+      //
+      // PstRotator and a Rotator Genius are sent a move to 0°; a SPID, an ARCO
+      // and a DCU-1 are asked their heading and nothing turns. They all used to
+      // report "Packet sent — the antenna should swing to north. If it didn't,
+      // check PstRotator's UDP listener" — which named a program that is not in
+      // the path, for a move that was never commanded. An operator on a tower
+      // read that as the test having failed.
+      const type = (dev as any).type;
+      const msg = type === 'rotgenius' ? t('rot.testOkRG')
+        : (type === 'spid' || type === 'arco' || type === 'dcu1') ? t('rot.testOkRead')
+          : t('cat.rotatorOk');
+      setRotatorTest({ ok: true, msg });
     } catch (e: any) {
       setRotatorTest({ ok: false, msg: String(e?.message ?? e) });
     } finally {
@@ -3383,6 +3641,58 @@ export function SettingsModal({ onClose, onSaved, initialSection, onMainPaneChan
     );
   }
 
+  // Bench power supply over Modbus RTU. OpsLog reads everything and writes one
+  // register — the output on/off. The voltage and current SET points are shown
+  // because they are worth seeing, and are not editable here: they belong to the
+  // supply's front panel, and a logbook that can set them can set them wrong.
+  // The COM ports come from the list SettingsModal already loads for the
+  // Winkeyer panel — one machine, one set of serial ports, fetched once. A hook
+  // of its own would be legal now (see PanelHost) and would fetch them twice.
+  function PSUPanelSettings() {
+    const ports = wkPorts;
+    const setPorts = setWkPorts;
+    return (
+      <>
+        <SectionHeader title={t('psu.title')} hint={t('psu.hint')} />
+        <div className="space-y-4 max-w-xl">
+          <label className="flex items-center gap-2 text-sm cursor-pointer">
+            <Checkbox checked={psuCfg.enabled} onCheckedChange={(c) => setPsuCfg((s) => ({ ...s, enabled: !!c }))} />
+            {t('psu.enable')}
+          </label>
+          <div className="grid grid-cols-3 gap-3">
+            <div className="space-y-1">
+              <Label>{t('psu.port')}</Label>
+              <div className="flex items-center gap-2">
+                <Select value={psuCfg.com_port || '_'} onValueChange={(v) => setPsuCfg((s) => ({ ...s, com_port: v === '_' ? '' : v }))}>
+                  <SelectTrigger className="h-9 flex-1"><SelectValue placeholder="— COM —" /></SelectTrigger>
+                  <SelectContent>
+                    {ports.length === 0 && <SelectItem value="_" disabled>{t('station.noPorts')}</SelectItem>}
+                    {ports.map((p) => <SelectItem key={p} value={p}>{p}</SelectItem>)}
+                  </SelectContent>
+                </Select>
+                <Button size="sm" variant="outline" onClick={() => ListSerialPorts().then((p) => setPorts((p ?? []) as string[])).catch(() => {})}>
+                  ↻
+                </Button>
+              </div>
+            </div>
+            <div className="space-y-1">
+              <Label>{t('psu.baud')}</Label>
+              <Input className="font-mono" value={String(psuCfg.baud ?? 9600)}
+                onChange={(e) => setPsuCfg((s) => ({ ...s, baud: parseInt(e.target.value.replace(/[^0-9]/g, ''), 10) || 0 }))} />
+            </div>
+            <div className="space-y-1">
+              <Label>{t('psu.address')}</Label>
+              <Input className="font-mono" value={String(psuCfg.address ?? 1)}
+                onChange={(e) => setPsuCfg((s) => ({ ...s, address: parseInt(e.target.value.replace(/[^0-9]/g, ''), 10) || 0 }))} />
+            </div>
+          </div>
+          <p className="text-xs text-muted-foreground">{t('psu.wireHint')}</p>
+          <p className="text-xs text-warning">{t('psu.writeScope')}</p>
+        </div>
+      </>
+    );
+  }
+
   function PGXLPanelSettings() {
     // The stored `type` stays a flat value ("spe13", "acom700", "pgxl"); the UI
     // presents it as brand + model.
@@ -3674,7 +3984,10 @@ export function SettingsModal({ onClose, onSaved, initialSection, onMainPaneChan
             const isRG = dev.type === 'rotgenius';
             const isARCO = dev.type === 'arco';
             const isDCU1 = dev.type === 'dcu1';
-            const isSerialCap = isARCO || isDCU1; // COM-port or serial-over-IP controllers
+            // A SPID has a COM port and nothing else — no network transport to
+            // offer, which is the whole point of driving it without PstRotator.
+            const isSPID = dev.type === 'spid';
+            const isSerialCap = isARCO || isDCU1 || isSPID; // COM-port or serial-over-IP controllers
             const transport = dev.transport ?? 'tcp';
             return (
               <div key={dev.id || i} className="rounded-xl border border-border bg-card/40 p-3 space-y-3">
@@ -3693,13 +4006,14 @@ export function SettingsModal({ onClose, onSaved, initialSection, onMainPaneChan
                     {/* Each backend gets its default port: Rotator Genius 9006, ARCO 4001
                         (placeholder — must match the ARCO's LAN menu), PstRotator 12000. */}
                     <Select value={dev.type ?? 'pst'}
-                      onValueChange={(v) => patch(i, { type: v as any, port: v === 'rotgenius' ? 9006 : (v === 'arco' || v === 'dcu1') ? 4001 : 12000, ...(v === 'dcu1' ? { transport: 'serial' } : {}) })}>
+                      onValueChange={(v) => patch(i, { type: v as any, port: v === 'rotgenius' ? 9006 : (v === 'arco' || v === 'dcu1') ? 4001 : 12000, ...(v === 'dcu1' || v === 'spid' ? { transport: 'serial' } : {}), ...(v === 'spid' ? { baud: 600, spid_model: 'rot2prog' } : {}) })}>
                       <SelectTrigger className="h-9"><SelectValue /></SelectTrigger>
                       <SelectContent>
                         <SelectItem value="pst">PstRotator (UDP)</SelectItem>
                         <SelectItem value="rotgenius">Rotator Genius (4O3A, native)</SelectItem>
                         <SelectItem value="arco">GS-232A controller (microHAM ARCO, ERC…)</SelectItem>
                         <SelectItem value="dcu1">Hy-Gain DCU-1 (RotorCard DXA, Rotor-EZ, Green Heron)</SelectItem>
+                        <SelectItem value="spid">SPID / AlfaSpid (RAS, BIG-RAS, MD-01, MD-02)</SelectItem>
                       </SelectContent>
                     </Select>
                   </div>
@@ -3716,8 +4030,24 @@ export function SettingsModal({ onClose, onSaved, initialSection, onMainPaneChan
                       </Select>
                     </div>
                   )}
+                  {/* SPID: pick the dialect. They differ in reply length AND baud
+                      rate, so this cannot be detected — a wrong choice is a
+                      controller that never answers. */}
+                  {isSPID && (
+                    <div className="space-y-1">
+                      <Label>{t('rot.spidModel')}</Label>
+                      <Select value={dev.spid_model || 'rot2prog'}
+                        onValueChange={(v) => patch(i, { spid_model: v as any, baud: v === 'rot1prog' ? 1200 : 600 })}>
+                        <SelectTrigger className="h-9"><SelectValue /></SelectTrigger>
+                        <SelectContent>
+                          <SelectItem value="rot2prog">Rot2Prog (RAS, BIG-RAS/HR, MD-01, MD-02)</SelectItem>
+                          <SelectItem value="rot1prog">Rot1Prog (azimuth only)</SelectItem>
+                        </SelectContent>
+                      </Select>
+                    </div>
+                  )}
                   {/* ARCO and DCU-1 controllers reach over the LAN (TCP) or a serial COM. */}
-                  {isSerialCap && (
+                  {isSerialCap && !isSPID && (
                     <div className="space-y-1">
                       <Label>Connection</Label>
                       <Select value={transport} onValueChange={(v) => patch(i, { transport: v as any })}>
@@ -3751,10 +4081,13 @@ export function SettingsModal({ onClose, onSaved, initialSection, onMainPaneChan
                       <Button size="sm" variant="outline" className="h-9" onClick={() => ListSerialPorts().then((p) => setWkPorts((p ?? []) as string[])).catch(() => {})}>
                         <ArrowDown className="size-3.5 rotate-90" />
                       </Button>
-                      <Select value={String(dev.baud || 9600)} onValueChange={(v) => patch(i, { baud: Number(v) })}>
+                      {/* A SPID runs at 600 or 1200 baud — not a typo, a pulse
+                          controller has nothing to say quickly. Offering only the
+                          usual rates would have left it permanently mute. */}
+                      <Select value={String(dev.baud || (isSPID ? 600 : 9600))} onValueChange={(v) => patch(i, { baud: Number(v) })}>
                         <SelectTrigger className="h-9 w-28"><SelectValue /></SelectTrigger>
                         <SelectContent>
-                          {[4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600].map((b) => (
+                          {(isSPID ? [600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600] : [4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600]).map((b) => (
                             <SelectItem key={b} value={String(b)}>{b} baud</SelectItem>
                           ))}
                         </SelectContent>
@@ -3784,6 +4117,7 @@ export function SettingsModal({ onClose, onSaved, initialSection, onMainPaneChan
                 {isRG && <p className="text-xs text-muted-foreground">{t('rot.rgHint')}</p>}
                 {isARCO && <p className="text-xs text-muted-foreground">{t('rot.arcoHint')}</p>}
                 {isDCU1 && <p className="text-xs text-muted-foreground">{t('rot.dcu1Hint')}</p>}
+                {isSPID && <p className="text-xs text-muted-foreground">{t('rot.spidHint')}</p>}
                 {/* Which antenna this rotor carries — only relevant with >1 rotor. */}
                 {multi && (
                   <div className="space-y-1 max-w-xs">
@@ -3845,6 +4179,41 @@ export function SettingsModal({ onClose, onSaved, initialSection, onMainPaneChan
               )}
             </div>
           )}
+
+          {/* Quick-turn buttons for the rotor widget. Their azimuths start out
+              computed from the station square, so they are right for THIS QTH
+              rather than copied from someone else's. */}
+          <div className="border-t border-border/60 pt-3 space-y-2">
+            <div className="text-sm font-semibold">{t('rot.presets')}</div>
+            <p className="text-xs text-muted-foreground">{t('rot.presetsHint')}</p>
+            <div className="space-y-1.5">
+              {rotorPresets.map((p, i) => (
+                <div key={i} className="flex items-center gap-2">
+                  <Input className="w-24" maxLength={6} value={p.label}
+                    placeholder={t('rot.presetName')}
+                    onChange={(e) => setRotorPresets((list) => list.map((x, j) => (j === i ? { ...x, label: e.target.value } : x)))} />
+                  <Input className="w-24" type="number" min={0} max={359} value={p.azimuth}
+                    onChange={(e) => setRotorPresets((list) => list.map((x, j) => (j === i ? { ...x, azimuth: Math.max(0, Math.min(359, parseInt(e.target.value, 10) || 0)) } : x)))} />
+                  <span className="text-xs text-muted-foreground">°</span>
+                  <Button variant="ghost" size="sm" title={t('rot.remove')}
+                    onClick={() => setRotorPresets((list) => list.filter((_, j) => j !== i))}>
+                    <Trash2 className="size-3.5" />
+                  </Button>
+                </div>
+              ))}
+            </div>
+            <div className="flex items-center gap-2">
+              {rotorPresets.length < 8 && (
+                <Button variant="outline" size="sm" onClick={() => setRotorPresets((l) => [...l, { label: '', azimuth: 0 }])}>
+                  <Plus className="size-3.5 mr-1" /> {t('rot.presetAdd')}
+                </Button>
+              )}
+              <Button variant="outline" size="sm"
+                onClick={() => { ResetRotorPresets().then((p) => setRotorPresets((p ?? []) as any)).catch((e) => setErr(String(e?.message ?? e))); }}>
+                {t('rot.presetsReset')}
+              </Button>
+            </div>
+          </div>
           {rotatorTest && (
             <div className={cn(
               'text-xs rounded-md p-2.5 border',
@@ -4621,10 +4990,8 @@ export function SettingsModal({ onClose, onSaved, initialSection, onMainPaneChan
     }
     return (
       <>
-        <SectionHeader
-          title={t('sec.backup')}
-          hint={mysqlCfg.enabled ? t('bk.hintMysql') : t('bk.hint')}
-        />
+        {/* No hint: everyone knows what a backup is. */}
+        <SectionHeader title={t('sec.backup')} />
         <div className="space-y-5 max-w-2xl">
           <label className="flex items-center gap-2 text-sm cursor-pointer">
             <Checkbox
@@ -5542,7 +5909,9 @@ export function SettingsModal({ onClose, onSaved, initialSection, onMainPaneChan
             <Button variant="outline" size="sm" onClick={openExisting}><Database className="size-3.5" /> {t('db.openExisting')}</Button>
             <Button variant="outline" size="sm" onClick={saveCopy}><Copy className="size-3.5" /> {t('db.saveCopy')}</Button>
             <Button variant="outline" size="sm" onClick={renameDb} title={t('db.renameTip')}><Pencil className="size-3.5" /> {t('db.rename')}</Button>
-            <Button variant="outline" size="sm" onClick={revealFolder}><FolderOpen className="size-3.5" /> {t('db.openFolder')}</Button>
+            {/* Pushed right: these two act on the file that is already there,
+                while the four on the left change WHICH file is in use. */}
+            <Button variant="outline" size="sm" className="ml-auto" onClick={revealFolder}><FolderOpen className="size-3.5" /> {t('db.openFolder')}</Button>
             {dbSettings.is_custom && <Button variant="ghost" size="sm" onClick={resetDefault}>{t('db.resetDefault')}</Button>}
           </div>
           {/* The DB pointer is only read at startup, so offer the restart inline. */}
@@ -5575,7 +5944,6 @@ export function SettingsModal({ onClose, onSaved, initialSection, onMainPaneChan
             </SelectContent>
           </Select>
         </div>
-        <p className="text-[11px] text-muted-foreground max-w-2xl mb-3">{t('db.profileHint')}</p>
 
         {/* Compact active-backend confirmation / MySQL-fallback warning. */}
         {backendStatus && (
@@ -5616,7 +5984,6 @@ export function SettingsModal({ onClose, onSaved, initialSection, onMainPaneChan
         {/* MySQL: shared logbook connection (multi-operator) */}
         {mysqlCfg.enabled && (
         <div className="space-y-3 max-w-2xl">
-          <div className="text-[11px] text-muted-foreground leading-relaxed">{t('db.mysqlHint')}</div>
           <div className="grid grid-cols-[130px_1fr] gap-2 items-center">
             <Label className="text-sm">{t('db.host')}</Label>
             <Input className="h-8" placeholder="192.168.1.10 or db.example.com" value={mysqlCfg.host} onChange={(e) => setMysqlField({ host: e.target.value })} />
@@ -6107,12 +6474,8 @@ export function SettingsModal({ onClose, onSaved, initialSection, onMainPaneChan
                 }}
                 className="mt-0.5"
               />
-              <span>
-                {t('gen.mwShow')}
-                <span className="block text-xs text-muted-foreground mt-0.5">
-                  {t('gen.mwDesc')}
-                </span>
-              </span>
+              {/* No explanatory line: every operator knows what Most Wanted is. */}
+              <span>{t('gen.mwShow')}</span>
             </label>
             <div className="flex items-center gap-3 pl-6">
               <Button variant="outline" size="sm" className="h-8" disabled={mwBusy}
@@ -6308,10 +6671,11 @@ export function SettingsModal({ onClose, onSaved, initialSection, onMainPaneChan
     'lists-modes':  ModesPanel,
     cluster:        ClusterPanel,
     udp:            UDPIntegrationsPanelWrapper,
-    // Rendered as a real element (not called as a bare function) so its own hooks
-    // — useState/useEffect/useI18n — get a proper component context; PANELS[x]()
-    // is a plain call and hook-holding panels must go through JSX like this.
+    // Module-scope components, wrapped so their props can be passed. The nested
+    // panels below go through PanelHost instead — which is what now lets either
+    // kind hold hooks.
     adifmon:        () => <ADIFMonitorPanel />,
+    foldersync:     () => <FolderSyncPanel />,
     webpublish:     () => <WebPublishPanel />,
     relayauto:      () => <RelayAutoPanel />,
     backup:         BackupPanel,
@@ -6325,6 +6689,7 @@ export function SettingsModal({ onClose, onSaved, initialSection, onMainPaneChan
     antenna:        UltrabeamPanel,
     antgenius:      AntGeniusPanelSettings,
     tunergenius:    TunerGeniusPanelSettings,
+    psu:            PSUPanelSettings,
     pgxl:           PGXLPanelSettings,
     flex:           () => <FlexBandPanel bands={lists.bands ?? []} />,
     audio:          AudioPanel,
@@ -6352,7 +6717,7 @@ export function SettingsModal({ onClose, onSaved, initialSection, onMainPaneChan
               <div className="text-[10px] uppercase tracking-wider text-muted-foreground mb-3 font-semibold">
                 {breadcrumb}
               </div>
-              {PANELS[selected]?.()}
+              <PanelHost key={selected} render={PANELS[selected]} />
 
               {err && (
                 <div className="mt-6 text-xs text-destructive bg-destructive/10 border border-destructive/30 rounded-md px-3 py-2 max-w-2xl">

frontend/src/components/StationControlPanel.tsx

@@ -3,31 +3,87 @@ import { Plus, Pencil, Trash2, Power, PlugZap, Loader2, Check, X, Compass, Squar
 import { Button } from '@/components/ui/button';
 import { Input } from '@/components/ui/input';
 import { Label } from '@/components/ui/label';
+import { Checkbox } from '@/components/ui/checkbox';
 import { Select, SelectContent, SelectItem, SelectTrigger, SelectValue } from '@/components/ui/select';
 import { cn } from '@/lib/utils';
 import { useI18n } from '@/lib/i18n';
 import { writeUiPref } from '@/lib/uiPref';
+import { subscribeRotorHeading, pokeRotorHeading } from '@/lib/rotorHeading';
 import { RotorCompass } from '@/components/RotorCompass';
 import { AmpCard } from '@/components/AmpCard';
 import { TunerCard } from '@/components/TunerCard';
 import type { TGStatus } from '@/components/TunerGeniusPanel';
 import {
   GetStationDevices, SaveStationDevices, GetStationStatus, StationSetRelay,
-  GetRotatorHeading, RotatorGoTo, RotatorStop, SetActiveRotor,
+  RotatorGoTo, RotatorStop, SetActiveRotor,
   GetUltrabeamStatus, SetUltrabeamDirection, UltrabeamRetract, MotorSetElement, MotorReadElements,
   MotorTuneKHz, MotorNudgeKHz, SetMotorFollow,
   ListDenkoviDevices, ListSerialPorts, TestStationDevice,
   GetAmpStatuses, GetFlexState,
   GetTunerGeniusStatus, GetTunerGeniusSettings,
+  GetPSUStatus, GetPSUSettings, SetPSUOutput,
 } from '../../wailsjs/go/main/App';
 
 type RotatorProps = { centerLat?: number | null; centerLon?: number | null; bearing?: number | null };
 
+type PSUState = { connected: boolean; on: boolean; volts: number; amps: number; watts: number; set_volts: number; set_amps: number; protected: number; error?: string };
+
+// The bench supply. One button — the output — and the three numbers that say
+// what it is actually delivering.
+//
+// The SET points are shown beside them, small, because "13.8 V set" next to
+// "0.02 A out" is how an operator sees at a glance that the supply is on but
+// the radio is not drawing. They are not editable: OpsLog reads them and never
+// writes them, which is the whole safety story of this device.
+function PSUCard({ st, busy, onToggle, t }: {
+  st: PSUState; busy: boolean; onToggle: (on: boolean) => void; t: (k: string, v?: any) => string;
+}) {
+  const tripped = (st.protected ?? 0) !== 0;
+  return (
+    <div className="rounded-xl border border-border bg-card shadow-sm overflow-hidden h-full">
+      <div className="flex items-center gap-2 px-3 py-2 border-b border-border/60 bg-muted/30">
+        <Power className="size-4 text-primary" />
+        <div className="text-sm font-semibold truncate">{t('psu.title')}</div>
+        <span className={cn('ml-auto size-2 rounded-full shrink-0', st.connected ? 'bg-success' : 'bg-muted-foreground/40')}
+          title={st.connected ? t('station.online') : (st.error || t('psu.offline'))} />
+      </div>
+      <div className="p-3 space-y-2">
+        <div className="flex items-center gap-3">
+          <button type="button" disabled={!st.connected || busy}
+            onClick={() => onToggle(!st.on)}
+            className={cn('flex items-center gap-2 rounded-md border px-3 py-1.5 transition-colors disabled:opacity-40',
+              st.on ? 'bg-success/15 border-success/50' : 'bg-muted/30 border-border hover:bg-muted')}>
+            <span className={cn('flex items-center justify-center size-6 rounded shrink-0',
+              st.on ? 'bg-success text-success-foreground' : 'bg-muted-foreground/15 text-muted-foreground')}>
+              {busy ? <Loader2 className="size-3.5 animate-spin" /> : <Power className="size-3.5" />}
+            </span>
+            <span className="text-xs font-semibold">{t('psu.output')}</span>
+            <span className={cn('text-[10px] font-bold', st.on ? 'text-success' : 'text-muted-foreground/60')}>
+              {st.on ? t('station.on') : t('station.off')}
+            </span>
+          </button>
+          <div className="flex-1 min-w-0 font-mono tabular-nums text-right">
+            <span className="text-lg font-bold">{(st.volts ?? 0).toFixed(2)}</span><span className="text-xs text-muted-foreground"> V</span>
+            <span className="text-lg font-bold ml-3">{(st.amps ?? 0).toFixed(3)}</span><span className="text-xs text-muted-foreground"> A</span>
+          </div>
+        </div>
+        <div className="flex items-center justify-between text-[11px] text-muted-foreground font-mono">
+          <span>{(st.watts ?? 0).toFixed(1)} W</span>
+          <span>{t('psu.setTo')} {(st.set_volts ?? 0).toFixed(2)} V / {(st.set_amps ?? 0).toFixed(3)} A</span>
+        </div>
+        {tripped && (
+          <div className="text-[11px] font-bold text-danger">{t('psu.tripped')} (0x{(st.protected ?? 0).toString(16).toUpperCase()})</div>
+        )}
+      </div>
+    </div>
+  );
+}
+
 type Device = {
   id: string; type: string; name: string; host: string;
   user?: string; pass?: string; channels?: number; labels: string[];
   // Generic HTTP board only. The per-relay URLs win over the patterns.
-  on_urls?: string[]; off_urls?: string[]; on_pattern?: string; off_pattern?: string;
+  on_urls?: string[]; off_urls?: string[]; on_pattern?: string; off_pattern?: string; insecure_tls?: boolean;
 };
 type Relay = { number: number; label: string; on: boolean };
 type DevStatus = { id: string; name: string; type: string; connected: boolean; error?: string; relays: Relay[] };
@@ -457,6 +513,32 @@ export function StationControlPanel({ centerLat, centerLon, bearing }: RotatorPr
     return () => { alive = false; window.clearInterval(id); };
   }, []);
 
+  // Bench power supply. Polled slower than the tuner: it has no meters that
+  // track a transmission, and every poll is three Modbus exchanges on a 9600
+  // baud line the operator may also be using to switch the output.
+  const [psu, setPsu] = useState<PSUState>({ connected: false, on: false, volts: 0, amps: 0, watts: 0, set_volts: 0, set_amps: 0, protected: 0 });
+  const [psuEnabled, setPsuEnabled] = useState(false);
+  const [psuBusy, setPsuBusy] = useState(false);
+  useEffect(() => {
+    let alive = true;
+    const load = async () => {
+      try { const en: any = await GetPSUSettings(); if (alive) setPsuEnabled(!!en?.enabled); } catch {}
+      try { const st: any = await GetPSUStatus(); if (alive && st) setPsu(st as PSUState); } catch {}
+    };
+    load();
+    const id = window.setInterval(load, 1500);
+    return () => { alive = false; window.clearInterval(id); };
+  }, []);
+  const togglePSU = useCallback(async (on: boolean) => {
+    setPsuBusy(true);
+    // No optimistic flip here, unlike the relays: the supply echoes the value it
+    // actually set, so showing ON before it confirms would be showing something
+    // OpsLog does not know. A power switch is the wrong place to guess.
+    try { await SetPSUOutput(on); const st: any = await GetPSUStatus(); if (st) setPsu(st as PSUState); }
+    catch { /* the poll will tell the truth */ }
+    finally { setPsuBusy(false); }
+  }, []);
+
   const loadDevices = useCallback(async () => {
     try { setDevices(((await GetStationDevices()) ?? []) as Device[]); } catch { /* db not ready */ }
   }, []);
@@ -467,19 +549,21 @@ export function StationControlPanel({ centerLat, centerLon, bearing }: RotatorPr
       setStatus(Object.fromEntries(s.map((d) => [d.id, d])));
     } catch { /* ignore transient */ }
   }, []);
-  const pollRot = useCallback(async () => {
-    try { setRot((await GetRotatorHeading()) as any); } catch { /* ignore */ }
-  }, []);
   const pollAnt = useCallback(async () => {
     try { setAnt((await GetUltrabeamStatus()) as any); } catch { /* ignore */ }
   }, []);
 
   useEffect(() => { loadDevices(); }, [loadDevices]);
+  // The heading comes from the shared poller: one loop for the whole app, fast
+  // while the antenna turns and slow while it is parked. Every poll opens and
+  // closes the controller's port, and this panel used to run its own alongside
+  // the status bar's — the same controller asked twice over.
+  useEffect(() => subscribeRotorHeading((h) => setRot(h as any)), []);
   useEffect(() => {
-    poll(); pollRot(); pollAnt();
-    const id = window.setInterval(() => { poll(); pollRot(); pollAnt(); }, 3000);
+    poll(); pollAnt();
+    const id = window.setInterval(() => { poll(); pollAnt(); }, 3000);
     return () => window.clearInterval(id);
-  }, [poll, pollRot, pollAnt, devices.length]);
+  }, [poll, pollAnt, devices.length]);
 
   const persistOrder = (next: string[]) => { setOrder(next); writeUiPref('opslog.stationOrder', JSON.stringify(next)); };
   // Reorder so `dragged` lands just before `target`.
@@ -527,16 +611,25 @@ export function StationControlPanel({ centerLat, centerLon, bearing }: RotatorPr
   const deviceCard = (dev: Device) => {
     const st = status[dev.id];
     const relays = st?.relays ?? dev.labels.map((label, i) => ({ number: i + 1, label, on: false }));
+    // The generic HTTP board has no address of its own and nothing to poll: its
+    // relays can each live on a different box, and no status endpoint is read
+    // back. So no host under the name, no online dot, and the buttons are never
+    // greyed out waiting for a connection that is never made.
+    const fireAndForget = dev.type === 'httpgen';
     return (
       <div className="rounded-xl border border-border bg-card shadow-sm overflow-hidden h-full">
         <div className="flex items-center gap-2 px-3 py-2 border-b border-border/60 bg-muted/30">
           <PlugZap className="size-4 text-primary" />
           <div className="min-w-0">
             <div className="text-sm font-semibold truncate">{dev.name || TYPE_LABEL[dev.type]}</div>
-            <div className="text-[10px] text-muted-foreground font-mono truncate">{TYPE_LABEL[dev.type]} · {dev.host}</div>
+            <div className="text-[10px] text-muted-foreground font-mono truncate">
+              {TYPE_LABEL[dev.type]}{fireAndForget || !dev.host ? '' : ` · ${dev.host}`}
+            </div>
           </div>
-          <span className={cn('ml-auto size-2 rounded-full shrink-0', st?.connected ? 'bg-success' : 'bg-muted-foreground/40')}
-            title={st?.connected ? t('station.online') : (st?.error || t('station.offline'))} />
+          {fireAndForget ? <span className="ml-auto" /> : (
+            <span className={cn('ml-auto size-2 rounded-full shrink-0', st?.connected ? 'bg-success' : 'bg-muted-foreground/40')}
+              title={st?.connected ? t('station.online') : (st?.error || t('station.offline'))} />
+          )}
           <button className="text-muted-foreground hover:text-foreground" title={t('station.edit')}
             onClick={() => setEditing({ ...dev, labels: [...dev.labels] })}><Pencil className="size-3.5" /></button>
           <button className="text-muted-foreground hover:text-destructive" title={t('station.delete')}
@@ -549,7 +642,7 @@ export function StationControlPanel({ centerLat, centerLon, bearing }: RotatorPr
             const key = `${dev.id}:${r.number}`;
             const label = r.label || `${t('station.relay')} ${r.number}`;
             return (
-              <button key={r.number} type="button" disabled={!st?.connected}
+              <button key={r.number} type="button" disabled={!fireAndForget && !st?.connected}
                 title={label}
                 onClick={() => toggle(dev, r.number, !r.on)}
                 className={cn('w-[150px] flex items-center gap-1.5 rounded-md border px-2 py-1 text-left transition-colors disabled:opacity-40',
@@ -576,7 +669,7 @@ export function StationControlPanel({ centerLat, centerLon, bearing }: RotatorPr
   // full-width, and they need that room here too.
   const widgets: { id: string; node: React.ReactNode; wide?: boolean }[] = [];
   if (rot.enabled) {
-    widgets.push({ id: 'rotator', node: <RotatorWidget hd={rot} refetch={pollRot} centerLat={centerLat} centerLon={centerLon} bearing={bearing} t={t} /> });
+    widgets.push({ id: 'rotator', node: <RotatorWidget hd={rot} refetch={pokeRotorHeading} centerLat={centerLat} centerLon={centerLon} bearing={bearing} t={t} /> });
   }
   if (ant.enabled) {
     widgets.push({ id: 'antenna', node: <MotorAntennaWidget ant={ant} refetch={pollAnt} t={t} /> });
@@ -585,6 +678,7 @@ export function StationControlPanel({ centerLat, centerLon, bearing }: RotatorPr
   for (const amp of amps) widgets.push({ id: `amp:${amp.id}`, node: <AmpCard amp={amp} flex={flexState} t={t} />, wide: true });
   // Tuner Genius XL card (identical to the Flex panel's).
   if (tgEnabled) widgets.push({ id: 'tuner', node: <TunerCard status={tg} t={t} />, wide: true });
+  if (psuEnabled) widgets.push({ id: 'psu', node: <PSUCard st={psu} busy={psuBusy} onToggle={togglePSU} t={t} /> });
   for (const dev of devices) widgets.push({ id: dev.id, node: deviceCard(dev) });
 
   const rank = (id: string) => { const i = order.indexOf(id); return i < 0 ? 1e6 : i; };
@@ -687,6 +781,19 @@ function DeviceEditor({ device, onChange, onSave, onCancel, t }: {
   const isDenkovi = device.type === 'denkovi';
   const isUsbRelay = device.type === 'usbrelay';
   const isHTTPGen = device.type === 'httpgen';
+  // {value} sends a relay's label, so a URL using it on an unnamed relay would
+  // go out with an empty parameter. Warn while it is being typed rather than at
+  // the moment an antenna fails to switch.
+  const valueNeedsLabels = isHTTPGen
+    && [...(device.on_urls ?? []), ...(device.off_urls ?? []), device.on_pattern ?? '', device.off_pattern ?? '']
+      .some((s) => (s ?? '').includes('{value}'))
+    && device.labels.some((l) => !l.trim());
+  // Any https:// among this board's URLs. A relay box on the LAN signs its own
+  // certificate, so HTTPS to one cannot be verified — the operator has to say
+  // whether to accept that, and the question only arises once they type https.
+  const usesHTTPS = isHTTPGen
+    && [...(device.on_urls ?? []), ...(device.off_urls ?? []), device.on_pattern ?? '', device.off_pattern ?? '']
+      .some((u) => (u ?? '').trim().toLowerCase().startsWith('https://'));
   // COM ports for the generic USB-serial relay picker.
   const [serialPorts, setSerialPorts] = useState<string[]>([]);
   useEffect(() => {
@@ -795,7 +902,12 @@ function DeviceEditor({ device, onChange, onSave, onCancel, t }: {
           </div>
           <p className="text-[10px] text-muted-foreground">{t('station.usbRelayHint')}</p>
         </div>
-      ) : (
+      ) : isHTTPGen ? null : (
+      /* No Host for the generic board: its driver never reads one. Each URL
+         below carries its own address, and they need not even share it — one
+         relay can sit on a different box from the next. A field that changes
+         nothing is worse than no field: it reads as the thing to fill in first,
+         and then the URLs look like they should be relative to it. */
       <div className={cn('grid gap-3', (isKM || isDingtian) ? 'grid-cols-3' : 'grid-cols-1')}>
         <div className={cn('space-y-1', (isKM || isDingtian) ? '' : 'max-w-xs')}>
           <Label>{t('station.host')}</Label>
@@ -854,6 +966,19 @@ function DeviceEditor({ device, onChange, onSave, onCancel, t }: {
             </div>
           </div>
           <div className="text-[10px] text-muted-foreground">{t('station.patternHint')}</div>
+          {/* Shown only once an https:// URL is actually in use. A board on
+              plain HTTP has no certificate to argue about, and an option that
+              cannot matter yet is one more thing to wonder about. */}
+          {usesHTTPS && (
+            <label className="flex items-start gap-2 text-xs cursor-pointer">
+              <Checkbox className="mt-0.5" checked={!!device.insecure_tls}
+                onCheckedChange={(c) => onChange({ ...device, insecure_tls: !!c })} />
+              <span>
+                {t('station.insecureTls')}
+                <span className="block text-[10px] text-muted-foreground">{t('station.insecureTlsHint')}</span>
+              </span>
+            </label>
+          )}
           <div className="space-y-1">
             <Label>{t('station.perRelayUrls')}</Label>
             <div className="space-y-1">
@@ -886,6 +1011,10 @@ function DeviceEditor({ device, onChange, onSave, onCancel, t }: {
 
       <div className="space-y-1">
         <Label>{t('station.labels')}</Label>
+        {/* {value} sends the label, so an unnamed relay would go out as "?on=".
+            Said here, beside the empty box, rather than when the antenna fails
+            to switch and the log is the only place that explains why. */}
+        {valueNeedsLabels && <p className="text-[10px] text-warning">{t('station.valueNeedsLabels')}</p>}
         <div className="grid grid-cols-4 gap-2">
           {device.labels.map((lab, i) => (
             <Input key={i} value={lab} placeholder={`${t('station.relay')} ${i + 1}`} className="h-8 text-xs"
@@ -901,12 +1030,20 @@ function DeviceEditor({ device, onChange, onSave, onCancel, t }: {
           </span>
         )}
         <div className="ml-auto flex gap-2">
-          <Button size="sm" variant="outline" onClick={testDevice} disabled={testing || !device.host.trim()}>
-            {testing ? <Loader2 className="size-3.5 mr-1 animate-spin" /> : <PlugZap className="size-3.5 mr-1" />}
-            {t('station.test')}
-          </Button>
+          {/* No connection test for the generic board, and no host required to
+              save it. There is nothing to test: it has no address of its own and
+              no status to read — its URLs are fired and forgotten. A button that
+              can only ever say "OK, 4 relays" tests nothing, and a Save greyed
+              out for a missing host made a perfectly complete configuration —
+              four full URLs — impossible to store. */}
+          {!isHTTPGen && (
+            <Button size="sm" variant="outline" onClick={testDevice} disabled={testing || !device.host.trim()}>
+              {testing ? <Loader2 className="size-3.5 mr-1 animate-spin" /> : <PlugZap className="size-3.5 mr-1" />}
+              {t('station.test')}
+            </Button>
+          )}
           <Button size="sm" variant="ghost" onClick={onCancel}><X className="size-3.5 mr-1" />{t('station.cancel')}</Button>
-          <Button size="sm" onClick={onSave} disabled={!device.host.trim()}><Check className="size-3.5 mr-1" />{t('station.save')}</Button>
+          <Button size="sm" onClick={onSave} disabled={!isHTTPGen && !device.host.trim()}><Check className="size-3.5 mr-1" />{t('station.save')}</Button>
         </div>
       </div>
     </div>

frontend/src/components/WorkedBeforeGrid.tsx

@@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ type Props = {
   onUpdateFromCty?: (ids: number[]) => void;
   onUpdateFromQRZ?: (ids: number[]) => void;
   onUpdateFromClublog?: (ids: number[]) => void;
+  onUpdateCountyFromULS?: (ids: number[]) => void;
   onSendTo?: (service: string, ids: number[]) => void;
   onSendRecording?: (ids: number[]) => void;
   onSendEQSL?: (ids: number[]) => void;
@@ -57,7 +58,7 @@ function fmtDate(s: any): string {
   return `${d.getUTCFullYear()}-${p(d.getUTCMonth() + 1)}-${p(d.getUTCDate())}`;
 }
 
-export function WorkedBeforeGrid({ wb, myGrid, busy, currentCall, onRowDoubleClicked, onUpdateFromCty, onUpdateFromQRZ, onUpdateFromClublog, onSendTo, onSendRecording, onSendEQSL, onBulkEdit, onExportSelected, onExportSelectedFields, onExportCabrilloSelected, onDelete, awardCols }: Props) {
+export function WorkedBeforeGrid({ wb, myGrid, busy, currentCall, onRowDoubleClicked, onUpdateFromCty, onUpdateFromQRZ, onUpdateFromClublog, onUpdateCountyFromULS, onSendTo, onSendRecording, onSendEQSL, onBulkEdit, onExportSelected, onExportSelectedFields, onExportCabrilloSelected, onDelete, awardCols }: Props) {
   const { t } = useI18n();
   const gridRef = useRef<any>(null);
   const [pickerOpen, setPickerOpen] = useState(false);
@@ -272,6 +273,7 @@ export function WorkedBeforeGrid({ wb, myGrid, busy, currentCall, onRowDoubleCli
         onUpdateFromCty={(ids) => onUpdateFromCty?.(ids)}
         onUpdateFromQRZ={(ids) => onUpdateFromQRZ?.(ids)}
         onUpdateFromClublog={onUpdateFromClublog}
+        onUpdateCountyFromULS={onUpdateCountyFromULS}
         onSendTo={onSendTo}
         onSendRecording={onSendRecording}
         onSendEQSL={onSendEQSL}

frontend/src/lib/awardRefs.ts

@@ -192,3 +192,27 @@ export function spotRefList(byCode: Record<string, string>, fieldOf: Record<stri
   }
   return out.sort((a, b) => a.length - b.length || a.localeCompare(b));
 }
+
+// withIOTARef adds an island reference from the callbook to an entry's award
+// references, unless the operator has already set one.
+//
+// QRZ sends <iota> for an operator on an island and OpsLog used to read past it.
+// It matters more here than it would for another award: unlike POTA there is no
+// live "who is on an island right now" feed anywhere, so the callbook record is
+// the practical source — and it is known before the contact is logged, which is
+// when it is useful.
+//
+// A reference the operator typed or picked wins. A callbook entry can be years
+// old, and the operator in front of the radio has just been told where the
+// station is.
+export function withIOTARef(awardRefs: string, iota: string): string {
+  const ref = (iota || '').trim().toUpperCase();
+  // EU-048: two letters, a hyphen, three digits. Anything else is not an IOTA
+  // reference, and writing it into the award would make a reference that no
+  // list contains — which counts for nothing and has to be found by hand later.
+  if (!/^[A-Z]{2}-\d{3}$/.test(ref)) return awardRefs;
+  const byCode = parseAwardRefs(awardRefs);
+  if ((byCode['IOTA'] ?? '').trim() !== '') return awardRefs; // already set: leave it
+  const sep = awardRefs.trim() === '' ? '' : ';';
+  return awardRefs + sep + 'IOTA@' + ref;
+}

frontend/src/lib/matrixColors.ts

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+// Operator overrides for the band/mode matrix palette.
+//
+// Applied as inline custom properties on <html>, which is what lets them be
+// OVERRIDES rather than a palette: the twelve themes each define their own
+// --mx-* ramp in style.css, an inline value wins over all of them, and removing
+// it hands the colour straight back to the theme. Nothing has to know which
+// theme is active, and switching theme with overrides off is a clean revert.
+
+export type MatrixColors = {
+  enabled: boolean;
+  call_confirmed: string;
+  call_worked: string;
+  entity_confirmed: string;
+  entity_worked: string;
+  not_worked: string;
+  current_entry: string;
+};
+
+// The six settings fields and the CSS custom property each one drives. Also the
+// display order — the same order the legend under the matrix reads in, so the
+// settings panel and the grid can never disagree about which green is which.
+export const MATRIX_VARS: { key: keyof Omit<MatrixColors, 'enabled'>; cssVar: string; label: string }[] = [
+  { key: 'call_confirmed',   cssVar: '--mx-call-conf', label: 'mx.callConf' },
+  { key: 'call_worked',      cssVar: '--mx-call-work', label: 'mx.callWork' },
+  { key: 'entity_confirmed', cssVar: '--mx-dx-conf',   label: 'mx.dxConf' },
+  { key: 'entity_worked',    cssVar: '--mx-dx-work',   label: 'mx.dxWork' },
+  { key: 'not_worked',       cssVar: '--mx-none',      label: 'mx.none' },
+  { key: 'current_entry',    cssVar: '--mx-cur',       label: 'mx.current' },
+];
+
+export const emptyMatrixColors = (): MatrixColors => ({
+  enabled: false,
+  call_confirmed: '', call_worked: '', entity_confirmed: '',
+  entity_worked: '', not_worked: '', current_entry: '',
+});
+
+// applyMatrixColors stamps (or clears) the overrides on <html>. Safe to call as
+// often as you like — it is the whole rendering path, so the settings panel uses
+// it for a live preview and the app uses it once at startup.
+export function applyMatrixColors(c?: MatrixColors | null): void {
+  const root = document.documentElement;
+  for (const { key, cssVar } of MATRIX_VARS) {
+    const v = c?.enabled ? String(c[key] ?? '').trim() : '';
+    if (v) root.style.setProperty(cssVar, v);
+    else root.style.removeProperty(cssVar);
+  }
+}
+
+// effectiveMatrixColor reads what the matrix is ACTUALLY painting right now —
+// the override if there is one, else the active theme's value. It is what seeds
+// the colour pickers, so the operator starts from the colours in front of them
+// instead of from a hardcoded palette that may belong to a different theme.
+//
+// A custom property's computed value has its var() references substituted, so
+// --mx-cur resolves to the theme's --warning rather than to the literal text.
+export function effectiveMatrixColor(cssVar: string): string {
+  try {
+    const v = getComputedStyle(document.documentElement).getPropertyValue(cssVar).trim();
+    // <input type="color"> only accepts #rrggbb. Anything else (a theme that
+    // ever moves to oklch, an empty read during boot) falls back to mid grey
+    // rather than silently resetting the picker to black.
+    return /^#[0-9a-f]{6}$/i.test(v) ? v.toLowerCase() : '#808080';
+  } catch {
+    return '#808080';
+  }
+}

frontend/src/lib/qsl.ts

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+// One answer to "is this QSL received".
+//
+// ADIF's QSL_Rcvd enumeration has BOTH Y and V: Y is "received", V is
+// "verified" — and V is what a LoTW download writes for a confirmation the ARRL
+// has validated. Testing for 'Y' alone therefore misses exactly the
+// confirmations an operator cares most about.
+//
+// It showed on screen: the Awards panel had Morocco validated on five bands
+// while the band/mode matrix beside it showed the entity as merely worked. The
+// award engine accepted Y or V; every other test in the app accepted Y.
+//
+// The Go side has the same rule twice over — award.isYes and qso.ConfirmedValues
+// — and all three have to agree. If you add a value here, add it there.
+export function isQSLConfirmed(v: unknown): boolean {
+  const s = String(v ?? '').trim().toUpperCase();
+  return s === 'Y' || s === 'V';
+}

frontend/src/lib/rotorHeading.ts

@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+import { GetRotatorHeading } from '../../wailsjs/go/main/App';
+
+// One poll loop for the antenna heading, shared by everything that shows it.
+//
+// TWO PROBLEMS THIS FIXES, both of them invisible until you count.
+//
+// The status bar polled, and the Station Control compass polled, and they polled
+// the SAME binding — so with that tab open the rotator was asked twice as often
+// as either component believed. Every backend builds a fresh client per call
+// (spid.New, gs232.NewSerial, dcu1.NewSerial, rotgenius.New…), so one poll is
+// one OPEN and CLOSE of a serial port or a TCP connection, not a read on a link
+// already up.
+//
+// And a fixed interval has no good value. Three seconds moved the needle in
+// steps of about thirteen degrees on a turning antenna — a compass that jumps
+// rather than sweeps. Seven hundred milliseconds sweeps beautifully and opens
+// the controller's port about ten thousand times an hour to watch an antenna
+// that has not moved since breakfast.
+//
+// So: fast while it is turning, slow while it is not. "Turning" is not something
+// these controllers report — a SPID answers a position and nothing else — so it
+// is inferred from the position changing, and held for a few seconds after the
+// last change so the tail of a movement stays smooth.
+
+export type RotorHeading = {
+  enabled: boolean; ok: boolean; azimuth: number;
+  rotors?: string[]; active?: number; motorized?: boolean; raw?: string;
+};
+
+const MOVING_MS = 500;   // while the antenna is turning
+const IDLE_MS = 3000;    // while it is parked — the rate everything used before
+const SETTLE_MS = 6000;  // stay fast this long after the last movement
+
+const subs = new Set<(h: RotorHeading) => void>();
+let timer: number | undefined;
+let inFlight = false;
+let lastAz: number | null = null;
+let lastMoveAt = 0;
+// The last heading anyone received, replayed to whoever subscribes next.
+//
+// Without it, opening Station Control left the compass blank for one or two
+// seconds while every other panel filled at once. Nothing was slow: the status
+// bar already had the loop running with a tick pending, so a component mounting
+// halfway through an idle interval simply waited out the rest of it. The
+// heading was known the whole time — it just had nowhere to be read from.
+let last: RotorHeading | null = null;
+
+function schedule(delay: number) {
+  if (timer !== undefined) window.clearTimeout(timer);
+  timer = window.setTimeout(tick, delay);
+}
+
+async function tick() {
+  // A slow controller must not stack requests behind itself: at 600 baud a SPID
+  // reply takes a fifth of a second on the wire alone, and a port that is still
+  // open from the last poll cannot be opened again.
+  if (inFlight) { schedule(MOVING_MS); return; }
+  inFlight = true;
+  try {
+    const h = (await GetRotatorHeading()) as unknown as RotorHeading;
+    if (h?.ok && typeof h.azimuth === 'number') {
+      if (lastAz !== null && h.azimuth !== lastAz) lastMoveAt = Date.now();
+      lastAz = h.azimuth;
+    }
+    last = h;
+    subs.forEach((fn) => { try { fn(h); } catch { /* a subscriber must not stop the loop */ } });
+  } catch {
+    // Leave the last heading alone: a single failed poll on a shared serial port
+    // is not news, and blanking the compass on one would make it flicker.
+  } finally {
+    inFlight = false;
+  }
+  if (subs.size > 0) schedule(Date.now() - lastMoveAt < SETTLE_MS ? MOVING_MS : IDLE_MS);
+  else timer = undefined;
+}
+
+// subscribeRotorHeading starts the loop if it is not running and returns the
+// unsubscribe. The loop stops when the last subscriber leaves.
+export function subscribeRotorHeading(fn: (h: RotorHeading) => void): () => void {
+  subs.add(fn);
+  // Hand over what is already known, at once. An Alpha SPID poll is an open,
+  // a read at 600 baud and a close, so even an immediate one takes a moment —
+  // the cached heading is what makes the compass appear with the panel rather
+  // than after it. In a microtask, so a subscriber is never called back before
+  // subscribeRotorHeading has returned to it.
+  if (last) { const h = last; queueMicrotask(() => { if (subs.has(fn)) fn(h); }); }
+  if (timer === undefined && !inFlight) void tick();
+  return () => {
+    subs.delete(fn);
+    if (subs.size === 0 && timer !== undefined) { window.clearTimeout(timer); timer = undefined; }
+  };
+}
+
+// pokeRotorHeading polls at once and switches to the fast rate — call it after
+// commanding a move, so the needle starts sweeping on the click rather than on
+// whatever was left of a three-second tick.
+export function pokeRotorHeading(): void {
+  lastMoveAt = Date.now();
+  if (timer !== undefined) window.clearTimeout(timer);
+  timer = undefined;
+  void tick();
+}

frontend/src/lib/rowColors.ts

@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+import { isQSLConfirmed } from '@/lib/qsl';
 // Row colouring for the log grid, by QSL status.
 //
 // Four categories, each scoped to the channels the operator cares about —
@@ -32,7 +33,9 @@ const FIELDS: Record<string, { sent: string; rcvd: string }> = {
 // ADIF QSL fields are single letters. Y is the only one that means "yes";
 // R (requested) and Q (queued) mean it has not gone out yet — a different state,
 // and the one an operator looks for when deciding what to send.
-const yes = (v: any) => String(v ?? '').trim().toUpperCase() === 'Y';
+// Y or V — see lib/qsl. A LoTW-verified contact is confirmed, and colouring it
+// as unconfirmed is the same bug the band/mode matrix had.
+const yes = (v: any) => isQSLConfirmed(v);
 const owed = (v: any) => {
   const s = String(v ?? '').trim().toUpperCase();
   return s === 'R' || s === 'Q';

frontend/src/lib/uiPref.ts

@@ -44,6 +44,7 @@ const PORTABLE_KEYS = [
   'opslog.clusterSlotHighlight', // cluster/band map: colour calls not worked on this band+mode
   'opslog.bandMapWidth',    // docked band map: column width (px)
   'opslog.bandMapTabWidth', // Band map tab: shared card width (px)
+  'opslog.bandMapZoom',     // band map zoom (px/kHz step) remembered per band, as one {band: index} map
   // NOTE: 'hamlog.awardColsShown' and the grid column layouts are NOT listed here.
   // They are handled by lib/gridPrefs, which scopes the localStorage cache PER
   // PROFILE and mirrors to the DB (already per-profile) itself — mirroring them

frontend/src/style.css

@@ -85,6 +85,12 @@
   --mx-dx-conf:   #3730a3;   /* entity confirmed*/
   --mx-dx-work:   #a5b4fc;   /* entity worked   */
   --mx-none:      #e7e5e4;   /* never worked    */
+  /* Ring on the cell the operator is entering. Declared ONCE, on :root, and
+     deliberately not repeated per theme: it follows --warning, which every theme
+     already tunes to its own background. The token exists so the matrix ring can
+     be recoloured on its own without dragging every other warning in the app
+     with it (Appearance → matrix colours). */
+  --mx-cur: var(--warning);
 
   --scrollbar-thumb: #b8a880;
   --scrollbar-thumb-hover: #968455;
@@ -974,6 +980,7 @@
   --color-mx-dx-conf: var(--mx-dx-conf);
   --color-mx-dx-work: var(--mx-dx-work);
   --color-mx-none: var(--mx-none);
+  --color-mx-cur: var(--mx-cur);
 
   --radius: 0.5rem;
 

frontend/src/version.ts

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 // Single source of truth for the app version shown in the UI (header + About).
 // Bump this on a release (the release script updates it alongside telemetry.go).
-export const APP_VERSION = '0.25.2';
+export const APP_VERSION = '0.25.9';
 
 // Author / credits, shown in Help -> About.
 export const APP_AUTHOR = 'F4BPO';

frontend/wailsjs/go/main/App.d.ts

@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ import {cluster} from '../models';
 import {extsvc} from '../models';
 import {powergenius} from '../models';
 import {pskr} from '../models';
+import {psu} from '../models';
 import {spe} from '../models';
 import {solar} from '../models';
 import {tunergenius} from '../models';
@@ -196,6 +197,8 @@ export function DownloadULSCounties():Promise<void>;
 
 export function DuplicateProfile(arg1:number,arg2:string):Promise<profile.Profile>;
 
+export function EntryBandChanged(arg1:string):Promise<void>;
+
 export function ExplainAward(arg1:string,arg2:string):Promise<Array<main.AwardExplain>>;
 
 export function ExportADIF(arg1:string,arg2:boolean,arg3:Array<string>):Promise<adif.ExportResult>;
@@ -448,6 +451,10 @@ export function GetFlexBandPower():Promise<Record<string, main.FlexBandPower>>;
 
 export function GetFlexState():Promise<cat.FlexTXState>;
 
+export function GetFolderSync():Promise<main.FolderSyncConfig>;
+
+export function GetFolderSyncStatus():Promise<main.FolderSyncStatus>;
+
 export function GetGridCacheStatus():Promise<main.GridCacheStatus>;
 
 export function GetIcomState():Promise<cat.IcomTXState>;
@@ -470,6 +477,8 @@ export function GetLogbookRevision():Promise<string>;
 
 export function GetLookupSettings():Promise<main.LookupSettings>;
 
+export function GetMatrixColors():Promise<main.MatrixColors>;
+
 export function GetMySQLSettings():Promise<main.MySQLSettings>;
 
 export function GetOfflineStatus():Promise<main.OfflineStatus>;
@@ -486,6 +495,10 @@ export function GetPOTAToken():Promise<string>;
 
 export function GetPSKReporterStatus():Promise<pskr.Status>;
 
+export function GetPSUSettings():Promise<main.PSUSettings>;
+
+export function GetPSUStatus():Promise<psu.Status>;
+
 export function GetPendingQSOs():Promise<Array<qso.QSO>>;
 
 export function GetQSLDefaults():Promise<main.QSLDefaults>;
@@ -500,6 +513,8 @@ export function GetRotatorHeading():Promise<main.RotatorHeading>;
 
 export function GetRotators():Promise<Array<main.RotatorDevice>>;
 
+export function GetRotorPresets():Promise<Array<main.RotorPreset>>;
+
 export function GetRowColors():Promise<main.RowColorSettings>;
 
 export function GetSPEStatus():Promise<spe.Status>;
@@ -696,9 +711,9 @@ export function LogUDPLoggedADIF(arg1:string):Promise<number>;
 
 export function LogUIError(arg1:string,arg2:string,arg3:string):Promise<void>;
 
-export function LookupCallsign(arg1:string):Promise<lookup.Result>;
+export function LookupCallsign(arg1:string,arg2:string):Promise<lookup.Result>;
 
-export function LookupCallsignFresh(arg1:string):Promise<lookup.Result>;
+export function LookupCallsignFresh(arg1:string,arg2:string):Promise<lookup.Result>;
 
 export function MotorNudgeKHz(arg1:number):Promise<void>;
 
@@ -768,6 +783,8 @@ export function PickAudioFolder():Promise<string>;
 
 export function PickBackupFolder():Promise<string>;
 
+export function PickFolderSyncFolder():Promise<string>;
+
 export function PickOpenDatabase():Promise<string>;
 
 export function PickSaveDatabase():Promise<string>;
@@ -848,6 +865,8 @@ export function ReloadUDPIntegrations():Promise<Array<string>>;
 
 export function RemovePassphrase(arg1:string):Promise<void>;
 
+export function RenameAwardReference(arg1:string,arg2:string,arg3:string):Promise<void>;
+
 export function RenameDatabase(arg1:string):Promise<void>;
 
 export function RenameLogbook(arg1:string):Promise<void>;
@@ -866,6 +885,8 @@ export function ResetAwardDefs():Promise<Array<award.Def>>;
 
 export function ResetDatabaseToDefault():Promise<void>;
 
+export function ResetRotorPresets():Promise<Array<main.RotorPreset>>;
+
 export function RestartApp():Promise<void>;
 
 export function RestartQSORecorder():Promise<void>;
@@ -928,10 +949,14 @@ export function SaveFlexBandAntennas(arg1:Record<string, main.FlexBandAnt>):Prom
 
 export function SaveFlexBandPower(arg1:Record<string, main.FlexBandPower>):Promise<void>;
 
+export function SaveFolderSync(arg1:main.FolderSyncConfig):Promise<void>;
+
 export function SaveListsSettings(arg1:main.ListsSettings):Promise<void>;
 
 export function SaveLookupSettings(arg1:main.LookupSettings):Promise<void>;
 
+export function SaveMatrixColors(arg1:main.MatrixColors):Promise<void>;
+
 export function SaveMySQLSettings(arg1:main.MySQLSettings):Promise<void>;
 
 export function SaveOperatingAntenna(arg1:operating.Antenna):Promise<operating.Antenna>;
@@ -942,6 +967,8 @@ export function SavePGXLSettings(arg1:main.PGXLSettings):Promise<void>;
 
 export function SavePOTAToken(arg1:string):Promise<void>;
 
+export function SavePSUSettings(arg1:main.PSUSettings):Promise<void>;
+
 export function SaveProfile(arg1:profile.Profile):Promise<profile.Profile>;
 
 export function SaveQSLDefaults(arg1:main.QSLDefaults):Promise<void>;
@@ -950,6 +977,8 @@ export function SaveRelayAuto(arg1:main.RelayAutoConfig):Promise<void>;
 
 export function SaveRotators(arg1:Array<main.RotatorDevice>):Promise<void>;
 
+export function SaveRotorPresets(arg1:Array<main.RotorPreset>):Promise<void>;
+
 export function SaveRowColors(arg1:main.RowColorSettings):Promise<void>;
 
 export function SaveSelfSpotSettings(arg1:main.SelfSpotSettings):Promise<void>;
@@ -1022,6 +1051,8 @@ export function SetMotorFollow(arg1:boolean,arg2:number,arg3:string):Promise<voi
 
 export function SetOpsLogQSLReceived(arg1:number,arg2:boolean):Promise<void>;
 
+export function SetPSUOutput(arg1:boolean):Promise<void>;
+
 export function SetPassphrase(arg1:string):Promise<void>;
 
 export function SetScpEnabled(arg1:boolean):Promise<void>;
@@ -1084,6 +1115,8 @@ export function StopCWDecoder():Promise<void>;
 
 export function SwitchCATRig(arg1:number):Promise<void>;
 
+export function SyncFolderNow():Promise<number>;
+
 export function SyncPOTAHunterLog(arg1:boolean,arg2:boolean):Promise<main.POTASyncResult>;
 
 export function TailLogFile(arg1:number):Promise<string>;
@@ -1138,6 +1171,8 @@ export function UpdateAwardReferenceList(arg1:string):Promise<main.AwardRefMeta>
 
 export function UpdateQSO(arg1:qso.QSO):Promise<void>;
 
+export function UpdateQSOsCountyFromULS(arg1:Array<number>):Promise<number>;
+
 export function UpdateQSOsFromClublog(arg1:Array<number>):Promise<number>;
 
 export function UpdateQSOsFromCty(arg1:Array<number>):Promise<number>;

frontend/wailsjs/go/main/App.js

@@ -334,6 +334,10 @@ export function DuplicateProfile(arg1, arg2) {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['DuplicateProfile'](arg1, arg2);
 }
 
+export function EntryBandChanged(arg1) {
+  return window['go']['main']['App']['EntryBandChanged'](arg1);
+}
+
 export function ExplainAward(arg1, arg2) {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['ExplainAward'](arg1, arg2);
 }
@@ -838,6 +842,14 @@ export function GetFlexState() {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['GetFlexState']();
 }
 
+export function GetFolderSync() {
+  return window['go']['main']['App']['GetFolderSync']();
+}
+
+export function GetFolderSyncStatus() {
+  return window['go']['main']['App']['GetFolderSyncStatus']();
+}
+
 export function GetGridCacheStatus() {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['GetGridCacheStatus']();
 }
@@ -882,6 +894,10 @@ export function GetLookupSettings() {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['GetLookupSettings']();
 }
 
+export function GetMatrixColors() {
+  return window['go']['main']['App']['GetMatrixColors']();
+}
+
 export function GetMySQLSettings() {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['GetMySQLSettings']();
 }
@@ -914,6 +930,14 @@ export function GetPSKReporterStatus() {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['GetPSKReporterStatus']();
 }
 
+export function GetPSUSettings() {
+  return window['go']['main']['App']['GetPSUSettings']();
+}
+
+export function GetPSUStatus() {
+  return window['go']['main']['App']['GetPSUStatus']();
+}
+
 export function GetPendingQSOs() {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['GetPendingQSOs']();
 }
@@ -942,6 +966,10 @@ export function GetRotators() {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['GetRotators']();
 }
 
+export function GetRotorPresets() {
+  return window['go']['main']['App']['GetRotorPresets']();
+}
+
 export function GetRowColors() {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['GetRowColors']();
 }
@@ -1334,12 +1362,12 @@ export function LogUIError(arg1, arg2, arg3) {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['LogUIError'](arg1, arg2, arg3);
 }
 
-export function LookupCallsign(arg1) {
-  return window['go']['main']['App']['LookupCallsign'](arg1);
+export function LookupCallsign(arg1, arg2) {
+  return window['go']['main']['App']['LookupCallsign'](arg1, arg2);
 }
 
-export function LookupCallsignFresh(arg1) {
-  return window['go']['main']['App']['LookupCallsignFresh'](arg1);
+export function LookupCallsignFresh(arg1, arg2) {
+  return window['go']['main']['App']['LookupCallsignFresh'](arg1, arg2);
 }
 
 export function MotorNudgeKHz(arg1) {
@@ -1478,6 +1506,10 @@ export function PickBackupFolder() {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['PickBackupFolder']();
 }
 
+export function PickFolderSyncFolder() {
+  return window['go']['main']['App']['PickFolderSyncFolder']();
+}
+
 export function PickOpenDatabase() {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['PickOpenDatabase']();
 }
@@ -1638,6 +1670,10 @@ export function RemovePassphrase(arg1) {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['RemovePassphrase'](arg1);
 }
 
+export function RenameAwardReference(arg1, arg2, arg3) {
+  return window['go']['main']['App']['RenameAwardReference'](arg1, arg2, arg3);
+}
+
 export function RenameDatabase(arg1) {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['RenameDatabase'](arg1);
 }
@@ -1674,6 +1710,10 @@ export function ResetDatabaseToDefault() {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['ResetDatabaseToDefault']();
 }
 
+export function ResetRotorPresets() {
+  return window['go']['main']['App']['ResetRotorPresets']();
+}
+
 export function RestartApp() {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['RestartApp']();
 }
@@ -1798,6 +1838,10 @@ export function SaveFlexBandPower(arg1) {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['SaveFlexBandPower'](arg1);
 }
 
+export function SaveFolderSync(arg1) {
+  return window['go']['main']['App']['SaveFolderSync'](arg1);
+}
+
 export function SaveListsSettings(arg1) {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['SaveListsSettings'](arg1);
 }
@@ -1806,6 +1850,10 @@ export function SaveLookupSettings(arg1) {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['SaveLookupSettings'](arg1);
 }
 
+export function SaveMatrixColors(arg1) {
+  return window['go']['main']['App']['SaveMatrixColors'](arg1);
+}
+
 export function SaveMySQLSettings(arg1) {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['SaveMySQLSettings'](arg1);
 }
@@ -1826,6 +1874,10 @@ export function SavePOTAToken(arg1) {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['SavePOTAToken'](arg1);
 }
 
+export function SavePSUSettings(arg1) {
+  return window['go']['main']['App']['SavePSUSettings'](arg1);
+}
+
 export function SaveProfile(arg1) {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['SaveProfile'](arg1);
 }
@@ -1842,6 +1894,10 @@ export function SaveRotators(arg1) {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['SaveRotators'](arg1);
 }
 
+export function SaveRotorPresets(arg1) {
+  return window['go']['main']['App']['SaveRotorPresets'](arg1);
+}
+
 export function SaveRowColors(arg1) {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['SaveRowColors'](arg1);
 }
@@ -1986,6 +2042,10 @@ export function SetOpsLogQSLReceived(arg1, arg2) {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['SetOpsLogQSLReceived'](arg1, arg2);
 }
 
+export function SetPSUOutput(arg1) {
+  return window['go']['main']['App']['SetPSUOutput'](arg1);
+}
+
 export function SetPassphrase(arg1) {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['SetPassphrase'](arg1);
 }
@@ -2110,6 +2170,10 @@ export function SwitchCATRig(arg1) {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['SwitchCATRig'](arg1);
 }
 
+export function SyncFolderNow() {
+  return window['go']['main']['App']['SyncFolderNow']();
+}
+
 export function SyncPOTAHunterLog(arg1, arg2) {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['SyncPOTAHunterLog'](arg1, arg2);
 }
@@ -2218,6 +2282,10 @@ export function UpdateQSO(arg1) {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['UpdateQSO'](arg1);
 }
 
+export function UpdateQSOsCountyFromULS(arg1) {
+  return window['go']['main']['App']['UpdateQSOsCountyFromULS'](arg1);
+}
+
 export function UpdateQSOsFromClublog(arg1) {
   return window['go']['main']['App']['UpdateQSOsFromClublog'](arg1);
 }

frontend/wailsjs/go/models.ts

@@ -1444,6 +1444,7 @@ export namespace lookup {
 	    email?: string;
 	    qsl_via?: string;
 	    web?: string;
+	    iota?: string;
 	    zip?: string;
 	    image_url?: string;
 	    source: string;
@@ -1473,6 +1474,7 @@ export namespace lookup {
 	        this.email = source["email"];
 	        this.qsl_via = source["qsl_via"];
 	        this.web = source["web"];
+	        this.iota = source["iota"];
 	        this.zip = source["zip"];
 	        this.image_url = source["image_url"];
 	        this.source = source["source"];
@@ -2019,6 +2021,7 @@ export namespace main {
 	    flex_host: string;
 	    flex_port: number;
 	    flex_spots: boolean;
+	    flex_dvk_dax: boolean;
 	    flex_decode_spots: boolean;
 	    flex_decode_secs: number;
 	    xiegu_port: string;
@@ -2045,9 +2048,13 @@ export namespace main {
 	    tci_spots: boolean;
 	    poll_ms: number;
 	    delay_ms: number;
+	    offset_on: boolean;
+	    offset_hz: number;
 	    digital_default: string;
 	    share_enabled: boolean;
 	    share_port: number;
+	    share_proto: string;
+	    share_tci_port: number;
 	    ptt_hotkey_enabled: boolean;
 	    ptt_hotkey: string;
 	    ptt_hotkey_toggle: boolean;
@@ -2065,6 +2072,7 @@ export namespace main {
 	        this.flex_host = source["flex_host"];
 	        this.flex_port = source["flex_port"];
 	        this.flex_spots = source["flex_spots"];
+	        this.flex_dvk_dax = source["flex_dvk_dax"];
 	        this.flex_decode_spots = source["flex_decode_spots"];
 	        this.flex_decode_secs = source["flex_decode_secs"];
 	        this.xiegu_port = source["xiegu_port"];
@@ -2091,9 +2099,13 @@ export namespace main {
 	        this.tci_spots = source["tci_spots"];
 	        this.poll_ms = source["poll_ms"];
 	        this.delay_ms = source["delay_ms"];
+	        this.offset_on = source["offset_on"];
+	        this.offset_hz = source["offset_hz"];
 	        this.digital_default = source["digital_default"];
 	        this.share_enabled = source["share_enabled"];
 	        this.share_port = source["share_port"];
+	        this.share_proto = source["share_proto"];
+	        this.share_tci_port = source["share_tci_port"];
 	        this.ptt_hotkey_enabled = source["ptt_hotkey_enabled"];
 	        this.ptt_hotkey = source["ptt_hotkey"];
 	        this.ptt_hotkey_toggle = source["ptt_hotkey_toggle"];
@@ -2463,6 +2475,82 @@ export namespace main {
 	        this.body = source["body"];
 	    }
 	}
+	export class FolderSyncConfig {
+	    enabled: boolean;
+	    folder: string;
+	    machine: string;
+	
+	    static createFrom(source: any = {}) {
+	        return new FolderSyncConfig(source);
+	    }
+	
+	    constructor(source: any = {}) {
+	        if ('string' === typeof source) source = JSON.parse(source);
+	        this.enabled = source["enabled"];
+	        this.folder = source["folder"];
+	        this.machine = source["machine"];
+	    }
+	}
+	export class FolderSyncPeer {
+	    machine: string;
+	    last_change: string;
+	    behind: number;
+	
+	    static createFrom(source: any = {}) {
+	        return new FolderSyncPeer(source);
+	    }
+	
+	    constructor(source: any = {}) {
+	        if ('string' === typeof source) source = JSON.parse(source);
+	        this.machine = source["machine"];
+	        this.last_change = source["last_change"];
+	        this.behind = source["behind"];
+	    }
+	}
+	export class FolderSyncStatus {
+	    enabled: boolean;
+	    folder: string;
+	    machine_id: string;
+	    peers: FolderSyncPeer[];
+	    last_sync: string;
+	    sent: number;
+	    received: number;
+	    error: string;
+	
+	    static createFrom(source: any = {}) {
+	        return new FolderSyncStatus(source);
+	    }
+	
+	    constructor(source: any = {}) {
+	        if ('string' === typeof source) source = JSON.parse(source);
+	        this.enabled = source["enabled"];
+	        this.folder = source["folder"];
+	        this.machine_id = source["machine_id"];
+	        this.peers = this.convertValues(source["peers"], FolderSyncPeer);
+	        this.last_sync = source["last_sync"];
+	        this.sent = source["sent"];
+	        this.received = source["received"];
+	        this.error = source["error"];
+	    }
+	
+		convertValues(a: any, classs: any, asMap: boolean = false): any {
+		    if (!a) {
+		        return a;
+		    }
+		    if (a.slice && a.map) {
+		        return (a as any[]).map(elem => this.convertValues(elem, classs));
+		    } else if ("object" === typeof a) {
+		        if (asMap) {
+		            for (const key of Object.keys(a)) {
+		                a[key] = new classs(a[key]);
+		            }
+		            return a;
+		        }
+		        return new classs(a);
+		    }
+		    return a;
+		}
+	}
 	export class GridCacheStatus {
 	    enabled: boolean;
 	    known: number;
@@ -2601,6 +2689,30 @@ export namespace main {
 	        this.cache_ttl_days = source["cache_ttl_days"];
 	    }
 	}
+	export class MatrixColors {
+	    enabled: boolean;
+	    call_confirmed: string;
+	    call_worked: string;
+	    entity_confirmed: string;
+	    entity_worked: string;
+	    not_worked: string;
+	    current_entry: string;
+	
+	    static createFrom(source: any = {}) {
+	        return new MatrixColors(source);
+	    }
+	
+	    constructor(source: any = {}) {
+	        if ('string' === typeof source) source = JSON.parse(source);
+	        this.enabled = source["enabled"];
+	        this.call_confirmed = source["call_confirmed"];
+	        this.call_worked = source["call_worked"];
+	        this.entity_confirmed = source["entity_confirmed"];
+	        this.entity_worked = source["entity_worked"];
+	        this.not_worked = source["not_worked"];
+	        this.current_entry = source["current_entry"];
+	    }
+	}
 	
 	export class MySQLSettings {
 	    enabled: boolean;
@@ -2733,6 +2845,24 @@ export namespace main {
 		}
 	}
 	
+	export class PSUSettings {
+	    enabled: boolean;
+	    com_port: string;
+	    baud: number;
+	    address: number;
+	
+	    static createFrom(source: any = {}) {
+	        return new PSUSettings(source);
+	    }
+	
+	    constructor(source: any = {}) {
+	        if ('string' === typeof source) source = JSON.parse(source);
+	        this.enabled = source["enabled"];
+	        this.com_port = source["com_port"];
+	        this.baud = source["baud"];
+	        this.address = source["address"];
+	    }
+	}
 	export class QSLBulkUpdate {
 	    sent_status: string;
 	    rcvd_status: string;
@@ -3033,6 +3163,7 @@ export namespace main {
 	    transport: string;
 	    com_port: string;
 	    baud: number;
+	    spid_model?: string;
 	
 	    static createFrom(source: any = {}) {
 	        return new RotatorDevice(source);
@@ -3054,6 +3185,7 @@ export namespace main {
 	        this.transport = source["transport"];
 	        this.com_port = source["com_port"];
 	        this.baud = source["baud"];
+	        this.spid_model = source["spid_model"];
 	    }
 	}
 	export class RotatorHeading {
@@ -3080,6 +3212,20 @@ export namespace main {
 	        this.motorized = source["motorized"];
 	    }
 	}
+	export class RotorPreset {
+	    label: string;
+	    azimuth: number;
+	
+	    static createFrom(source: any = {}) {
+	        return new RotorPreset(source);
+	    }
+	
+	    constructor(source: any = {}) {
+	        if ('string' === typeof source) source = JSON.parse(source);
+	        this.label = source["label"];
+	        this.azimuth = source["azimuth"];
+	    }
+	}
 	export class RowColorRule {
 	    id: string;
 	    color: string;
@@ -3277,6 +3423,7 @@ export namespace main {
 	    off_urls?: string[];
 	    on_pattern?: string;
 	    off_pattern?: string;
+	    insecure_tls?: boolean;
 	
 	    static createFrom(source: any = {}) {
 	        return new StationDevice(source);
@@ -3296,6 +3443,7 @@ export namespace main {
 	        this.off_urls = source["off_urls"];
 	        this.on_pattern = source["on_pattern"];
 	        this.off_pattern = source["off_pattern"];
+	        this.insecure_tls = source["insecure_tls"];
 	    }
 	}
 	export class StationRelay {
@@ -4061,6 +4209,39 @@ export namespace pskr {
 
 }
 
+export namespace psu {
+	
+	export class Status {
+	    connected: boolean;
+	    on: boolean;
+	    volts: number;
+	    amps: number;
+	    watts: number;
+	    set_volts: number;
+	    set_amps: number;
+	    protected: number;
+	    error?: string;
+	
+	    static createFrom(source: any = {}) {
+	        return new Status(source);
+	    }
+	
+	    constructor(source: any = {}) {
+	        if ('string' === typeof source) source = JSON.parse(source);
+	        this.connected = source["connected"];
+	        this.on = source["on"];
+	        this.volts = source["volts"];
+	        this.amps = source["amps"];
+	        this.watts = source["watts"];
+	        this.set_volts = source["set_volts"];
+	        this.set_amps = source["set_amps"];
+	        this.protected = source["protected"];
+	        this.error = source["error"];
+	    }
+	}
+
+}
+
 export namespace qslcard {
 	
 	export class Bevel {
@@ -4493,6 +4674,7 @@ export namespace qso {
 	    my_vucc_grids?: string;
 	    extras?: Record<string, string>;
 	    award_refs?: string;
+	    sync_uid?: string;
 	    // Go type: time
 	    created_at: any;
 	    // Go type: time
@@ -4634,6 +4816,7 @@ export namespace qso {
 	        this.my_vucc_grids = source["my_vucc_grids"];
 	        this.extras = source["extras"];
 	        this.award_refs = source["award_refs"];
+	        this.sync_uid = source["sync_uid"];
 	        this.created_at = this.convertValues(source["created_at"], null);
 	        this.updated_at = this.convertValues(source["updated_at"], null);
 	    }

i18n_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+package main
+
+import (
+	"os"
+	"regexp"
+	"strings"
+	"testing"
+)
+
+// Every user-visible string ships in BOTH languages. That is a project rule,
+// and until now it was only a rule: seventeen keys had drifted into English
+// only, among them the whole update panel and two DX-cluster settings, found by
+// a French operator photographing his own screen.
+//
+// A key present in one dictionary and not the other falls back to the key
+// itself, so the interface shows "clu.spotTtl" where a label belongs — or, as
+// here, the English text, which reads as deliberate and is not.
+func TestEveryStringIsInBothLanguages(t *testing.T) {
+	src, err := os.ReadFile("frontend/src/lib/i18n.tsx")
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("read i18n.tsx: %v", err)
+	}
+	en := dictKeys(t, string(src), "const en: Dict = {")
+	fr := dictKeys(t, string(src), "const fr: Dict = {")
+
+	if len(en) == 0 || len(fr) == 0 {
+		t.Fatal("one of the dictionaries came back empty — this test has stopped checking anything")
+	}
+	for k := range en {
+		if !fr[k] {
+			t.Errorf("%q has no French — a French operator sees the English string, or the key itself", k)
+		}
+	}
+	for k := range fr {
+		if !en[k] {
+			t.Errorf("%q exists only in French — an English operator sees the key", k)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// dictKeys collects the keys of one dictionary literal: from its opening line
+// to the closing brace in column 0.
+func dictKeys(t *testing.T, src, opening string) map[string]bool {
+	t.Helper()
+	i := strings.Index(src, opening)
+	if i < 0 {
+		t.Fatalf("%q not found — the dictionaries have been renamed and this test needs updating", opening)
+	}
+	body := src[i+len(opening):]
+	if j := strings.Index(body, "\n};"); j >= 0 {
+		body = body[:j]
+	}
+	keyRe := regexp.MustCompile(`'([a-zA-Z0-9_.]+)'\s*:`)
+	out := map[string]bool{}
+	for _, m := range keyRe.FindAllStringSubmatch(body, -1) {
+		out[m[1]] = true
+	}
+	return out
+}

internal/adif/qslvia_import_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+package adif
+
+import (
+	"strings"
+	"testing"
+)
+
+// An import must never INVENT a routing method. The two "via" fields carry what
+// the file carries, and nothing at all when it carries nothing.
+//
+// This is worth pinning because the opposite is easy to reach for: a card that
+// was confirmed electronically is the common case, and defaulting to E would
+// quietly rewrite the operator's own record of how their cards actually
+// travelled. Where an E does show up after an import, it came from the source
+// file — Log4OM writes QSL_SENT_VIA:1>E on every record whether or not a card
+// was ever sent, which is pinned by TestQSLSentViaDoesNotBecomeManager.
+func TestImportInventsNoQSLRouting(t *testing.T) {
+	for name, rec := range map[string]string{
+		"absent":     "<CALL:5>OE6CLD<QSO_DATE:8>20260606<TIME_ON:4>1200<BAND:3>20m<MODE:2>CW<EOR>\n",
+		"empty":      "<CALL:5>OE6CLD<QSO_DATE:8>20260606<TIME_ON:4>1200<BAND:3>20m<MODE:2>CW<QSL_SENT_VIA:0><QSL_RCVD_VIA:0><EOR>\n",
+		"whitespace": "<CALL:5>OE6CLD<QSO_DATE:8>20260606<TIME_ON:4>1200<BAND:3>20m<MODE:2>CW<QSL_SENT_VIA:1> <QSL_RCVD_VIA:1> <EOR>\n",
+		// Not in the enumeration: dropped rather than passed through, or the
+		// export would write a value no other logger can read.
+		"unknown": "<CALL:5>OE6CLD<QSO_DATE:8>20260606<TIME_ON:4>1200<BAND:3>20m<MODE:2>CW<QSL_SENT_VIA:3>ZZZ<EOR>\n",
+	} {
+		var got Record
+		if err := Parse(strings.NewReader("<EOH>\n"+rec), func(r Record) error { got = r; return nil }); err != nil {
+			t.Fatalf("%s: parse: %v", name, err)
+		}
+		q, ok := recordToQSO(got)
+		if !ok {
+			t.Fatalf("%s: recordToQSO returned !ok", name)
+		}
+		if q.QSLSentVia != "" {
+			t.Errorf("%s: QSL_SENT_VIA = %q, want empty — the import made up a routing method", name, q.QSLSentVia)
+		}
+		if q.QSLRcvdVia != "" {
+			t.Errorf("%s: QSL_RCVD_VIA = %q, want empty — the import made up a routing method", name, q.QSLRcvdVia)
+		}
+	}
+}

internal/award/catalog/waja.json

@@ -46,11 +46,12 @@
           "qsl"
         ],
         "total": 0,
-        "builtin": true
+        "builtin": true,
+        "version": 2
       },
       "references": [
         {
-          "code": "1",
+          "code": "01",
           "name": "Hokkaido",
           "dxcc": 0,
           "group": "",
@@ -58,16 +59,81 @@
           "valid": true
         },
         {
-          "code": "10",
-          "name": "Gunma",
+          "code": "02",
+          "name": "Aomori",
           "dxcc": 0,
           "group": "",
           "subgrp": "",
           "valid": true
         },
+        {
+          "code": "03",
+          "name": "Iwate",
+          "dxcc": 0,
+          "group": "",
+          "subgrp": "",
+          "valid": true
+        },
+        {
+          "code": "04",
+          "name": "Akita",
+          "dxcc": 0,
+          "group": "",
+          "subgrp": "",
+          "valid": true
+        },
+        {
+          "code": "05",
+          "name": "Yamagata",
+          "dxcc": 0,
+          "group": "",
+          "subgrp": "",
+          "valid": true
+        },
+        {
+          "code": "06",
+          "name": "Miyagi",
+          "dxcc": 0,
+          "group": "",
+          "subgrp": "",
+          "valid": true
+        },
+        {
+          "code": "07",
+          "name": "Fukushima",
+          "dxcc": 0,
+          "group": "",
+          "subgrp": "",
+          "valid": true
+        },
+        {
+          "code": "08",
+          "name": "Niigata",
+          "dxcc": 0,
+          "group": "",
+          "subgrp": "",
+          "valid": true
+        },
+        {
+          "code": "09",
+          "name": "Nagano",
+          "dxcc": 0,
+          "group": "",
+          "subgrp": "",
+          "valid": true
+        },
+        {
+          "code": "10",
+          "name": "Tokyo",
+          "dxcc": 0,
+          "group": "",
+          "subgrp": "",
+          "pattern": "\\bTok[iy]o\\b",
+          "valid": true
+        },
         {
           "code": "11",
-          "name": "Saitama",
+          "name": "Kanagawa",
           "dxcc": 0,
           "group": "",
           "subgrp": "",
@@ -83,16 +149,15 @@
         },
         {
           "code": "13",
-          "name": "Tokyo",
+          "name": "Saitama",
           "dxcc": 0,
           "group": "",
           "subgrp": "",
-          "pattern": "\\bTok[iy]o\\b",
           "valid": true
         },
         {
           "code": "14",
-          "name": "Kanagawa",
+          "name": "Ibaraki",
           "dxcc": 0,
           "group": "",
           "subgrp": "",
@@ -100,7 +165,7 @@
         },
         {
           "code": "15",
-          "name": "Niigata",
+          "name": "Tochigi",
           "dxcc": 0,
           "group": "",
           "subgrp": "",
@@ -108,7 +173,7 @@
         },
         {
           "code": "16",
-          "name": "Toyama",
+          "name": "Gunma",
           "dxcc": 0,
           "group": "",
           "subgrp": "",
@@ -116,22 +181,6 @@
         },
         {
           "code": "17",
-          "name": "Ishikawa",
-          "dxcc": 0,
-          "group": "",
-          "subgrp": "",
-          "valid": true
-        },
-        {
-          "code": "18",
-          "name": "Fukui",
-          "dxcc": 0,
-          "group": "",
-          "subgrp": "",
-          "valid": true
-        },
-        {
-          "code": "19",
           "name": "Yamanashi",
           "dxcc": 0,
           "group": "",
@@ -139,31 +188,7 @@
           "valid": true
         },
         {
-          "code": "2",
-          "name": "Aomori",
-          "dxcc": 0,
-          "group": "",
-          "subgrp": "",
-          "valid": true
-        },
-        {
-          "code": "20",
-          "name": "Nagano",
-          "dxcc": 0,
-          "group": "",
-          "subgrp": "",
-          "valid": true
-        },
-        {
-          "code": "21",
-          "name": "Gifu",
-          "dxcc": 0,
-          "group": "",
-          "subgrp": "",
-          "valid": true
-        },
-        {
-          "code": "22",
+          "code": "18",
           "name": "Shizuoka",
           "dxcc": 0,
           "group": "",
@@ -171,7 +196,15 @@
           "valid": true
         },
         {
-          "code": "23",
+          "code": "19",
+          "name": "Gifu",
+          "dxcc": 0,
+          "group": "",
+          "subgrp": "",
+          "valid": true
+        },
+        {
+          "code": "20",
           "name": "Aichi",
           "dxcc": 0,
           "group": "",
@@ -179,7 +212,7 @@
           "valid": true
         },
         {
-          "code": "24",
+          "code": "21",
           "name": "Mie",
           "dxcc": 0,
           "group": "",
@@ -187,15 +220,7 @@
           "valid": true
         },
         {
-          "code": "25",
-          "name": "Shiga",
-          "dxcc": 0,
-          "group": "",
-          "subgrp": "",
-          "valid": true
-        },
-        {
-          "code": "26",
+          "code": "22",
           "name": "Kyoto",
           "dxcc": 0,
           "group": "",
@@ -203,23 +228,15 @@
           "valid": true
         },
         {
-          "code": "27",
-          "name": "Osaka",
+          "code": "23",
+          "name": "Shiga",
           "dxcc": 0,
           "group": "",
           "subgrp": "",
           "valid": true
         },
         {
-          "code": "28",
-          "name": "Hyogo",
-          "dxcc": 0,
-          "group": "",
-          "subgrp": "",
-          "valid": true
-        },
-        {
-          "code": "29",
+          "code": "24",
           "name": "Nara",
           "dxcc": 0,
           "group": "",
@@ -227,24 +244,56 @@
           "valid": true
         },
         {
-          "code": "3",
-          "name": "Iwate",
+          "code": "25",
+          "name": "Osaka",
           "dxcc": 0,
           "group": "",
           "subgrp": "",
           "valid": true
         },
         {
-          "code": "30",
+          "code": "26",
           "name": "Wakayama",
           "dxcc": 0,
           "group": "",
           "subgrp": "",
           "valid": true
         },
+        {
+          "code": "27",
+          "name": "Hyogo",
+          "dxcc": 0,
+          "group": "",
+          "subgrp": "",
+          "valid": true
+        },
+        {
+          "code": "28",
+          "name": "Toyama",
+          "dxcc": 0,
+          "group": "",
+          "subgrp": "",
+          "valid": true
+        },
+        {
+          "code": "29",
+          "name": "Fukui",
+          "dxcc": 0,
+          "group": "",
+          "subgrp": "",
+          "valid": true
+        },
+        {
+          "code": "30",
+          "name": "Ishikawa",
+          "dxcc": 0,
+          "group": "",
+          "subgrp": "",
+          "valid": true
+        },
         {
           "code": "31",
-          "name": "Tottori",
+          "name": "Okayama",
           "dxcc": 0,
           "group": "",
           "subgrp": "",
@@ -260,31 +309,31 @@
         },
         {
           "code": "33",
-          "name": "Okayama",
-          "dxcc": 0,
-          "group": "",
-          "subgrp": "",
-          "valid": true
-        },
-        {
-          "code": "34",
-          "name": "Hiroshima",
-          "dxcc": 0,
-          "group": "",
-          "subgrp": "",
-          "valid": true
-        },
-        {
-          "code": "35",
           "name": "Yamaguchi",
           "dxcc": 0,
           "group": "",
           "subgrp": "",
           "valid": true
         },
+        {
+          "code": "34",
+          "name": "Tottori",
+          "dxcc": 0,
+          "group": "",
+          "subgrp": "",
+          "valid": true
+        },
+        {
+          "code": "35",
+          "name": "Hiroshima",
+          "dxcc": 0,
+          "group": "",
+          "subgrp": "",
+          "valid": true
+        },
         {
           "code": "36",
-          "name": "Tokushima",
+          "name": "Kagawa",
           "dxcc": 0,
           "group": "",
           "subgrp": "",
@@ -292,7 +341,7 @@
         },
         {
           "code": "37",
-          "name": "Kagawa",
+          "name": "Tokushima",
           "dxcc": 0,
           "group": "",
           "subgrp": "",
@@ -314,14 +363,6 @@
           "subgrp": "",
           "valid": true
         },
-        {
-          "code": "4",
-          "name": "Miyagi",
-          "dxcc": 0,
-          "group": "",
-          "subgrp": "",
-          "valid": true
-        },
         {
           "code": "40",
           "name": "Fukuoka",
@@ -385,48 +426,8 @@
           "group": "",
           "subgrp": "",
           "valid": true
-        },
-        {
-          "code": "5",
-          "name": "Akita",
-          "dxcc": 0,
-          "group": "",
-          "subgrp": "",
-          "valid": true
-        },
-        {
-          "code": "6",
-          "name": "Yamagata",
-          "dxcc": 0,
-          "group": "",
-          "subgrp": "",
-          "valid": true
-        },
-        {
-          "code": "7",
-          "name": "Fukushima",
-          "dxcc": 0,
-          "group": "",
-          "subgrp": "",
-          "valid": true
-        },
-        {
-          "code": "8",
-          "name": "Ibaraki",
-          "dxcc": 0,
-          "group": "",
-          "subgrp": "",
-          "valid": true
-        },
-        {
-          "code": "9",
-          "name": "Tochigi",
-          "dxcc": 0,
-          "group": "",
-          "subgrp": "",
-          "valid": true
         }
       ]
     }
   ]
-}
+}

internal/award/waja_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+package award
+
+import (
+	"encoding/json"
+	"testing"
+)
+
+// WAJA is numbered by the JARL, and the numbering is NOT Japan's ordinary
+// prefecture code.
+//
+// The catalog shipped with the government's JIS numbering instead — 01
+// Hokkaido, 02 Aomori, 03 Iwate, 04 Miyagi… — which agrees with the JARL's for
+// the first three prefectures and then diverges for thirty-five of the
+// remaining forty-four. The names were right throughout, so the award still
+// counted the right contacts; every reference simply carried the wrong number,
+// which is what an operator sends to the JARL when they claim it.
+//
+// The two schemes agree often enough to look correct at a glance, so this pins
+// the places they differ rather than a count. Each pair below is one the old
+// list got wrong, and the comment is what the old list said.
+func TestCatalogWAJAUsesTheJARLNumbering(t *testing.T) {
+	raw, ok := CatalogRefs("WAJA")
+	if !ok {
+		t.Fatal("WAJA has no reference list in the embedded catalog")
+	}
+	var refs []struct {
+		Code    string `json:"code"`
+		Name    string `json:"name"`
+		Pattern string `json:"pattern"`
+	}
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(raw, &refs); err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("WAJA references: %v", err)
+	}
+	if len(refs) != 47 {
+		t.Fatalf("WAJA has %d prefectures, want exactly 47", len(refs))
+	}
+
+	byName := map[string]string{}
+	byCode := map[string]string{}
+	for _, r := range refs {
+		byName[r.Name] = r.Code
+		if prev, dup := byCode[r.Code]; dup {
+			t.Errorf("number %s is on both %s and %s", r.Code, prev, r.Name)
+		}
+		byCode[r.Code] = r.Name
+	}
+
+	for _, c := range []struct{ name, code string }{
+		{"Hokkaido", "01"},  // the one both schemes agree on, and the anchor
+		{"Miyagi", "06"},    // was 04
+		{"Akita", "04"},     // was 05
+		{"Niigata", "08"},   // was 15 — the JIS number
+		{"Nagano", "09"},    // was 20
+		{"Tokyo", "10"},     // was 13, the JIS number everyone recognises
+		{"Kanagawa", "11"},  // was 14
+		{"Saitama", "13"},   // was 11
+		{"Ibaraki", "14"},   // was 8
+		{"Gunma", "16"},     // was 10
+		{"Yamanashi", "17"}, // was 19
+		{"Kyoto", "22"},     // was 26
+		{"Osaka", "25"},     // was 27
+		{"Toyama", "28"},    // was 16
+		{"Ishikawa", "30"},  // was 17
+		{"Okayama", "31"},   // was 33
+		{"Tottori", "34"},   // was 31
+		{"Kagawa", "36"},    // was 37
+		{"Tokushima", "37"}, // was 36
+		{"Okinawa", "47"},   // unchanged: the far end of the list was already right
+	} {
+		if got := byName[c.name]; got != c.code {
+			t.Errorf("%s is numbered %q, want %q on the JARL list", c.name, got, c.code)
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Two digits throughout, as the JARL prints them. Not cosmetic: the codes
+	// are strings, so "1" sorts between "09" and "10" and the panel showed the
+	// prefectures in an order no list anywhere uses.
+	for _, r := range refs {
+		if len(r.Code) != 2 {
+			t.Errorf("%s is numbered %q — the JARL list is two digits throughout", r.Name, r.Code)
+		}
+	}
+
+	// The Tokyo spelling rule has to sit on Tokyo, and Tokyo moved. Left behind
+	// on the old number it would be matching QTHs for Saitama.
+	for _, r := range refs {
+		if r.Pattern == "" {
+			continue
+		}
+		if r.Name != "Tokyo" {
+			t.Errorf("%s (%s) carries the pattern %q, which belongs to Tokyo", r.Name, r.Code, r.Pattern)
+		}
+	}
+	if byName["Tokyo"] != "" {
+		for _, r := range refs {
+			if r.Name == "Tokyo" && r.Pattern == "" {
+				t.Error("Tokyo lost its spelling pattern in the renumbering — Tokio would stop counting")
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}

internal/awardref/awardref.go

@@ -266,6 +266,48 @@ func (r *Repo) Upsert(ctx context.Context, awardCode string, ref Ref) error {
 	return err
 }
 
+// Rename changes a reference's CODE, keeping everything else about it.
+//
+// Wanted because a shipped list can simply be wrong: WAJA went out numbered by
+// the Japanese state instead of by the JARL, and the only way to correct it was
+// to delete all 47 references and import a new list — losing anything the
+// operator had adjusted. The number is the one field an editor could not touch.
+//
+// A rename, not a delete plus an insert: everything the reference carries — its
+// pattern, its DXCC list, its validity window — travels with it, which is the
+// whole point of correcting a number rather than replacing an entry.
+func (r *Repo) Rename(ctx context.Context, awardCode, oldCode, newCode string) error {
+	ac := strings.ToUpper(strings.TrimSpace(awardCode))
+	from := strings.ToUpper(strings.TrimSpace(oldCode))
+	to := strings.ToUpper(strings.TrimSpace(newCode))
+	if ac == "" || from == "" || to == "" {
+		return fmt.Errorf("empty award or reference code")
+	}
+	if from == to {
+		return nil
+	}
+	// A collision would REPLACE the other reference and take its name, pattern
+	// and dates with it — one silently swallowing another, discovered much later
+	// as a reference that has quietly gone missing.
+	var n int
+	if err := r.db.QueryRowContext(ctx,
+		`SELECT COUNT(*) FROM award_references WHERE award_code = ? AND ref_code = ?`, ac, to).Scan(&n); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if n > 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("%s already has a reference %s", ac, to)
+	}
+	res, err := r.db.ExecContext(ctx,
+		`UPDATE award_references SET ref_code = ? WHERE award_code = ? AND ref_code = ?`, to, ac, from)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if rows, _ := res.RowsAffected(); rows == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("%s has no reference %s", ac, from)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
 // Delete removes one reference from an award.
 func (r *Repo) Delete(ctx context.Context, awardCode, refCode string) error {
 	_, err := r.db.ExecContext(ctx,

internal/awardref/dxcciota.go

@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+package awardref
+
+// One-IOTA DXCC entities: a table of the entities that ARE a single IOTA group.
+//
+// WHY IT EXISTS. QRZ.com carries <iota> for an operator who fills it in, and
+// most do not. But for a great many entities the island reference follows from
+// the entity alone — a station in Ascension Island is on AF-003, there is
+// nothing else it could be — and the entity is known for every callsign, from
+// cty.dat, without any callbook at all. So the reference can be filled for an
+// operator with no QRZ subscription, on a station that has never touched a
+// callbook, before the contact is logged.
+//
+// Only entities that map to EXACTLY ONE reference are here. France is not: a
+// French station is usually on the mainland and on no island at all, and
+// guessing would put a reference on hundreds of contacts that earn none.
+//
+// SOURCE: dxcc_matches_one_iota.json from the IOTA programme
+// (www.iota-world.org/islands-on-the-air/downloads/), fetched 2026-08-17,
+// 99 entities. It changes only when an entity appears or IOTA re-maps one, so
+// it is a table here rather than a download: it then works offline, which is
+// where a portable station usually is. To refresh, fetch that file again and
+// re-emit this map, sorted by entity number.
+//
+// Entity names are comments only, joined from internal/dxcc for readability.
+var iotaByDXCC = map[int]string{
+	5:   "EU-002", // Aland Islands
+	10:  "AF-002", // Amsterdam & St. Paul Is.
+	12:  "NA-022", // Anguilla
+	17:  "NA-020", // Aves Island
+	20:  "OC-089", // Baker & Howland Islands
+	21:  "EU-004", // Balearic Islands
+	24:  "AN-002", // Bouvet
+	29:  "AF-004", // Canary Islands
+	34:  "OC-038", // Chatham Islands
+	35:  "OC-002", // Christmas Island
+	36:  "NA-011", // Clipperton Island
+	37:  "NA-012", // Cocos Island
+	38:  "OC-003", // Cocos (Keeling) Islands
+	41:  "AF-008", // Crozet Island
+	43:  "NA-095", // Desecheo Island
+	45:  "EU-001", // Dodecanese
+	62:  "NA-021", // Barbados
+	64:  "NA-005", // Bermuda
+	65:  "NA-023", // British Virgin Islands
+	69:  "NA-016", // Cayman Islands
+	71:  "SA-004", // Galapagos Islands
+	82:  "NA-097", // Jamaica
+	84:  "NA-107", // Martinique
+	91:  "SA-036", // Aruba
+	94:  "NA-100", // Antigua & Barbuda
+	95:  "NA-101", // Dominica
+	96:  "NA-103", // Montserrat
+	97:  "NA-108", // St. Lucia
+	99:  "AF-011", // Glorioso Islands
+	103: "OC-026", // Guam
+	105: "NA-015", // Guantanamo Bay
+	106: "EU-114", // Guernsey
+	111: "AN-003", // Heard Island
+	114: "EU-116", // Isle Of Man
+	118: "EU-022", // Jan Mayen
+	123: "OC-023", // Johnston Island
+	131: "AF-048", // Kerguelen Islands
+	133: "OC-039", // Kermadec Islands
+	138: "OC-020", // Kure Island
+	141: "SA-002", // Falkland Islands
+	147: "OC-004", // Lord Howe Island
+	153: "AN-005", // Macquarie Island
+	157: "OC-031", // Nauru
+	159: "AS-013", // Maldives
+	161: "SA-007", // Malpelo Island
+	165: "AF-049", // Mauritius
+	166: "OC-086", // Mariana Islands
+	167: "EU-053", // Market Reef
+	169: "AF-027", // Mayotte
+	171: "OC-072", // Mellish Reef
+	174: "OC-030", // Midway Island
+	177: "OC-073", // Minami Torishima
+	182: "NA-098", // Navassa Island
+	188: "OC-040", // Niue
+	189: "OC-005", // Norfolk Island
+	190: "OC-097", // Samoa
+	195: "AF-039", // Annobon Island
+	199: "AN-004", // Peter 1 Island
+	201: "AF-021", // Pr. Edward & Marion Is.
+	205: "AF-003", // Ascension Island
+	207: "AF-017", // Rodriguez Island
+	211: "NA-063", // Sable Island
+	217: "SA-013", // San Felix & San Ambrosio
+	222: "EU-018", // Faroe Islands
+	238: "AN-008", // South Orkney Islands
+	240: "AN-009", // South Sandwich Islands
+	241: "AN-010", // South Shetland Islands
+	247: "AS-051", // Spratly Islands
+	249: "NA-104", // St. Kitts & Nevis
+	250: "AF-022", // St. Helena
+	252: "NA-094", // St. Paul Island
+	253: "SA-014", // St. Peter & St. Paul
+	257: "EU-023", // Malta
+	270: "OC-048", // Tokelau Islands
+	273: "SA-010", // Trindade & Martim Vaz
+	276: "AF-031", // Tromelin Island
+	277: "NA-032", // St. Pierre & Miquelon
+	282: "OC-015", // Tuvalu
+	283: "AS-004", // Uk Base Areas On Cyprus
+	285: "NA-106", // Us Virgin Islands
+	297: "OC-053", // Wake Island
+	301: "OC-017", // Western Kiribati
+	303: "OC-007", // Willis Island
+	381: "AS-019", // Singapore
+	411: "AF-007", // Comoros
+	453: "AF-016", // Reunion Island
+	460: "OC-060", // Rotuma Island
+	489: "OC-112", // Conway Reef
+	490: "OC-018", // Banaba Island
+	505: "AS-110", // Pratas Island
+	506: "AS-116", // Scarborough Reef
+	509: "OC-027", // Marquesas Islands
+	512: "OC-176", // Chesterfield Islands
+	513: "OC-182", // Ducie Island
+	515: "OC-200", // Swains Island
+	516: "NA-146", // St. Barthelemy
+	517: "SA-099", // Curacao
+	519: "NA-145", // Saba & St. Eustatius
+	520: "SA-006", // Bonaire
+}
+
+// IOTAForDXCC returns the island reference of a DXCC entity that is a single
+// IOTA group, or "" for an entity that holds several islands or none.
+func IOTAForDXCC(dxcc int) string { return iotaByDXCC[dxcc] }

internal/awardref/dxcciota_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+package awardref
+
+import (
+	"regexp"
+	"testing"
+)
+
+// The entities an operator meets: an island group that is its own DXCC, and a
+// mainland country that is not.
+func TestIOTAForDXCC(t *testing.T) {
+	cases := []struct {
+		dxcc int
+		want string
+		why  string
+	}{
+		{205, "AF-003", "Ascension Island is one island and one reference"},
+		{5, "EU-002", "Aland Islands"},
+		{12, "NA-022", "Anguilla"},
+		{24, "AN-002", "Bouvet — the entity whose entry is checked most often and worked least"},
+		// France holds hundreds of islands and, far more to the point, a
+		// mainland. Filling a reference here would earn nothing and would put
+		// one on nearly every European contact in the log.
+		{227, "", "France is not one IOTA"},
+		{291, "", "the United States is not one IOTA"},
+		{0, "", "no entity resolved"},
+		{99999, "", "not an entity at all"},
+	}
+	for _, c := range cases {
+		if got := IOTAForDXCC(c.dxcc); got != c.want {
+			t.Errorf("IOTAForDXCC(%d) = %q, want %q — %s", c.dxcc, got, c.want, c.why)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// Every reference in the table must be a well-formed IOTA reference, because
+// one that is not would be written onto a contact's award references and count
+// for nothing — and would then have to be found by hand, one QSO at a time.
+func TestEveryOneIOTAEntryIsWellFormed(t *testing.T) {
+	ref := regexp.MustCompile(`^(AF|AN|AS|EU|NA|OC|SA)-\d{3}$`)
+	if len(iotaByDXCC) < 50 {
+		t.Fatalf("the table holds %d entities — it has been truncated", len(iotaByDXCC))
+	}
+	for dxcc, r := range iotaByDXCC {
+		if dxcc <= 0 {
+			t.Errorf("entity number %d is not a DXCC entity", dxcc)
+		}
+		if !ref.MatchString(r) {
+			t.Errorf("entity %d maps to %q, which is not an IOTA reference", dxcc, r)
+		}
+	}
+}

internal/awardref/rename_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+package awardref
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"path/filepath"
+	"testing"
+
+	"hamlog/internal/db"
+)
+
+func renameRepo(t *testing.T) *Repo {
+	t.Helper()
+	conn, err := db.Open(filepath.Join(t.TempDir(), "a.db"))
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("open: %v", err)
+	}
+	t.Cleanup(func() { conn.Close() })
+	return NewRepo(conn)
+}
+
+// Correcting a reference's number must keep the reference.
+//
+// WAJA shipped numbered by the Japanese state instead of by the JARL, and until
+// now the only way to fix that was to delete all 47 references and import a new
+// list — losing anything the operator had adjusted. A rename keeps the pattern,
+// the entity list and the validity window, because a wrong NUMBER is all that
+// was wrong.
+func TestRenameKeepsEverythingButTheCode(t *testing.T) {
+	r := renameRepo(t)
+	ctx := context.Background()
+	if err := r.Upsert(ctx, "WAJA", Ref{
+		Code: "13", Name: "Tokyo", Pattern: `\bTok[iy]o\b`, Valid: true,
+		DXCCList: []int{339}, ValidFrom: "1970-01-01",
+	}); err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("seed: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	if err := r.Rename(ctx, "WAJA", "13", "10"); err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("rename: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	refs, err := r.List(ctx, "WAJA")
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("list: %v", err)
+	}
+	if len(refs) != 1 {
+		t.Fatalf("WAJA holds %d references after a rename, want 1 — it was copied, not renamed", len(refs))
+	}
+	got := refs[0]
+	if got.Code != "10" {
+		t.Errorf("code = %q, want 10", got.Code)
+	}
+	if got.Name != "Tokyo" || got.Pattern != `\bTok[iy]o\b` {
+		t.Errorf("the reference lost what it carried: name=%q pattern=%q", got.Name, got.Pattern)
+	}
+	if len(got.DXCCList) != 1 || got.DXCCList[0] != 339 || got.ValidFrom != "1970-01-01" {
+		t.Errorf("the reference lost its entity list or dates: %+v", got)
+	}
+}
+
+// A number already in use must be refused. Left to REPLACE, the rename would
+// take the other reference's name, pattern and dates with it — one entry
+// silently swallowing another, found much later as a prefecture that has
+// quietly gone missing from the list.
+func TestRenameRefusesANumberAlreadyTaken(t *testing.T) {
+	r := renameRepo(t)
+	ctx := context.Background()
+	if err := r.Upsert(ctx, "WAJA", Ref{Code: "10", Name: "Gunma", Valid: true}); err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("seed: %v", err)
+	}
+	if err := r.Upsert(ctx, "WAJA", Ref{Code: "13", Name: "Tokyo", Valid: true}); err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("seed: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	if err := r.Rename(ctx, "WAJA", "13", "10"); err == nil {
+		t.Fatal("renaming onto an existing number was accepted — one reference would have eaten the other")
+	}
+	refs, _ := r.List(ctx, "WAJA")
+	if len(refs) != 2 {
+		t.Fatalf("WAJA holds %d references, want both still there", len(refs))
+	}
+}
+
+// Renaming something that is not there is an error, not a silent no-op: it
+// means the editor and the store disagree about what the award holds.
+func TestRenameAnUnknownReferenceFails(t *testing.T) {
+	r := renameRepo(t)
+	if err := r.Rename(context.Background(), "WAJA", "99", "10"); err == nil {
+		t.Error("renaming a reference the award does not have was accepted")
+	}
+}
+
+// Codes are stored upper-cased, so a rename must compare the same way — else
+// "eu-048" onto "EU-048" looks like a move and is really the same reference,
+// which the collision check has to catch.
+func TestRenameIsCaseInsensitive(t *testing.T) {
+	r := renameRepo(t)
+	ctx := context.Background()
+	if err := r.Upsert(ctx, "IOTA", Ref{Code: "EU-048", Name: "Belle-Ile", Valid: true}); err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("seed: %v", err)
+	}
+	if err := r.Rename(ctx, "iota", "eu-048", "eu-048"); err != nil {
+		t.Errorf("renaming a reference to itself in another case failed: %v", err)
+	}
+	if err := r.Rename(ctx, "IOTA", "eu-048", "eu-049"); err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("rename: %v", err)
+	}
+	refs, _ := r.List(ctx, "IOTA")
+	if len(refs) != 1 || refs[0].Code != "EU-049" {
+		t.Errorf("references = %+v, want the one renamed to EU-049 and upper-cased", refs)
+	}
+}

internal/cat/cat.go

@@ -79,6 +79,9 @@ type Manager struct {
 
 	pollEvery time.Duration
 	cmdDelay  time.Duration // pause after each command (some rigs need it)
+	// freqOffset is the transverter offset in Hz — see SetFreqOffset. Added to
+	// what the rig reports, taken off what it is told.
+	freqOffset int64
 }
 
 func NewManager(emit func(RigState)) *Manager {
@@ -185,8 +188,39 @@ func (m *Manager) stopLocked() {
 	}
 }
 
+// SetFreqOffset sets the transverter offset: the number of hertz between what
+// the RIG is tuned to and where the station is actually on the air.
+//
+// A 28 MHz IF driving a 144 MHz transverter is an offset of +116 MHz. Everything
+// above this layer — the entry form, the band, the log, the cluster, the shared
+// CAT servers — then works in real frequencies, and the rig keeps seeing its own.
+//
+// Zero disables it, which is why it is a plain number and not a flag plus a
+// number: "enabled with an offset of nothing" and "disabled" are the same thing
+// to everyone downstream.
+func (m *Manager) SetFreqOffset(hz int64) {
+	m.mu.Lock()
+	m.freqOffset = hz
+	m.mu.Unlock()
+}
+
+// freqOffsetHz reads the offset.
+func (m *Manager) freqOffsetHz() int64 {
+	m.mu.RLock()
+	defer m.mu.RUnlock()
+	return m.freqOffset
+}
+
 // SetFrequency dispatches a SetFreq call to the CAT goroutine.
+//
+// The caller speaks in REAL frequencies (a 2 m spot is 144.300), so the offset
+// comes back off before the rig hears it. Without this the offset would be a
+// display trick: the readout would say 144 and every spot click, band change and
+// memory recall would send the rig somewhere 116 MHz away.
 func (m *Manager) SetFrequency(hz int64) error {
+	if off := m.freqOffsetHz(); off != 0 && hz > off {
+		hz -= off
+	}
 	return m.exec(func(b Backend) error { return b.SetFrequency(hz) })
 }
 
@@ -215,6 +249,10 @@ type splitSetter interface {
 // band when it was transmitting on the DX's own frequency. A refusal WSJT-X can
 // report is worth far more than a success it cannot check.
 func (m *Manager) SetSplit(on bool, txHz int64) error {
+	// Real frequency in, IF frequency out — same as SetFrequency.
+	if off := m.freqOffsetHz(); off != 0 && txHz > off {
+		txHz -= off
+	}
 	return m.exec(func(b Backend) error {
 		s, ok := b.(splitSetter)
 		if !ok {
@@ -744,6 +782,20 @@ func (m *Manager) run(b Backend, stop, done chan struct{}, cmds chan func(), pol
 			ns.Enabled = true
 			ns.Backend = b.Name()
 			ns.UpdatedAt = time.Now()
+			// Transverter offset: the rig reports its IF, the operator is on the
+			// real band. Applied BEFORE the band is worked out, or a 28 MHz IF
+			// behind a 2 m transverter would log every contact on 10 m — and the
+			// band the backend may already have filled in is the IF's, so it is
+			// recomputed rather than trusted.
+			if off := m.freqOffsetHz(); off != 0 {
+				if ns.FreqHz != 0 {
+					ns.FreqHz += off
+					ns.Band = ""
+				}
+				if ns.RxFreqHz != 0 {
+					ns.RxFreqHz += off
+				}
+			}
 			if ns.FreqHz != 0 && ns.Band == "" {
 				ns.Band = BandFromHz(ns.FreqHz)
 			}

internal/cat/icomserial.go

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 package cat
 
 import (
+	"errors"
 	"fmt"
 	"strings"
 	"sync"
@@ -513,7 +514,8 @@ func (b *IcomSerial) SetFrequency(hz int64) error {
 		return fmt.Errorf("invalid frequency")
 	}
 	b.lastSetFreq, b.lastSetFreqAt = hz, time.Now()
-	return b.exec(append([]byte{civ.CmdSetFreq}, civ.FreqToBCD(hz)...)...)
+	return b.execIdempotent(fmt.Sprintf("set frequency %d Hz", hz),
+		append([]byte{civ.CmdSetFreq}, civ.FreqToBCD(hz)...)...)
 }
 
 func (b *IcomSerial) SetMode(mode string) error {
@@ -523,7 +525,7 @@ func (b *IcomSerial) SetMode(mode string) error {
 	}
 	// Set the base mode (keeping the rig's current filter by sending only the
 	// mode byte), then set the data-mode flag for digital modes.
-	if err := b.exec(civ.CmdSetMode, code); err != nil {
+	if err := b.execIdempotent("set mode "+mode, civ.CmdSetMode, code); err != nil {
 		return err
 	}
 	dataByte := byte(0)
@@ -531,16 +533,48 @@ func (b *IcomSerial) SetMode(mode string) error {
 		dataByte = 1
 	}
 	// Filter 0x01 (FIL1) is the conventional default for the data-mode set.
-	_ = b.exec(civ.CmdExtra, civ.SubDataMode, dataByte, 0x01)
+	_ = b.execIdempotent("set data mode", civ.CmdExtra, civ.SubDataMode, dataByte, 0x01)
 	return nil
 }
 
+// errIcomAckLost is "the reply never came" — as opposed to a reply that said no
+// (NG) or a dead port. Only this one is worth repeating: the command may well
+// have been carried out and only its acknowledgement lost. Sentinel rather than
+// a formatted string so callers can tell the two apart.
+var errIcomAckLost = errors.New("icom: timeout waiting for response")
+
+// execIdempotent runs a SET command and sends it ONCE MORE if the
+// acknowledgement is lost.
+//
+// A missing FB is not a missing command — the rig acts on the frame as soon as it
+// decodes it, and what expires is our wait for the answer on a bus shared with
+// the rig's own transceive updates. JTDX in "Split Operating: Fake It" moves the
+// dial and the mode immediately before every key-down, so those acks queue behind
+// each other, and losing one was fatal: rigctld answers RPRT -9, JTDX reads that
+// as losing rig control and tears the connection down mid-over. An operator's log
+// shows it happening on set_ptt, on set_freq and on set_mode alike, each failure
+// followed within 300 ms by a fresh rigctld client — and shows this resend
+// rescuing a PTT that would otherwise have ended the over.
+//
+// Only for commands that say "be in this state": re-sending one changes nothing
+// if the first arrived. A relative or incremental command must not come through
+// here, which is why this is opt-in per caller rather than folded into exec.
+func (b *IcomSerial) execIdempotent(what string, payload ...byte) error {
+	err := b.exec(payload...)
+	if err == nil || !errors.Is(err, errIcomAckLost) {
+		return err
+	}
+	applog.Printf("icom: %s — no acknowledgement in %s, sending it once more", what, icomCmdTimeout)
+	return b.exec(payload...)
+}
+
+// SetPTT keys or unkeys the transmitter (CI-V 0x1C 0x00).
 func (b *IcomSerial) SetPTT(on bool) error {
 	state := byte(0)
 	if on {
 		state = 1
 	}
-	return b.exec(civ.CmdPTT, civ.SubPTT, state)
+	return b.execIdempotent(fmt.Sprintf("PTT %v", on), civ.CmdPTT, civ.SubPTT, state)
 }
 
 // SetPower turns the transceiver on or off (CI-V 0x18). Power-ON is prefixed with
@@ -619,7 +653,7 @@ func (b *IcomSerial) recv(timeout time.Duration, match func(civ.Decoded) bool) (
 		case <-cancel:
 			return civ.Decoded{}, fmt.Errorf("icom: interrupted")
 		case <-deadline:
-			return civ.Decoded{}, fmt.Errorf("icom: timeout waiting for response")
+			return civ.Decoded{}, errIcomAckLost
 		}
 	}
 }

internal/cat/tci.go

@@ -46,8 +46,33 @@ type TCI struct {
 	mode   string
 	split  bool
 	tx     bool
+	// txAllowed is what the radio last said about TRANSMIT PERMISSION.
+	//
+	// TX_ENABLE is sent by ExpertSDR when a client connects and again whenever
+	// the band changes, "in case transmitter permission was changed" (§4.3). When
+	// it is false the radio silently ignores TRX — which is exactly what an
+	// operator sees as "PTT does nothing", with no error anywhere to explain it.
+	//
+	// txAllowedKnown keeps an OLDER ExpertSDR, or a TCI-compatible program that
+	// never sends TX_ENABLE at all, from being treated as refusing: without a
+	// word from the radio we key and let it decide.
+	txAllowed      bool
+	txAllowedKnown bool
 
 	lastSig string // last logged state signature (log only on change)
+
+	// spotFreq is the frequency of the marker currently on the panorama for each
+	// callsign — the panadapter's own state, which TCI never reports back. It is
+	// what makes one spot per call possible: without it there is no way to know
+	// there is an older marker to delete.
+	spotFreq map[string]int64
+}
+
+func absInt64(v int64) int64 {
+	if v < 0 {
+		return -v
+	}
+	return v
 }
 
 const tciDefaultPort = 40001
@@ -96,18 +121,73 @@ func (t *TCI) Connect() error {
 	t.mu.Lock()
 	t.conn = conn
 	t.ready = false
+	// Forget the previous session's transmit permission: the radio announces it
+	// again on connect, and a refusal remembered from a band we have since left
+	// would block PTT until it did.
+	t.txAllowed, t.txAllowedKnown = false, false
 	t.mu.Unlock()
 	debugLog.Printf("TCI: connected to %s", url)
 	go t.reader(conn)
 	if t.spotsEnabled {
+		// Forget what we thought was on the panorama at the same moment the radio
+		// is told to drop it. Kept, the memory would suppress the next spot for
+		// each of those calls as "already drawn" onto a panorama now empty.
+		t.mu.Lock()
+		t.spotFreq = map[string]int64{}
+		t.mu.Unlock()
 		_ = t.send("spot_clear;") // drop any leftover spots from a previous session
 	}
 	return nil
 }
 
+// spotFreqTolHz is how far a re-spot of the same callsign may sit from the one
+// already on the panorama before it is treated as a move rather than the same
+// spot said again.
+//
+// Two spotters hearing the same CW station rarely agree to better than a couple
+// of hundred hertz, and every one of them produces a cluster line. Below this
+// they are the same spot and nothing is sent at all; above it the marker is
+// deleted and redrawn where the station now is.
+const spotFreqTolHz = 500
+
+// noteSpot records what the panorama is about to hold for a callsign and says
+// what has to be sent: whether to draw at all, and whether an older marker for
+// the same call must be deleted first.
+//
+// Separate from SendSpot so the rule can be tested without a radio — and
+// because the lock must be released before anything is sent: t.send takes t.mu
+// itself, Go mutexes are not reentrant, and sending while holding it would
+// deadlock the backend and take the rig offline.
+func (t *TCI) noteSpot(call string, freqHz int64) (draw, deletePrev bool) {
+	key := strings.ToUpper(strings.TrimSpace(call))
+	t.mu.Lock()
+	defer t.mu.Unlock()
+	prev, had := t.spotFreq[key]
+	if had && absInt64(prev-freqHz) <= spotFreqTolHz {
+		return false, false
+	}
+	if t.spotFreq == nil {
+		t.spotFreq = map[string]int64{}
+	}
+	if len(t.spotFreq) > 4000 {
+		t.spotFreq = map[string]int64{} // bound memory on a long session
+		had = false                     // forgotten: nothing left to delete by name
+	}
+	t.spotFreq[key] = freqHz
+	return true, had
+}
+
 // SendSpot mirrors a cluster spot onto the TCI panorama (implements Spotter).
-// The radio replaces a spot that has the same callsign, so re-spotting updates
-// it in place. No-op when spot mirroring is disabled.
+// No-op when spot mirroring is disabled.
+//
+// ONE MARKER PER CALLSIGN. This code assumed the radio replaced a spot carrying
+// a callsign it already had; it does not. ExpertSDR keys a spot on its
+// frequency too, so a DX station spotted by three operators — 14025.00,
+// 14025.12, 14024.90, which is an ordinary minute on a cluster — was drawn
+// three times, a few pixels apart, and stayed that way.
+//
+// So the previous spot for the call is deleted before the new one is sent,
+// which is what the FlexRadio backend has always done (spot remove / spot add).
 func (t *TCI) SendSpot(s SpotInfo) error {
 	if !t.spotsEnabled {
 		return nil
@@ -116,6 +196,17 @@ func (t *TCI) SendSpot(s SpotInfo) error {
 	if call == "" || s.FreqHz <= 0 {
 		return nil
 	}
+	draw, deletePrev := t.noteSpot(call, s.FreqHz)
+	if !draw {
+		return nil // the same station said again by another spotter
+	}
+	if deletePrev {
+		// SPOT_DELETE takes the callsign alone. Not in the protocol PDF this
+		// backend was written from; confirmed against ars-ka0s/eesdr-tci, which
+		// lists SPOT (5 arguments), SPOT_DELETE (1) and SPOT_CLEAR (0) — the
+		// other two matching what already works here.
+		_ = t.send(fmt.Sprintf("spot_delete:%s;", call))
+	}
 	// TCI's SPOT command wants the colour as a signed 32-bit DECIMAL integer in
 	// 0xAARRGGBB order — NOT a "0x…" hex string (e.g. "spot:UN7GK,cw,14025000,
 	// -16776961,test;"). ExpertSDR silently drops a spot whose colour field it
@@ -223,7 +314,22 @@ func (t *TCI) SetMode(mode string) error {
 }
 
 // SetPTT keys or unkeys the transmitter (VFO 0).
+//
+// A refusal by the radio is reported rather than swallowed. ExpertSDR announces
+// transmit permission with TX_ENABLE and then simply IGNORES trx when it is
+// false — out-of-band frequency, TX disabled in the program, no PA. The command
+// went out, nothing happened, and nothing anywhere said why. Now the operator
+// is told, and the message names the place to look.
 func (t *TCI) SetPTT(on bool) error {
+	if on {
+		t.mu.Lock()
+		known, allowed := t.txAllowedKnown, t.txAllowed
+		t.mu.Unlock()
+		if known && !allowed {
+			return fmt.Errorf("the radio is refusing to transmit (TCI reports TX disabled) — " +
+				"check the frequency is inside a transmit band and that TX is enabled in ExpertSDR")
+		}
+	}
 	return t.send(fmt.Sprintf("trx:0,%t;", on))
 }
 
@@ -317,6 +423,14 @@ func (t *TCI) handle(msg string) {
 		if get(0) == "0" {
 			t.tx = get(1) == "true"
 		}
+	case "tx_enable":
+		if get(0) == "0" {
+			allowed := get(1) == "true"
+			if !t.txAllowedKnown || t.txAllowed != allowed {
+				debugLog.Printf("TCI: the radio %s transmitting", map[bool]string{true: "allows", false: "REFUSES"}[allowed])
+			}
+			t.txAllowed, t.txAllowedKnown = allowed, true
+		}
 	default:
 		lname := strings.ToLower(name)
 		// A click on one of our panorama spots comes back as

internal/cat/tci_ptt_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+//go:build windows
+
+package cat
+
+import "testing"
+
+// feed pushes messages at the backend the way the radio would.
+func feed(t *TCI, msgs ...string) {
+	for _, m := range msgs {
+		t.handle(m)
+	}
+}
+
+// "PTT via CAT does nothing on TCI."
+//
+// ExpertSDR announces transmit permission with TX_ENABLE — on connect, and
+// again whenever the band changes "in case transmitter permission was changed"
+// (§4.3 of the protocol document). When it is false the radio simply IGNORES
+// trx. OpsLog sent the documented command, the radio discarded it, and nothing
+// anywhere said why: the operator pressed a dead key.
+func TestPTTIsRefusedOutLoudWhenTheRadioForbidsTransmitting(t *testing.T) {
+	tci := NewTCI("localhost", 40001, "FT8", false)
+	feed(tci, "tx_enable:0,false")
+
+	err := tci.SetPTT(true)
+	if err == nil {
+		t.Fatal("keying was accepted while the radio forbids transmitting — the operator gets no reason at all")
+	}
+	// The message has to name where to look; "PTT failed" sends nobody anywhere.
+	for _, want := range []string{"transmit", "ExpertSDR"} {
+		if !contains(err.Error(), want) {
+			t.Errorf("the refusal reads %q, which does not mention %q", err.Error(), want)
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Unkeying is never blocked. Whatever the radio thinks about permission, a
+	// request to STOP transmitting must always reach it.
+	if err := tci.SetPTT(false); err != nil && contains(err.Error(), "refusing") {
+		t.Errorf("unkeying was refused: %v", err)
+	}
+}
+
+// Permission comes back when the operator returns to a band they may use, and
+// PTT has to come back with it — not stay blocked until OpsLog is restarted.
+func TestPermissionGrantedAgainRestoresPTT(t *testing.T) {
+	tci := NewTCI("localhost", 40001, "FT8", false)
+	feed(tci, "tx_enable:0,false")
+	if err := tci.SetPTT(true); err == nil {
+		t.Fatal("keying was accepted while forbidden")
+	}
+	feed(tci, "tx_enable:0,true")
+	// No connection here, so the send fails — but it must fail as a TRANSPORT
+	// error, never as a refusal.
+	if err := tci.SetPTT(true); err != nil && contains(err.Error(), "refusing") {
+		t.Errorf("still refusing after permission was granted: %v", err)
+	}
+}
+
+// A radio that never mentions TX_ENABLE — an older ExpertSDR, or one of the
+// other programs that speak TCI — must not be treated as refusing. Silence is
+// not a "no": we key, and let the radio decide.
+func TestSilenceAboutPermissionIsNotARefusal(t *testing.T) {
+	tci := NewTCI("localhost", 40001, "FT8", false)
+	if err := tci.SetPTT(true); err != nil && contains(err.Error(), "refusing") {
+		t.Errorf("a radio that never sent TX_ENABLE was treated as forbidding transmit: %v", err)
+	}
+}
+
+func contains(s, sub string) bool {
+	return len(sub) == 0 || (len(s) >= len(sub) && indexOf(s, sub) >= 0)
+}
+
+func indexOf(s, sub string) int {
+	for i := 0; i+len(sub) <= len(s); i++ {
+		if s[i:i+len(sub)] == sub {
+			return i
+		}
+	}
+	return -1
+}

internal/cat/tci_spot_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+//go:build windows
+
+package cat
+
+import "testing"
+
+// The reported symptom: with spot mirroring on, the same station appeared two
+// or three times on the panorama.
+//
+// Its cause is not in OpsLog's spot pipeline — one cluster line produces one
+// SendSpot. It is that a popular DX station IS spotted two or three times, by
+// different operators within the same minute, and no two of them agree on the
+// frequency to better than a few tens of hertz. The backend assumed ExpertSDR
+// replaced a spot bearing a callsign it already had; it keys on the frequency
+// too, so each of those became its own marker.
+func TestSameStationSpottedBySeveralOperatorsIsDrawnOnce(t *testing.T) {
+	tci := &TCI{spotsEnabled: true}
+
+	draw, del := tci.noteSpot("UN7GK", 14025000)
+	if !draw || del {
+		t.Fatalf("first spot: draw=%v delete=%v, want draw and nothing to delete", draw, del)
+	}
+	// The same station, two more spotters, a few tens of hertz apart.
+	for _, hz := range []int64{14025120, 14024900} {
+		if draw, del := tci.noteSpot("UN7GK", hz); draw || del {
+			t.Errorf("re-spot at %d Hz: draw=%v delete=%v, want nothing sent — this is the duplicate marker", hz, draw, del)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// A station that really moves must still move on the panorama, and the marker
+// left where it was must go. Deleting first is the whole difference between
+// "the spot follows the station" and "the station collects markers".
+func TestAStationThatMovesReplacesItsMarker(t *testing.T) {
+	tci := &TCI{spotsEnabled: true}
+	tci.noteSpot("UN7GK", 14025000)
+
+	draw, del := tci.noteSpot("UN7GK", 14032000) // 7 kHz up: a real QSY
+	if !draw || !del {
+		t.Fatalf("after a QSY: draw=%v delete=%v, want the old marker deleted and a new one drawn", draw, del)
+	}
+	// And the new position becomes the reference, so spotters agreeing with it
+	// are quiet again.
+	if draw, _ := tci.noteSpot("UN7GK", 14032100); draw {
+		t.Error("a spot at the station's new frequency was drawn again")
+	}
+}
+
+// Case matters nowhere in ham radio, and the cluster is not consistent about it.
+func TestSpotMemoryIgnoresCase(t *testing.T) {
+	tci := &TCI{spotsEnabled: true}
+	tci.noteSpot("un7gk", 14025000)
+	if draw, _ := tci.noteSpot("UN7GK", 14025000); draw {
+		t.Error("the same call in another case was treated as a different station")
+	}
+}
+
+// Two different stations are two markers — the whole point of the panorama.
+func TestDifferentStationsEachGetAMarker(t *testing.T) {
+	tci := &TCI{spotsEnabled: true}
+	tci.noteSpot("UN7GK", 14025000)
+	draw, del := tci.noteSpot("ZD7BG", 14025050) // 50 Hz away, a different operator
+	if !draw {
+		t.Error("a second station near the first was swallowed as a duplicate")
+	}
+	if del {
+		t.Error("deleting by callsign would have removed a spot this station never had")
+	}
+}
+
+// The connection drops and comes back: Connect sends spot_clear, so the
+// panorama is empty. If the memory survived that, the next spot for each of
+// those calls would be suppressed as "already drawn" onto an empty panorama —
+// the operator's spots would simply stop appearing until they changed
+// frequency.
+func TestReconnectingForgetsWhatWasDrawn(t *testing.T) {
+	tci := &TCI{spotsEnabled: true}
+	tci.noteSpot("UN7GK", 14025000)
+
+	tci.mu.Lock()
+	tci.spotFreq = map[string]int64{} // what Connect does alongside spot_clear
+	tci.mu.Unlock()
+
+	if draw, del := tci.noteSpot("UN7GK", 14025000); !draw || del {
+		t.Errorf("after a reconnect: draw=%v delete=%v, want it drawn again and nothing deleted", draw, del)
+	}
+}

internal/cluster/cluster.go

@@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ import (
 	"strconv"
 	"strings"
 	"sync"
+	"sync/atomic"
 	"time"
 
 	"hamlog/internal/applog"
@@ -355,6 +356,18 @@ func (s *session) run() {
 // that gets skipped.
 var idleTick = 30 * time.Second
 
+// promptTick is the read deadline used until the login handshake is finished.
+// Short, because a node's "login:" / "password:" carries no newline and is only
+// visible when the read times out — see the read loop. It costs a few wake-ups
+// during the first seconds of a connection and nothing afterwards.
+const promptTick = 700 * time.Millisecond
+
+// handshakeWindow bounds how long the fast promptTick applies. A node that has
+// a password configured but never asks for one would otherwise keep the loop
+// waking every 700 ms for the life of the connection, for a prompt that is never
+// coming. Any real login exchange is over in a second or two.
+const handshakeWindow = 20 * time.Second
+
 // quietNotice is the silence after which the log says so, once.
 const quietNotice = 10 * time.Minute
 
@@ -369,10 +382,21 @@ func (s *session) runOnce() (time.Time, error) {
 	// failure surfaces as an error on Read — which is the only thing that ends
 	// a session below.
 	d := net.Dialer{Timeout: 10 * time.Second, KeepAlive: 30 * time.Second}
+	// TIMED, and reported. An operator sees "connected" and no spots for a
+	// minute on the first launch, then an instant connection when the program is
+	// restarted — which is the signature of a slow name resolution rather than a
+	// slow cluster (the OS caches the answer, so the second run skips it). The
+	// only way to tell that from a node that simply had nothing to say is to
+	// know how long the dial itself took.
+	dialStart := time.Now()
 	conn, err := d.Dial("tcp", addr)
 	if err != nil {
+		applog.Printf("cluster[%s] dial %s failed after %s: %v", s.cfg.Name, addr, time.Since(dialStart).Round(time.Millisecond), err)
 		return time.Time{}, fmt.Errorf("dial %s: %w", addr, err)
 	}
+	applog.Printf("cluster[%s] connected to %s in %s", s.cfg.Name, addr, time.Since(dialStart).Round(time.Millisecond))
+	linkUpAt := time.Now()
+	firstSpotLogged := false
 	s.mu.Lock()
 	s.conn = conn
 	s.mu.Unlock()
@@ -387,16 +411,37 @@ func (s *session) runOnce() (time.Time, error) {
 
 	// Login: send on first prompt OR blindly after 1.5s. Many DXSpider
 	// nodes accept the callsign without re-prompting.
-	loginSent := false
+	//
+	// Atomic because the blind-login timer below and the read loop both touch
+	// these. loginSent used to be a plain bool that the timer NEVER SET: the
+	// callsign went out and nothing recorded it, so the password branch — gated on
+	// loginSent — was dead code, and the session could only reach "connected" by
+	// recognising a welcome banner. On a node whose entire greeting is a bare
+	// "login:" and which then demands a password (f5mzn.org:9000), that left the
+	// server stuck at "connecting" for ever while telnet logged in by hand fine.
+	var loginSent, pwdSent atomic.Bool
+	// CompareAndSwap, not a plain store: the timer and the loop can reach these at
+	// the same moment, and the callsign must be written exactly once.
+	sendLogin := func() {
+		if s.login != "" && loginSent.CompareAndSwap(false, true) {
+			_, _ = conn.Write([]byte(s.login + "\r\n"))
+		}
+	}
+	// Sent ONCE per connection. A node that re-prompts is refusing the password,
+	// and answering with the same one again only loops — better to let the
+	// refusal show in the console than to hide it behind a retry.
+	sendPassword := func() {
+		if s.cfg.Password != "" && loginSent.Load() && pwdSent.CompareAndSwap(false, true) {
+			_, _ = conn.Write([]byte(s.cfg.Password + "\r\n"))
+		}
+	}
 	if s.login != "" {
 		go func() {
 			select {
 			case <-s.stopCh:
 				return
 			case <-time.After(1500 * time.Millisecond):
-				if !loginSent {
-					_, _ = conn.Write([]byte(s.login + "\r\n"))
-				}
+				sendLogin()
 			}
 		}()
 	}
@@ -442,7 +487,21 @@ func (s *session) runOnce() (time.Time, error) {
 
 	var connectedAt time.Time
 	var quiet time.Duration // how long the node has said nothing
+	var quietNoticed bool   // the long-silence line is said once
 	var pending string      // a line cut in half by a read deadline
+	markConnected := func() {
+		if s.snapshot().State == StateConnected {
+			return
+		}
+		connectedAt = time.Now()
+		s.mu.Lock()
+		s.status.State = StateConnected
+		s.status.ConnectedAt = connectedAt
+		s.status.Error = ""
+		s.mu.Unlock()
+		s.emitStatus()
+		fireInitCommands()
+	}
 	rd := bufio.NewReader(conn)
 	for {
 		select {
@@ -460,7 +519,21 @@ func (s *session) runOnce() (time.Time, error) {
 		// Only a REAL error ends the session. A dead peer still gets caught:
 		// TCP keepalive probes an idle connection and its failure arrives here
 		// as an error, not as a timeout.
-		_ = conn.SetReadDeadline(time.Now().Add(idleTick))
+		// SHORT deadline until the handshake is done, the long idle tick after.
+		//
+		// A cluster writes its prompts WITHOUT a trailing newline, and ReadString
+		// only returns on one — so a prompt is never a "line" at all, it is whatever
+		// is sitting in the buffer when the read deadline expires. At the ordinary
+		// 30 s tick that made a bare "login:" invisible for half a minute and a
+		// following "password:" invisible for another, which is long enough for the
+		// node to give up on us. Only the handshake needs the fast tick; once logged
+		// in, a long deadline is exactly what we want (see idleTick).
+		tick := idleTick
+		if time.Since(linkUpAt) < handshakeWindow &&
+			(!loginSent.Load() || (s.cfg.Password != "" && !pwdSent.Load())) {
+			tick = promptTick
+		}
+		_ = conn.SetReadDeadline(time.Now().Add(tick))
 		chunk, err := rd.ReadString('\n')
 		if err != nil {
 			var ne net.Error
@@ -469,16 +542,48 @@ func (s *session) runOnce() (time.Time, error) {
 				// Keep it: a spot line straddling the deadline would otherwise lose
 				// its first half and arrive as nonsense, or vanish entirely.
 				pending += chunk
-				quiet += idleTick
+				// …but a newline-less PROMPT is not half a line, it is a question,
+				// and this is the only place it can ever be seen. Answer it, show it
+				// in the console (an operator watching a stuck server has a right to
+				// see what the node actually asked), and drop it so it is not glued
+				// onto the front of the next real line.
+				if p := strings.TrimSpace(pending); p != "" {
+					switch {
+					case !loginSent.Load() && s.login != "" && isLoginPrompt(p):
+						s.emitLine(p, false)
+						pending = ""
+						sendLogin()
+						if s.cfg.Password == "" {
+							markConnected()
+						}
+						continue
+					case !pwdSent.Load() && isPasswordPrompt(p):
+						s.emitLine(p, false)
+						pending = ""
+						if s.cfg.Password == "" {
+							// Nothing to answer with. Shown in the console rather than
+							// swallowed: an unanswered "password:" sitting there IS the
+							// explanation for a server that never finishes connecting,
+							// and it is something the operator can act on.
+							continue
+						}
+						sendPassword()
+						markConnected()
+						continue
+					}
+				}
+				quiet += tick
 				// Said once at the first long silence, so a genuinely mute node is
 				// visible without a line every tick.
-				if quiet == quietNotice {
+				if !quietNoticed && quiet >= quietNotice {
+					quietNoticed = true
 					applog.Printf("cluster[%s] no traffic for %s — still connected", s.cfg.Name, quiet)
 				}
 				continue
 			}
 			return connectedAt, fmt.Errorf("read: %w", err)
 		}
+		quietNoticed = false
 		quiet = 0
 		line := pending + chunk
 		pending = ""
@@ -508,28 +613,23 @@ func (s *session) runOnce() (time.Time, error) {
 			}
 		}
 
-		// Login on explicit prompt.
-		if !loginSent && s.login != "" && isLoginPrompt(line) {
-			_, _ = conn.Write([]byte(s.login + "\r\n"))
-			loginSent = true
+		// Login on explicit prompt — the case where the node DID terminate it with
+		// a newline. The newline-less form is handled on the timeout path above.
+		if !loginSent.Load() && s.login != "" && isLoginPrompt(line) {
+			s.emitLine(line, false)
+			sendLogin()
 			continue
 		}
-		// Password on prompt (rare).
-		if loginSent && s.cfg.Password != "" && isPasswordPrompt(line) {
-			_, _ = conn.Write([]byte(s.cfg.Password + "\r\n"))
+		// Password on prompt.
+		if !pwdSent.Load() && isPasswordPrompt(line) {
+			s.emitLine(line, false)
+			sendPassword()
 			continue
 		}
 
 		// Mark connected once we've sent login OR seen a welcome banner.
-		if s.snapshot().State != StateConnected && (loginSent || isWelcome(line)) {
-			connectedAt = time.Now()
-			s.mu.Lock()
-			s.status.State = StateConnected
-			s.status.ConnectedAt = connectedAt
-			s.status.Error = ""
-			s.mu.Unlock()
-			s.emitStatus()
-			fireInitCommands()
+		if loginSent.Load() || isWelcome(line) {
+			markConnected()
 		}
 
 		// EVERY line goes to the console — spot or not. This is the whole point:
@@ -556,6 +656,13 @@ func (s *session) runOnce() (time.Time, error) {
 			}
 			s.mu.Unlock()
 			if s.onSpot != nil {
+				if !firstSpotLogged {
+					firstSpotLogged = true
+					// The gap between the socket opening and the first spot is the
+					// other half of the answer: a long dial is the network, a quick
+					// dial and a long silence is the node (or the login) instead.
+					applog.Printf("cluster[%s] first spot %s after connecting", s.cfg.Name, time.Since(linkUpAt).Round(time.Millisecond))
+				}
 				s.onSpot(spot)
 			}
 		}
@@ -683,6 +790,38 @@ func parseSpot(line string) (Spot, bool) {
 	}, true
 }
 
+// NewLocalSpot builds the Spot for a DX announcement WE just sent, so it lands
+// in the operator's own list at once.
+//
+// A node does not necessarily broadcast a spot back to the station that sent it:
+// DXSpider suppresses the echo to the originator, and a node-side filter can eat
+// it too. So an operator spotted a station, watched their own spot list stay
+// empty, and concluded the spot had never gone out — when it had. This is the
+// spot the echo would have carried, built from what we sent, deliberately the
+// same shape so the UI's call+band de-dupe folds the two into one row on the
+// nodes that DO echo.
+func NewLocalSpot(srv ServerConfig, spotter, dxCall string, freqKHz float64, comment string) Spot {
+	freqHz := int64(freqKHz*1000 + 0.5)
+	now := time.Now()
+	sp := Spot{
+		SourceID:   srv.ID,
+		SourceName: srv.Name,
+		Spotter:    strings.ToUpper(strings.TrimSpace(spotter)),
+		DXCall:     strings.ToUpper(strings.TrimSpace(dxCall)),
+		FreqKHz:    freqKHz,
+		FreqHz:     freqHz,
+		Band:       bandFromHz(freqHz),
+		Comment:    strings.TrimSpace(comment),
+		TimeUTC:    now.UTC().Format("1504") + "Z",
+		ReceivedAt: now,
+	}
+	// Raw reads like the node's own broadcast — it is what anything showing the
+	// source line expects, and it keeps a local spot legible in the log.
+	sp.Raw = fmt.Sprintf("DX de %s: %9.1f  %-12s %-30s %s",
+		sp.Spotter, sp.FreqKHz, sp.DXCall, sp.Comment, sp.TimeUTC)
+	return sp
+}
+
 func isLoginPrompt(s string) bool {
 	low := strings.ToLower(s)
 	return strings.Contains(low, "login:") ||

internal/cluster/login_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+package cluster
+
+import (
+	"bufio"
+	"net"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+	"testing"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// A node whose whole greeting is a bare "login:" — no newline, no banner — and
+// which then demands a password must still log in.
+//
+// Reported on f5mzn.org:9000: telnet by hand worked, OpsLog sat at "connecting"
+// for ever. Two faults met there. The prompts carry no newline, and the read
+// loop only ever looked at complete LINES, so neither prompt was seen at all;
+// and the blind 1.5 s login never recorded that it had sent the callsign, which
+// left the password branch — gated on that flag — permanently switched off.
+//
+// The test speaks the node's side literally: "login:" with no newline, then
+// "password:" with no newline, then a spot. It asserts both answers arrive and
+// that the session reaches Connected without any welcome banner to lean on.
+func TestBareLoginAndPasswordPromptsWithoutNewlines(t *testing.T) {
+	ln, err := net.Listen("tcp", "127.0.0.1:0")
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatal(err)
+	}
+	defer ln.Close()
+
+	host, portStr, _ := net.SplitHostPort(ln.Addr().String())
+	port, err := strconv.Atoi(portStr)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatal(err)
+	}
+
+	type answers struct{ login, pwd string }
+	got := make(chan answers, 1)
+	go func() {
+		c, err := ln.Accept()
+		if err != nil {
+			return
+		}
+		defer c.Close()
+		rd := bufio.NewReader(c)
+		// No newline, exactly as the node sends it.
+		if _, err := c.Write([]byte("login: ")); err != nil {
+			return
+		}
+		call, err := rd.ReadString('\n')
+		if err != nil {
+			return
+		}
+		if _, err := c.Write([]byte("password: ")); err != nil {
+			return
+		}
+		pwd, err := rd.ReadString('\n')
+		if err != nil {
+			return
+		}
+		got <- answers{strings.TrimSpace(call), strings.TrimSpace(pwd)}
+		// Something to prove the link is live and parsing again afterwards.
+		_, _ = c.Write([]byte("DX de F4BPO:     14074.0  OY1CT        FT8            1234Z\r\n"))
+		time.Sleep(time.Second)
+	}()
+
+	spots := make(chan Spot, 4)
+	s := &session{
+		cfg:      ServerConfig{Name: "pwd node", Host: host, Port: port, Password: "s3cret"},
+		login:    "F4BPO",
+		onSpot:   func(sp Spot) { spots <- sp },
+		onLine:   func(Line) {},
+		onStatus: func() {},
+		stopCh:   make(chan struct{}),
+	}
+	done := make(chan error, 1)
+	go func() { _, err := s.runOnce(); done <- err }()
+	defer func() { close(s.stopCh); <-done }()
+
+	select {
+	case a := <-got:
+		if a.login != "F4BPO" {
+			t.Errorf("callsign sent = %q, want F4BPO", a.login)
+		}
+		if a.pwd != "s3cret" {
+			t.Errorf("password sent = %q, want s3cret — the prompt carried no newline", a.pwd)
+		}
+	case <-time.After(10 * time.Second):
+		t.Fatal("the node's newline-less prompts were never answered")
+	}
+
+	select {
+	case sp := <-spots:
+		if sp.DXCall != "OY1CT" {
+			t.Errorf("spot from the wrong station: %+v", sp)
+		}
+	case <-time.After(5 * time.Second):
+		t.Fatal("no spot after the login — the stream is not being parsed")
+	}
+
+	// Connected without a welcome banner: the handshake alone must be enough.
+	if st := s.snapshot().State; st != StateConnected {
+		t.Errorf("state = %q, want %q — the server would still show as connecting", st, StateConnected)
+	}
+}

internal/db/indexedcolumns_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+package db
+
+import (
+	"regexp"
+	"strings"
+	"testing"
+)
+
+// A TEXT column that an index is built on must be listed in varcharColumns.
+//
+// MySQL cannot index a TEXT column without a prefix length: the migration dies
+// with error 1170 — and it dies again on every startup afterwards, leaving the
+// operator with a logbook that will not connect and no way forward from the
+// interface. The translator only emits VARCHAR for the names in varcharColumns,
+// and that list is maintained by hand.
+//
+// So: read the migrations, work out which columns are TEXT, find which are
+// indexed, and insist the list covers the overlap. Integer columns are indexed
+// perfectly well and are none of this test's business.
+func TestIndexedTextColumnsAreVarchar(t *testing.T) {
+	files, err := migrationsFS.ReadDir("migrations")
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("read migrations: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	// name → declared type, from "ADD COLUMN name TYPE" and from the column
+	// lines inside a CREATE TABLE body.
+	declared := map[string]string{}
+	reAdd := regexp.MustCompile(`(?i)ADD\s+COLUMN\s+` + "`" + `?(\w+)` + "`" + `?\s+(\w+)`)
+	reCol := regexp.MustCompile(`(?im)^\s*` + "`" + `?(\w+)` + "`" + `?\s+(TEXT|VARCHAR|INTEGER|INT|REAL|BLOB|DATETIME|BOOLEAN)\b`)
+	reIdx := regexp.MustCompile(`(?i)CREATE\s+INDEX\s+(?:IF\s+NOT\s+EXISTS\s+)?\S+\s+ON\s+\S+\s*\(([^)]*)\)`)
+
+	var indexed []struct{ file, col string }
+	for _, f := range files {
+		if f.IsDir() || !strings.HasSuffix(f.Name(), ".sql") {
+			continue
+		}
+		body, err := migrationsFS.ReadFile("migrations/" + f.Name())
+		if err != nil {
+			t.Fatalf("read %s: %v", f.Name(), err)
+		}
+		src := string(body)
+		for _, m := range reAdd.FindAllStringSubmatch(src, -1) {
+			declared[strings.ToLower(m[1])] = strings.ToUpper(m[2])
+		}
+		for _, m := range reCol.FindAllStringSubmatch(src, -1) {
+			if _, seen := declared[strings.ToLower(m[1])]; !seen {
+				declared[strings.ToLower(m[1])] = strings.ToUpper(m[2])
+			}
+		}
+		for _, m := range reIdx.FindAllStringSubmatch(src, -1) {
+			for _, col := range strings.Split(m[1], ",") {
+				col = strings.TrimSpace(col)
+				if col == "" || strings.Contains(col, "(") {
+					continue // a prefix length or an expression is MySQL-safe already
+				}
+				col = strings.Trim(col, "`\"")
+				if i := strings.IndexAny(col, " \t"); i > 0 {
+					col = col[:i] // "col DESC"
+				}
+				indexed = append(indexed, struct{ file, col string }{f.Name(), strings.ToLower(col)})
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if len(indexed) == 0 || len(declared) == 0 {
+		t.Fatal("nothing parsed out of the migrations — this test has stopped checking anything")
+	}
+
+	textIndexed := 0
+	for _, ix := range indexed {
+		typ, known := declared[ix.col]
+		if !known || typ != "TEXT" {
+			continue // an integer index, or a column this test could not type
+		}
+		textIndexed++
+		if !varcharColumns[ix.col] {
+			t.Errorf("%s indexes the TEXT column %q, which is not in varcharColumns — "+
+				"on MySQL that migration fails with error 1170 and the logbook stops connecting for good",
+				ix.file, ix.col)
+		}
+	}
+	if textIndexed == 0 {
+		t.Fatal("no indexed TEXT column found — the parsing has drifted and this test checks nothing")
+	}
+	t.Logf("%d indexed TEXT column(s) checked against varcharColumns", textIndexed)
+}

internal/db/migrations/0029_sync_uid.sql

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+-- A stable identity per contact, for folder-based synchronisation.
+--
+-- Two PCs exchanging changes through a shared folder need to name the SAME
+-- contact in both logs. "the QSO with M0ABC at 14:32" is a guess, and the two
+-- machines can disagree about which row that is — so an edit or a deletion
+-- cannot be addressed at all without an identity that travels with the record.
+--
+-- A REAL COLUMN, indexed, rather than a key inside extras_json. The identity is
+-- looked up once per incoming change, and on a 120 000-QSO logbook scanning
+-- JSON for it would turn every sync into a full table read. A column costs one
+-- migration; the JSON would cost a scan every time.
+--
+-- sync_uid is listed in varcharColumns (internal/db/mysql.go): MySQL cannot
+-- index a TEXT column without a prefix length, and a migration that tries dies
+-- with error 1170 on every startup thereafter, with no way out from the UI.
+--
+-- Empty on every existing row, and it STAYS empty on most of them. The change
+-- log starts empty too, so contacts logged before synchronisation was switched
+-- on are never exchanged: nothing has to be copied across, and an identity is
+-- stamped only on a contact that is actually logged, edited or deleted from
+-- then on. Seeding a second machine with the existing log is a one-time copy of
+-- the database or an ADIF import, not something synchronisation does.
+ALTER TABLE qso ADD COLUMN sync_uid TEXT NOT NULL DEFAULT '';
+CREATE INDEX IF NOT EXISTS idx_qso_sync_uid ON qso (sync_uid);

internal/db/migrations/0030_lookup_iota.sql

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+-- The lookup cache gains the IOTA reference QRZ was already sending.
+--
+-- QRZ's XML carries <iota>EU-048</iota> for an operator on an island, and
+-- nothing read it — so the one place an IOTA reference can be known BEFORE the
+-- contact is logged was thrown away on every lookup. There is no live "who is
+-- on an island right now" feed anywhere (unlike POTA), which makes the callbook
+-- record the practical source.
+ALTER TABLE callsign_cache ADD COLUMN iota TEXT;

internal/db/mysql.go

@@ -67,6 +67,10 @@ var varcharColumns = map[string]bool{
 	"callsign": true, "qso_date": true, "band": true, "mode": true,
 	"grid": true, "station_callsign": true, "state": true, "contest_id": true,
 	"sat_name": true, "prop_mode": true, "sig": true, "wwff_ref": true, "skcc": true,
+	"sync_uid": true, // qso index (0029) — folder-sync identity, looked up per record
+	// A new indexed TEXT column MUST be added here. TestIndexedTextColumnsAreVarchar
+	// reads the migrations and fails if one is missing, because the alternative is
+	// a MySQL logbook that stops connecting for good on error 1170.
 	// integrations_udp index (0011)
 	"direction": true,
 	// award_references composite primary key (0017)

internal/extsvc/clublog.go

@@ -117,6 +117,13 @@ func UploadClublogADIF(ctx context.Context, client *http.Client, cfg ServiceConf
 	if api == "" {
 		api = clublogAppAPIKey
 	}
+	// putlogs.php reads the upload as an ADIF *file*, so it needs a header.
+	// Callers that already build a full document (the QSL Manager) pass one;
+	// callers that only have <EOR>-terminated records (the on-close flush) do
+	// not, and a headerless file is rejected. Same rule as the LoTW writer.
+	if !strings.Contains(strings.ToUpper(adifDoc), "<EOH>") {
+		adifDoc = "OpsLog Club Log upload\n<PROGRAMID:6>OpsLog <EOH>\n" + adifDoc
+	}
 
 	var buf bytes.Buffer
 	mw := multipart.NewWriter(&buf)

internal/extsvc/eqsl.go

@@ -267,6 +267,78 @@ func UploadEQSL(ctx context.Context, client *http.Client, user, pswd, qthNick, a
 	return UploadResult{OK: false, Message: reason}, fmt.Errorf("eqsl: upload failed: %s", reason)
 }
 
+// eqslBatchMax is the largest number of records eQSL asks a single upload to
+// carry ("upload only files smaller than about 1000 records at a time", eQSL's
+// own ImportADIF interface notes). Callers chunk to this.
+const eqslBatchMax = 1000
+
+// UploadEQSLBatch pushes MANY ADIF records to eQSL.cc in ONE request.
+//
+// ImportADIF.cfm is a file importer, not a per-QSO endpoint: it takes one *or
+// more* QSOs and answers "Result: X out of Y records added" — the plural in its
+// own reply. So an on-close sweep or a bulk upload is one request, not one per
+// contact. No ADIF header is prepended: the single-record path has always posted
+// bare <EOR> records and eQSL accepts them (per ADIF, a file starting with '<'
+// has no header), and there is no reason to change what is known to work.
+//
+// A PARTIAL result ("97 out of 100") sets Ignored so the caller can say so.
+// eQSL does not identify which records it left out, and in practice they are
+// QSOs it already holds — the same duplicate that UploadEQSL reports as success.
+func UploadEQSLBatch(ctx context.Context, client *http.Client, user, pswd, qthNick string, records []string) (UploadResult, error) {
+	user = strings.ToUpper(strings.TrimSpace(user))
+	if user == "" {
+		return UploadResult{}, fmt.Errorf("eqsl: username (callsign) not set")
+	}
+	if strings.TrimSpace(pswd) == "" {
+		return UploadResult{}, fmt.Errorf("eqsl: password not set")
+	}
+	docs := make([]string, 0, len(records))
+	for _, r := range records {
+		if strings.TrimSpace(r) == "" {
+			continue
+		}
+		docs = append(docs, eqslRecordWithNickname(strings.TrimRight(r, "\r\n"), qthNick))
+	}
+	if len(docs) == 0 {
+		return UploadResult{}, fmt.Errorf("eqsl: empty adif batch")
+	}
+	if len(docs) > eqslBatchMax {
+		return UploadResult{}, fmt.Errorf("eqsl: batch of %d exceeds the %d-record limit", len(docs), eqslBatchMax)
+	}
+
+	body, err := eqslPost(ctx, client, user, pswd, strings.Join(docs, "\n"))
+	if err != nil {
+		return UploadResult{OK: false, Message: body}, err
+	}
+	if reason := authErrEQSL(body); reason != "" {
+		return UploadResult{OK: false, Message: reason}, fmt.Errorf("eqsl: %s", reason)
+	}
+
+	// The counted result is read FIRST here, unlike the single-record path: a
+	// batch reply routinely carries both "Result: 97 out of 100 records added"
+	// and a "Bad record: Duplicate" line for the other three, and matching the
+	// duplicate first would throw away the count that says the rest went in.
+	if m := eqslResultRe.FindStringSubmatch(body); m != nil {
+		added, _ := strconv.Atoi(m[1])
+		total, _ := strconv.Atoi(m[2])
+		if added >= 1 {
+			return UploadResult{OK: true, Message: strings.TrimSpace(m[0]), Ignored: added < total}, nil
+		}
+		// "0 out of N" — nothing added. A re-upload of QSOs eQSL already holds
+		// lands here, and that is not a failure.
+		if strings.Contains(strings.ToLower(body), "duplicate") {
+			return UploadResult{OK: true, Message: "already in logbook"}, nil
+		}
+		reason := eqslReason(body)
+		return UploadResult{OK: false, Message: reason}, fmt.Errorf("eqsl: batch upload failed: %s", reason)
+	}
+	if strings.Contains(strings.ToLower(body), "duplicate") {
+		return UploadResult{OK: true, Message: "already in logbook"}, nil
+	}
+	reason := eqslReason(body)
+	return UploadResult{OK: false, Message: reason}, fmt.Errorf("eqsl: batch upload failed: %s", reason)
+}
+
 // eqslReason trims an eQSL reply to a short human-readable reason: the first
 // "Error:" / "Warning:" / "Bad record:" line if present, else the whole body
 // (capped), else a generic phrase.

internal/extsvc/manager.go

@@ -295,9 +295,10 @@ func (m *Manager) CloseUploadCount() int {
 }
 
 // FlushOnClose uploads every QSO due for an on-close push, scanning the whole
-// logbook (not just this session). Called from the shutdown sequence. QRZ/Club
-// Log go one-by-one (fast HTTP); LoTW is signed and uploaded as a single TQSL
-// batch. Returns the number of QSOs uploaded successfully.
+// logbook (not just this session). Called from the shutdown sequence. QRZ and
+// the rest go one-by-one (fast HTTP, no batch API); LoTW is signed and uploaded
+// as a single TQSL batch, and Club Log goes through its batch endpoint.
+// Returns the number of QSOs uploaded successfully.
 func (m *Manager) FlushOnClose() int {
 	if m.deps.CloseUploadIDs == nil {
 		return 0
@@ -312,41 +313,190 @@ func (m *Manager) FlushOnClose() int {
 		switch svc {
 		case ServiceLoTW:
 			uploaded += m.flushLoTWBatch(ids, cfg.LoTW)
-		case ServiceQRZ:
-			for _, id := range ids {
-				if ok, _ := m.upload(svc, id, cfg.QRZ); ok {
-					uploaded++
-				}
-			}
 		case ServiceClublog:
-			for _, id := range ids {
-				if ok, _ := m.upload(svc, id, cfg.Clublog); ok {
-					uploaded++
-				}
-			}
-		case ServiceHRDLog:
-			for _, id := range ids {
-				if ok, _ := m.upload(svc, id, cfg.HRDLog); ok {
-					uploaded++
-				}
-			}
+			uploaded += m.flushClublogBatch(ids, cfg.Clublog)
 		case ServiceEQSL:
-			for _, id := range ids {
-				if ok, _ := m.upload(svc, id, cfg.EQSL); ok {
-					uploaded++
-				}
-			}
+			uploaded += m.flushEQSLBatch(ids, cfg.EQSL)
+		case ServiceQRZ:
+			uploaded += m.flushOneByOne(svc, ids, cfg.QRZ)
+		case ServiceHRDLog:
+			uploaded += m.flushOneByOne(svc, ids, cfg.HRDLog)
 		case ServiceCloudlog:
-			for _, id := range ids {
-				if ok, _ := m.upload(svc, id, cfg.Cloudlog); ok {
-					uploaded++
-				}
-			}
+			uploaded += m.flushOneByOne(svc, ids, cfg.Cloudlog)
 		}
 	}
 	return uploaded
 }
 
+// uploadPace is the shortest gap between two consecutive single-QSO uploads in
+// an on-close sweep. QRZ, HRDLog and Cloudlog have no batch endpoint — HRDLog's
+// NewEntry.aspx keeps only the first record of a multi-record ADIF — so a sweep
+// of a freshly imported log is unavoidably one request per contact. It does not
+// have to arrive as fast as the link allows, though: that burst is what a
+// service reads as a robot, and what got an operator's IP threatened at Club Log
+// (see flushClublogBatch). The gap costs nothing in practice, since a round trip
+// to any of these already takes longer than it.
+const uploadPace = 200 * time.Millisecond
+
+// flushOneByOne uploads ids one request at a time, paced. For the services that
+// have no batch API; everything else has its own flush<Service>Batch.
+func (m *Manager) flushOneByOne(svc Service, ids []int64, cfg ServiceConfig) int {
+	uploaded := 0
+	for i, id := range ids {
+		if i > 0 {
+			time.Sleep(uploadPace)
+		}
+		if ok, _ := m.upload(svc, id, cfg); ok {
+			uploaded++
+		}
+	}
+	return uploaded
+}
+
+// eqslBatchChunk is how many QSOs go into one ImportADIF.cfm request. eQSL's own
+// limit is ten times this (eqslBatchMax); the smaller chunk keeps one refused
+// record from taking a thousand others down with it, and keeps the form body
+// small enough to be unremarkable.
+const eqslBatchChunk = 100
+
+// flushEQSLBatch uploads the on-close eQSL QSOs through ImportADIF.cfm in
+// batches instead of one request per contact. Same reasoning as
+// flushClublogBatch — eQSL's import endpoint has always taken a whole file, so
+// the one-at-a-time loop was making hundreds of requests it never needed to.
+func (m *Manager) flushEQSLBatch(ids []int64, cfg ServiceConfig) int {
+	uploaded := 0
+	var records []string
+	var kept []int64
+
+	send := func() {
+		if len(records) == 0 {
+			return
+		}
+		// nil client: UploadEQSLBatch then builds one with a 30 s timeout rather
+		// than reusing the 20 s budget of a single realtime QSO.
+		res, err := UploadEQSLBatch(context.Background(), nil, cfg.Username, cfg.Password, cfg.QTHNickname, records)
+		if err != nil || !res.OK {
+			if err == nil {
+				err = errFromResult(res)
+			}
+			m.logf("extsvc: eqsl batch upload (%d QSOs) failed: %v", len(kept), err)
+			if m.deps.NotifyError != nil {
+				m.deps.NotifyError(ServiceEQSL, 0, err)
+			}
+		} else {
+			// res.Ignored means eQSL took the file but left records out. Say the
+			// count out loud: the whole chunk is still marked sent (eQSL never
+			// says WHICH it dropped, and in practice they are QSOs it already
+			// had), so the log line is the only trace of the shortfall.
+			if res.Ignored {
+				m.logf("extsvc: eqsl batch upload PARTIAL (%d QSOs sent) %s", len(kept), res.Message)
+			} else {
+				m.logf("extsvc: eqsl batch upload OK (%d QSOs) %s", len(kept), res.Message)
+			}
+			if m.deps.MarkUploaded != nil {
+				for _, id := range kept {
+					m.deps.MarkUploaded(ServiceEQSL, id, res.LogID)
+				}
+			}
+			uploaded += len(kept)
+		}
+		records = records[:0]
+		kept = kept[:0]
+	}
+
+	for _, id := range ids {
+		if m.deps.ShouldUpload != nil && !m.deps.ShouldUpload(ServiceEQSL, id) {
+			continue
+		}
+		// eQSL keeps the QSO's own station call; the account is identified by the
+		// credentials and the optional QTH nickname — as in upload().
+		rec, ok := m.deps.BuildADIF(id, "")
+		if !ok {
+			continue
+		}
+		records = append(records, rec)
+		kept = append(kept, id)
+		if len(records) >= eqslBatchChunk {
+			send()
+		}
+	}
+	send()
+	return uploaded
+}
+
+// clublogBatchChunk is how many QSOs go into one putlogs.php request. Club Log
+// dedupes server-side, so chunking is not about correctness — it keeps a single
+// malformed record from failing a whole ten-thousand-QSO document, and matches
+// what the QSL Manager's bulk upload already uses.
+const clublogBatchChunk = 100
+
+// flushClublogBatch uploads the on-close Club Log QSOs through the BATCH
+// endpoint (putlogs.php) rather than one realtime.php call each.
+//
+// It used to walk the ids and call UploadClublog per QSO. On-close upload sweeps
+// the WHOLE logbook, so importing an ADIF — or simply switching Club Log on over
+// an existing log — turned one app close into hundreds of realtime.php posts.
+// That endpoint is reserved for an operator logging contacts as they work them,
+// and Club Log blocks the IP of anything that batches through it: an OpsLog user
+// was flagged by G7VJR for 185 QSOs in four minutes, which is this loop, not a
+// pile-up. Batch upload is the mechanism Club Log provides for exactly this.
+func (m *Manager) flushClublogBatch(ids []int64, cfg ServiceConfig) int {
+	uploaded := 0
+	var records []string
+	var kept []int64
+
+	send := func() {
+		if len(records) == 0 {
+			return
+		}
+		// nil client on purpose: UploadClublogADIF then builds one with a 120 s
+		// timeout. m.deps.Client is the 20 s budget of a single realtime QSO,
+		// which a hundred-QSO document on a slow link would blow through.
+		res, err := UploadClublogADIF(context.Background(), nil, cfg, strings.Join(records, "\n"))
+		if err != nil || !res.OK {
+			if err == nil {
+				err = errFromResult(res)
+			}
+			m.logf("extsvc: clublog batch upload (%d QSOs) failed: %v", len(kept), err)
+			if m.deps.NotifyError != nil {
+				m.deps.NotifyError(ServiceClublog, 0, err)
+			}
+		} else {
+			m.logf("extsvc: clublog batch upload OK (%d QSOs) %s", len(kept), res.Message)
+			if m.deps.MarkUploaded != nil {
+				for _, id := range kept {
+					m.deps.MarkUploaded(ServiceClublog, id, res.LogID)
+				}
+			}
+			uploaded += len(kept)
+		}
+		records = records[:0]
+		kept = kept[:0]
+	}
+
+	for _, id := range ids {
+		// Skip QSOs not eligible (already sent). The wrong-logbook guard that
+		// upload() applies per QSO is not repeated here: closeUploadIDs has
+		// already filtered the sweep down to this logbook's callsign.
+		if m.deps.ShouldUpload != nil && !m.deps.ShouldUpload(ServiceClublog, id) {
+			continue
+		}
+		// Club Log takes the logbook callsign as its own form field, so the ADIF
+		// keeps the QSO's own station call (no override) — as in upload().
+		rec, ok := m.deps.BuildADIF(id, "")
+		if !ok {
+			continue
+		}
+		records = append(records, rec)
+		kept = append(kept, id)
+		if len(records) >= clublogBatchChunk {
+			send()
+		}
+	}
+	send()
+	return uploaded
+}
+
 // flushLoTWBatch signs+uploads all queued LoTW QSOs in one TQSL run, then
 // stamps each as uploaded on success.
 func (m *Manager) flushLoTWBatch(ids []int64, cfg ServiceConfig) int {

internal/integrations/udp/remotetune_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+package udp
+
+import "testing"
+
+// A remote-call <FREQ> arrives in whatever unit the sender happens to use, and
+// the same sender uses more than one. Every form has to land on the same dial
+// frequency, because the alternative is a rig sent to the wrong band.
+func TestRemoteTuneUnits(t *testing.T) {
+	const m20 = 14_074_000
+	for _, c := range []struct {
+		in   string
+		want int64
+		why  string
+	}{
+		{"14.074", m20, "MHz, the documented DXHunter form"},
+		{"10.136", 10_136_000, "MHz, 30 m"},
+		{"14074", m20, "kHz"},
+		{"14074.0", m20, "kHz with a decimal point"},
+		{"1407400", m20, "tens of Hz — what N1MM RadioInfo publishes, echoed back"},
+		{"2107400", 21_074_000, "the value from the field log that failed every time"},
+		{"14074000", m20, "Hz"},
+		{"7000000", 7_000_000, "Hz on 40 m, not tens of Hz on 4 m"},
+		{"0", 0, "no frequency"},
+		{"999999999999", 0, "nothing plausible — tune nothing rather than guess"},
+		{"abc", 0, "not a number"},
+	} {
+		if got := remoteTuneHz(c.in); got != c.want {
+			t.Errorf("remoteTuneHz(%q) = %d, want %d (%s)", c.in, got, c.want, c.why)
+		}
+	}
+}

internal/integrations/udp/selfecho_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+package udp
+
+import (
+	"net"
+	"testing"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// feed runs one datagram through a remote-call listener and returns the event
+// it produced, or nil.
+func feed(t *testing.T, pkt []byte) *Event {
+	t.Helper()
+	out := make(chan Event, 4)
+	s := &Server{
+		cfg: Config{ID: 1, Name: "DX HUNTER", ServiceType: ServiceRemoteCall, Port: 2241},
+		out: out,
+	}
+	s.handle(pkt, &net.UDPAddr{IP: net.IPv4(127, 0, 0, 1), Port: 2241})
+	select {
+	case ev := <-out:
+		return &ev
+	case <-time.After(200 * time.Millisecond):
+		return nil
+	}
+}
+
+// A RadioInfo datagram must never be read as a remote-call request.
+//
+// This is the loop from a reported session. An inbound remote-call row and an
+// outbound RadioInfo row shared port 2241, so every datagram OpsLog sent came
+// straight back on the loopback. The tag-stripping heuristic read its last
+// token — <ActiveRadioNr>1</ActiveRadioNr> — as the callsign "1", and <Freq> as
+// a tune request for the frequency the rig was already on.
+//
+// It stayed harmless only while <Freq> was misread as MHz: the tune failed "out
+// of the CAT range" and the loop died there. Reading the unit correctly closed
+// it, and with JTDX "Fake It" — which shifts the dial for every over — each
+// transmission set off a burst of sets echoing between OpsLog and itself until
+// the rig stopped answering IF; and the shared CAT link dropped.
+func TestRadioInfoIsNotARemoteCall(t *testing.T) {
+	pkt := BuildN1MMRadioInfo("F5PHW", 24_915_000, 24_915_000, "FT8", "F5PHW")
+
+	// The trap this closes: the payload really does parse as a plausible dial
+	// frequency, so nothing downstream would have questioned it.
+	m := remoteFreqRe.FindStringSubmatch(string(pkt))
+	if m == nil {
+		t.Fatal("the RadioInfo no longer carries a <Freq> — this test is checking nothing")
+	}
+	if hz := remoteTuneHz(m[1]); hz != 24_915_000 {
+		t.Fatalf("remoteTuneHz(%q) = %d — the dial frequency back is what made the loop live", m[1], hz)
+	}
+
+	if ev := feed(t, pkt); ev != nil {
+		t.Errorf("a RadioInfo produced a remote-call event %+v — the rig would be re-tuned to where it already is", *ev)
+	}
+}
+
+// A callsign has a letter in it. Refusing by shape as well as by name means the
+// next program to broadcast its state on this port cannot drive the rig either.
+func TestRemoteCallNeedsALetter(t *testing.T) {
+	for _, body := range []string{"<CALLSIGN>1</CALLSIGN>", "<CALLSIGN>0</CALLSIGN>", "12345"} {
+		if ev := feed(t, []byte(body)); ev != nil {
+			t.Errorf("%q was accepted as a callsign: %+v", body, *ev)
+		}
+	}
+	// A genuine spot click still gets through, tune request and all.
+	ev := feed(t, []byte("<CALLSIGN>OJ0YL<FREQ>10.112<MODE>CW"))
+	if ev == nil {
+		t.Fatal("a genuine spot click produced no event")
+	}
+	if ev.DXCall != "OJ0YL" || ev.TuneFreqHz != 10_112_000 || ev.TuneMode != "CW" {
+		t.Errorf("spot click decoded as %+v, want OJ0YL / 10112000 Hz / CW", *ev)
+	}
+}

internal/integrations/udp/server.go

@@ -17,6 +17,38 @@ import (
 	"hamlog/internal/applog"
 )
 
+// remoteTuneHz turns a <FREQ> value from a remote-call packet into Hz.
+//
+// The field has NO agreed unit, and the same sender uses two of them. DXHunter
+// documents "<FREQ>10.136" — MHz — but a log from a working station showed it
+// echoing "<FREQ>2107400" straight back: the frequency OpsLog had just
+// published to it in the N1MM RadioInfo broadcast, whose <Freq> is in units of
+// 10 Hz. Read as MHz, that asked the rig for 2 107 400 MHz, and every tune
+// request failed with "out of the 11-digit CAT range" from the first second
+// after launch.
+//
+// So the unit is inferred: try each one and keep the first that lands on an
+// amateur band. Anything a station is asked to tune to is, by definition, in
+// one. Hz is tried before 10 Hz because the one overlap between them — a 40 m
+// frequency in Hz reads as a 4 m one in tens of Hz — is far more likely to be
+// 40 m. Nothing plausible means nothing is tuned: a wrong band is worse than a
+// request that visibly did nothing.
+func remoteTuneHz(s string) int64 {
+	v, err := strconv.ParseFloat(s, 64)
+	if err != nil || v <= 0 {
+		return 0
+	}
+	for _, hz := range []int64{int64(v * 1e6), int64(v * 1e3), int64(v), int64(v * 10)} {
+		if bandFromHz(hz) != "" {
+			return hz
+		}
+	}
+	// Refusing in silence is how the previous version's failure looked from the
+	// outside: a spot clicked in another program, and nothing happening here.
+	applog.Printf("udp: remote_call <FREQ>%s is not a frequency in any amateur band in MHz, kHz or Hz — not tuning\n", s)
+	return 0
+}
+
 // remoteFreqRe / remoteModeRe pull the optional tune request out of a
 // ServiceRemoteCall packet: "<FREQ>10.136" (MHz) and "<MODE>FT8". Both accept
 // an optional closing tag for proper-XML senders.
@@ -391,15 +423,32 @@ func (s *Server) handle(pkt []byte, remote *net.UDPAddr) {
 		// Strip every angle-bracket tag, normalise whitespace, take the
 		// last non-empty token. Upper-case for downstream consistency.
 		text := string(pkt)
+		// NEVER act on an N1MM RadioInfo datagram.
+		//
+		// It is not a spot click, it is a radio TELLING the world where it is —
+		// and on a station where an inbound remote-call row and an outbound
+		// RadioInfo row share a port, the one OpsLog just sent arrives straight
+		// back on the loopback. The tag-stripping below then reads its last token,
+		// <ActiveRadioNr>1</ActiveRadioNr>, as the callsign "1", and <Freq> as a
+		// tune request — for the frequency the rig is already on.
+		//
+		// That was harmless only for as long as <Freq> was misread: in tens of Hz
+		// it looks like a wild number, every tune failed "out of the CAT range",
+		// and the loop died there. Reading the unit correctly closed it. With
+		// WSJT-X/JTDX "Fake It", which shifts the dial for each over, every
+		// transmission then produced a burst of sets echoing between OpsLog and
+		// itself until the rig stopped answering IF; and the shared CAT link
+		// dropped. Reported as Fake It causing CAT disconnections.
+		if low := strings.ToLower(text); strings.Contains(low, "<radioinfo") {
+			return
+		}
 		// Optional tune request: <FREQ>MHz and <MODE>str ride along with the
 		// callsign so a DXHunter spot click can drive OpsLog's CAT. Extract
 		// (and cut) them BEFORE the generic tag-stripping below, which would
 		// otherwise leave their values as stray tokens and corrupt the
 		// "last token = callsign" heuristic.
 		if m := remoteFreqRe.FindStringSubmatch(text); m != nil {
-			if mhz, err := strconv.ParseFloat(m[1], 64); err == nil && mhz > 0 {
-				ev.TuneFreqHz = int64(mhz * 1e6)
-			}
+			ev.TuneFreqHz = remoteTuneHz(m[1])
 			text = strings.Replace(text, m[0], " ", 1)
 		}
 		if m := remoteModeRe.FindStringSubmatch(text); m != nil {
@@ -424,7 +473,16 @@ func (s *Server) handle(pkt []byte, remote *net.UDPAddr) {
 		if len(parts) == 0 {
 			return
 		}
-		ev.DXCall = strings.ToUpper(parts[len(parts)-1])
+		call := strings.ToUpper(parts[len(parts)-1])
+		// A callsign has a letter in it. Without this, any status XML that ends
+		// in a number is read as a station — the RadioInfo above was exactly
+		// that, and refusing it by shape as well as by name means the next
+		// program to broadcast its state on this port cannot drive the rig
+		// either.
+		if !strings.ContainsAny(call, "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ") {
+			return
+		}
+		ev.DXCall = call
 	case ServiceN1MM:
 		adifText, ok, err := ParseN1MM(pkt)
 		if err != nil {
@@ -568,10 +626,36 @@ func (m *Manager) Reload(ctx context.Context) []string {
 		m.inbound[c.ID] = srv
 		m.mu.Unlock()
 	}
+	warnSharedPorts(cfgs)
 	applog.Printf("udp: Reload done — %d server(s) running, %d error(s)", len(m.inbound), len(errs))
 	return errs
 }
 
+// warnSharedPorts names an inbound and an outbound row sitting on the same
+// port, because that is a loop: what OpsLog sends there, OpsLog receives.
+//
+// It is how a station ended up re-tuning its own rig from its own RadioInfo
+// broadcasts. The parser refuses that particular payload now, but the
+// arrangement stays wrong for anything else that lands on the port, and it is
+// invisible in a settings panel that shows one row at a time.
+func warnSharedPorts(cfgs []Config) {
+	in := map[int]string{}
+	for _, c := range cfgs {
+		if c.Enabled && c.Direction != Outbound {
+			in[c.Port] = c.Name
+		}
+	}
+	for _, c := range cfgs {
+		if !c.Enabled || c.Direction != Outbound {
+			continue
+		}
+		if name, ok := in[c.Port]; ok {
+			applog.Printf("udp: %q sends on port %d and %q listens on it — OpsLog will receive its own messages there; give one of the two another port",
+				c.Name, c.Port, name)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
 // Outbound returns the active outbound configs matching a service type.
 // Used by the QSO save path to push notifications to listeners.
 func (m *Manager) Outbound(service ServiceType) []Config {

internal/lookup/QRZ-XML-FIELDS.md

@@ -46,6 +46,51 @@ street, no image.
 </Callsign>
 ```
 
+```
+<QRZDatabase xmlns="http://xmldata.qrz.com" version="1.36">
+<div id="in-page-channel-node-id" data-channel-name="in_page_channel_ogW01U"/>
+<Callsign>
+<call>F5IRH</call>
+<dxcc>227</dxcc>
+<fname>AVRILLON</fname>
+<name>Max</name>
+<addr1>La Grand Prairie</addr1>
+<addr2>Le Palais BELLE-ILE-EN-MER</addr2>
+<zip>56360</zip>
+<country>France</country>
+<lat>47.339686</lat>
+<lon>-3.156500</lon>
+<grid>IN87ki</grid>
+<ccode>97</ccode>
+<land>France</land>
+<codes>TP</codes>
+<qslmgr>VIA BURO</qslmgr>
+<email>f5irh@free.fr</email>
+<u_views>8005</u_views>
+<bio>2463</bio>
+<biodate>2015-07-16 00:29:49</biodate>
+<image>https://cdn-xml.qrz.com/h/f5irh/qsl_F5IRH_111-3.JPG</image>
+<imageinfo>518:799:105108</imageinfo>
+<moddate>2010-08-05 01:05:37</moddate>
+<eqsl>0</eqsl>
+<mqsl>0</mqsl>
+<cqzone>14</cqzone>
+<iota>EU-048</iota>
+<lotw>0</lotw>
+<geoloc>user</geoloc>
+<name_fmt>AVRILLON Max</name_fmt>
+<serial>1570698</serial>
+</Callsign>
+<Session>
+<Key>e5ca5b3e7f88d733408ab7677e605270</Key>
+<Count>161639</Count>
+<SubExp>Sat Jul 3 21:45:38 2027</SubExp>
+<GMTime>Sun Aug 16 21:14:40 2026</GMTime>
+<Remark>cpu: 0.073s</Remark>
+</Session>
+</QRZDatabase>
+```
+
 ## Consequences
 
 - **A free QRZ account can never fill the locator, the coordinates, the zones

internal/lookup/cache_iota_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+package lookup
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"path/filepath"
+	"testing"
+
+	"hamlog/internal/db"
+)
+
+func testCache(t *testing.T) *Cache {
+	t.Helper()
+	conn, err := db.Open(filepath.Join(t.TempDir(), "c.db"))
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("open: %v", err)
+	}
+	t.Cleanup(func() { conn.Close() })
+	return NewCache(conn, 0)
+}
+
+// Adding a field to the cache leaves every row already in it without that field,
+// and the cache lasts thirty days. So a callsign looked up before the change
+// would go a MONTH without its island reference — which is exactly what the
+// first test of the feature ran into: a QRZ record plainly carrying
+// <iota>EU-048</iota>, and no IOTA on the entry.
+//
+// A row that predates the column is therefore treated as stale and refetched
+// once. NULL and "" mean different things here, and that is the whole mechanism.
+func TestCacheRefetchesRowsWrittenBeforeTheIOTAColumn(t *testing.T) {
+	c := testCache(t)
+	ctx := context.Background()
+
+	// An operator with an island: stored and returned.
+	if err := c.Put(ctx, Result{Callsign: "F5IRH", Name: "Max", IOTA: "EU-048", Source: "qrz"}); err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("put: %v", err)
+	}
+	got, ok := c.Get(ctx, "F5IRH")
+	if !ok || got.IOTA != "EU-048" {
+		t.Fatalf("Get = (%+v,%v), want the island back", got, ok)
+	}
+
+	// An operator with NO island: an empty string is stored, and the row stays
+	// usable. If this wrote NULL, every ordinary callsign would refetch for ever.
+	if err := c.Put(ctx, Result{Callsign: "M0ABC", Name: "Ann", Source: "qrz"}); err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("put: %v", err)
+	}
+	got, ok = c.Get(ctx, "M0ABC")
+	if !ok {
+		t.Fatal("a callsign with no island was treated as stale — every lookup would repeat for ever")
+	}
+	if got.IOTA != "" {
+		t.Errorf("IOTA = %q for an operator with no island", got.IOTA)
+	}
+}

internal/lookup/cache_off_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+package lookup
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"testing"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// A TTL of zero means no cache: nothing is read from it, and nothing is written
+// to it either.
+//
+// It is a real thing to want. An operator correcting their own QRZ record — or
+// chasing a DXpedition whose page changes during the operation — otherwise
+// waits out thirty days before OpsLog will ask again. Clearing the cache by
+// hand works once; switching it off is the setting for a session where the
+// answers are moving.
+func TestATTLOfZeroSwitchesTheCacheOff(t *testing.T) {
+	c := testCache(t)
+	ctx := context.Background()
+
+	if err := c.Put(ctx, Result{Callsign: "M0ABC", Name: "Ann", Source: "qrz"}); err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("put: %v", err)
+	}
+	if _, ok := c.Get(ctx, "M0ABC"); !ok {
+		t.Fatal("the cache did not hold a fresh entry while switched on")
+	}
+
+	c.SetTTL(0)
+	if c.Enabled() {
+		t.Error("Enabled() is true with a zero TTL")
+	}
+	if _, ok := c.Get(ctx, "M0ABC"); ok {
+		t.Error("a cached entry was still returned with the cache off — the provider would never be asked again")
+	}
+	// And nothing new is stored: those rows would only sit there going stale,
+	// waiting for the day the cache is switched back on.
+	if err := c.Put(ctx, Result{Callsign: "M0XYZ", Name: "Bob", Source: "qrz"}); err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("put with the cache off: %v", err)
+	}
+	c.SetTTL(30 * 24 * time.Hour)
+	if _, ok := c.Get(ctx, "M0XYZ"); ok {
+		t.Error("a lookup made while the cache was off was written to it anyway")
+	}
+	// The entry from before it was switched off is still there — switching off
+	// is not the same as clearing, and the Clear cache button remains the way to
+	// throw the contents away.
+	if _, ok := c.Get(ctx, "M0ABC"); !ok {
+		t.Error("switching the cache off discarded what it already held")
+	}
+}
+
+// A negative lifetime is meaningless, and rounding it into either "off" or a
+// default would be a guess. It is ignored instead.
+func TestANegativeTTLIsIgnored(t *testing.T) {
+	c := testCache(t)
+	c.SetTTL(7 * 24 * time.Hour)
+	c.SetTTL(-1)
+	if !c.Enabled() {
+		t.Fatal("a negative TTL switched the cache off")
+	}
+	if c.ttl != 7*24*time.Hour {
+		t.Errorf("ttl = %v after a negative value, want the 7 days it already had", c.ttl)
+	}
+}
+
+// The constructor's zero is the DEFAULT, not "off": at startup the settings
+// have not been read, and beginning with no cache would hammer the provider for
+// the first seconds of every launch.
+func TestNewCacheWithZeroStillCaches(t *testing.T) {
+	c := testCache(t) // built with NewCache(conn, 0)
+	if !c.Enabled() {
+		t.Error("a cache built with a zero TTL started switched off")
+	}
+}

internal/lookup/lookup.go

@@ -41,6 +41,10 @@ type Result struct {
 	// along and nothing ever filled it, because no provider mapping read the
 	// field.
 	Web string `json:"web,omitempty"`
+	// IOTA is the island reference (EU-048) for an operator on one. QRZ sends it
+	// and nothing used to read it — and since no live activation feed exists for
+	// IOTA the way it does for POTA, the callbook record is the practical source.
+	IOTA string `json:"iota,omitempty"`
 	// Zip is the postal code. HamQTH and QRZ both send one.
 	Zip       string    `json:"zip,omitempty"`
 	ImageURL  string    `json:"image_url,omitempty"` // profile picture URL
@@ -191,10 +195,7 @@ func (m *Manager) Lookup(ctx context.Context, callsign string) (Result, error) {
 			// operator was looking the call up for, and it came back empty while
 			// the same lookup without the suffix answered perfectly.
 			if !saysNothingAboutLocation(call) {
-				r.Country, r.Continent = "", ""
-				r.CQZ, r.ITUZ, r.DXCC = 0, 0, 0
-				r.Lat, r.Lon = 0, 0
-				r.Grid, r.State, r.County = "", "", ""
+				clearHomeLocation(&r)
 			}
 			fillFromDXCC(&r, dxcc) // entity/zones/lat-lon from the FULL (slashed) call
 			normalizeNames(&r)
@@ -374,6 +375,17 @@ func titleCase(s string) string {
 // the DXCC number since QRZ's value is wrong and we don't have an entity
 // → DXCC# table yet.
 // Returns true if any field was filled.
+// clearHomeLocation drops the fields that say WHERE a callbook record's operator
+// lives, and keeps the ones that say WHO they are — name, address, QSL route.
+// A portable operator's cards still go to the home address, so that address is
+// not wrong; their county is.
+func clearHomeLocation(r *Result) {
+	r.Country, r.Continent = "", ""
+	r.CQZ, r.ITUZ, r.DXCC = 0, 0, 0
+	r.Lat, r.Lon = 0, 0
+	r.Grid, r.State, r.County = "", "", ""
+}
+
 func fillFromDXCC(r *Result, dxcc DXCCResolver) bool {
 	if dxcc == nil {
 		return false
@@ -383,6 +395,33 @@ func fillFromDXCC(r *Result, dxcc DXCCResolver) bool {
 		return false
 	}
 	filled := false
+
+	// A subdivision belongs to an ENTITY, so a record describing one entity has
+	// nothing to say about a station operating from another.
+	//
+	// TI8/W2RE came back as a Costa Rica contact in Dutchess County, New York, on
+	// square FN31 — W2RE's home details, from a QRZ page that carries the home
+	// mailing address as most portable pages do. CNTY is *defined* as a US
+	// county, so that is not a cosmetic slip: it is a US county award credit
+	// recorded against a Costa Rica QSO, and a distance and beam heading computed
+	// from a square 3,600 km from where the station actually is.
+	//
+	// The home-call fallback above already clears these, but it only runs when NO
+	// provider had the slashed form. An operator with a page for their portable
+	// call never reached it. Cleared here instead, where the operating entity is
+	// known — which also heals rows already in the cache, since every cache hit
+	// comes back through here.
+	//
+	// Same-entity portables (F4BPO/P, W2RE/2) are untouched: the entities match,
+	// and there the home details ARE where the operator is.
+	if dxccNum != 0 && strings.ContainsRune(r.Callsign, '/') && !saysNothingAboutLocation(r.Callsign) {
+		if home := homeCall(r.Callsign); home != "" && home != r.Callsign {
+			if homeNum, _, _, _, _, _, _, homeOK := dxcc.Resolve(home); homeOK && homeNum != 0 && homeNum != dxccNum {
+				clearHomeLocation(r)
+				filled = true
+			}
+		}
+	}
 	if country != "" {
 		r.Country = country
 		filled = true
@@ -428,11 +467,21 @@ func fillFromDXCC(r *Result, dxcc DXCCResolver) bool {
 // ----- Cache -----
 
 // Cache is a SQLite-backed cache of lookup results with a TTL.
+//
+// A ttl of zero means NO CACHE: every lookup goes to the provider. That is a
+// real thing to want — an operator correcting their own QRZ record, or chasing
+// a DXpedition whose page changes during the operation, otherwise waits out the
+// cache before OpsLog will look again.
 type Cache struct {
 	db  *sql.DB
 	ttl time.Duration
 }
 
+// NewCache builds the cache. A ttl of zero here is the CONSTRUCTOR default
+// (thirty days), not "off": at startup the settings have not been read yet, and
+// starting with no cache would hammer the provider for the first seconds of
+// every launch. Switching it off is a decision the operator makes, through
+// SetTTL, once their settings are known.
 func NewCache(db *sql.DB, ttl time.Duration) *Cache {
 	if ttl <= 0 {
 		ttl = 30 * 24 * time.Hour
@@ -440,25 +489,35 @@ func NewCache(db *sql.DB, ttl time.Duration) *Cache {
 	return &Cache{db: db, ttl: ttl}
 }
 
-// SetTTL updates the cache TTL (e.g. when user changes settings).
+// SetTTL updates the cache lifetime.
+//
+// ZERO switches the cache OFF — nothing is read from it and nothing is written
+// to it. A NEGATIVE value is meaningless and is ignored, rather than being
+// rounded into one of the two meanings above.
 func (c *Cache) SetTTL(ttl time.Duration) {
-	if ttl > 0 {
+	if ttl >= 0 {
 		c.ttl = ttl
 	}
 }
 
+// Enabled reports whether anything is being cached at all.
+func (c *Cache) Enabled() bool { return c != nil && c.ttl > 0 }
+
 // Get returns the cached result if present and not expired.
 func (c *Cache) Get(ctx context.Context, callsign string) (Result, bool) {
+	if !c.Enabled() {
+		return Result{}, false
+	}
 	row := c.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, `
         SELECT callsign, name, qth, address, state, cnty, country, grid,
                lat, lon, dxcc, cqz, ituz, cont, email, qsl_via, image_url,
-               web, zip, source, fetched_at
+               web, zip, iota, source, fetched_at
         FROM callsign_cache WHERE callsign = ?`, callsign)
 	var (
 		r                                         Result
 		name, qth, addr, state, cnty              sql.NullString
 		country, grid, cont, email, qslVia, image sql.NullString
-		web, zip                                  sql.NullString
+		web, zip, iotaRef                         sql.NullString
 		src                                       string
 		dxcc, cqz, ituz                           sql.NullInt64
 		lat, lon                                  sql.NullFloat64
@@ -466,7 +525,7 @@ func (c *Cache) Get(ctx context.Context, callsign string) (Result, bool) {
 	)
 	if err := row.Scan(&r.Callsign, &name, &qth, &addr, &state, &cnty,
 		&country, &grid, &lat, &lon,
-		&dxcc, &cqz, &ituz, &cont, &email, &qslVia, &image, &web, &zip,
+		&dxcc, &cqz, &ituz, &cont, &email, &qslVia, &image, &web, &zip, &iotaRef,
 		&src, &fetched); err != nil {
 		return Result{}, false
 	}
@@ -477,6 +536,17 @@ func (c *Cache) Get(ctx context.Context, callsign string) (Result, bool) {
 	if time.Since(t) > c.ttl {
 		return Result{}, false
 	}
+	// A row written before the iota column existed has NULL there, and the cache
+	// lasts thirty days — so without this every callsign already looked up would
+	// go a month without its island reference, which is exactly what the first
+	// test of the feature ran into.
+	//
+	// NULL and '' are deliberately different here: Put writes an empty string for
+	// an operator with no island, so only a row that predates the column reads as
+	// invalid. One refetch per such callsign, the next time it is used.
+	if !iotaRef.Valid {
+		return Result{}, false
+	}
 	r.Name = name.String
 	r.QTH = qth.String
 	r.Address = addr.String
@@ -490,6 +560,7 @@ func (c *Cache) Get(ctx context.Context, callsign string) (Result, bool) {
 	r.Email = email.String
 	r.Web = web.String
 	r.Zip = zip.String
+	r.IOTA = strings.ToUpper(iotaRef.String)
 	r.QSLVia = qslVia.String
 	r.ImageURL = image.String
 	r.DXCC = int(dxcc.Int64)
@@ -503,10 +574,15 @@ func (c *Cache) Get(ctx context.Context, callsign string) (Result, bool) {
 // Put upserts a lookup result. fetched_at is generated in Go (NowISO) so the
 // INSERT is backend-agnostic; the conflict tail is dialect-specific.
 func (c *Cache) Put(ctx context.Context, r Result) error {
+	if !c.Enabled() {
+		// Nothing reads it, so writing would only grow the table — and leave
+		// stale rows waiting for the day the cache is switched back on.
+		return nil
+	}
 	updateCols := []string{
 		"name", "qth", "address", "state", "cnty",
 		"country", "grid", "lat", "lon",
-		"dxcc", "cqz", "ituz", "cont", "email", "qsl_via", "image_url", "web", "zip",
+		"dxcc", "cqz", "ituz", "cont", "email", "qsl_via", "image_url", "web", "zip", "iota",
 		"source", "fetched_at",
 	}
 	// The lookup cache always lives in the local SQLite database, so SQLite
@@ -519,8 +595,8 @@ func (c *Cache) Put(ctx context.Context, r Result) error {
         INSERT INTO callsign_cache(callsign, name, qth, address, state, cnty,
                                    country, grid, lat, lon,
                                    dxcc, cqz, ituz, cont, email, qsl_via, image_url,
-                                   web, zip, source, fetched_at)
-        VALUES(?,?,?,?,?,?, ?,?,?,?, ?,?,?,?,?,?,?, ?,?, ?,?)
+                                   web, zip, iota, source, fetched_at)
+        VALUES(?,?,?,?,?,?, ?,?,?,?, ?,?,?,?,?,?,?, ?,?,?, ?,?)
         ON CONFLICT(callsign) DO UPDATE SET ` + strings.Join(sets, ", ")
 	_, err := c.db.ExecContext(ctx, q,
 		r.Callsign, nullable(r.Name), nullable(r.QTH), nullable(r.Address),
@@ -530,6 +606,9 @@ func (c *Cache) Put(ctx context.Context, r Result) error {
 		nullableInt(r.DXCC), nullableInt(r.CQZ), nullableInt(r.ITUZ),
 		nullable(r.Continent), nullable(r.Email), nullable(r.QSLVia),
 		nullable(r.ImageURL), nullable(r.Web), nullable(r.Zip),
+		// NOT nullable(): an operator with no island must store '', so that a NULL
+		// keeps its one meaning — a row written before the column existed.
+		r.IOTA,
 		r.Source, db.NowISO(),
 	)
 	return err

internal/lookup/portable_location_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+package lookup
+
+import "testing"
+
+// fakeDXCC resolves a handful of calls, enough to stand in for cty.dat.
+type fakeDXCC map[string]struct {
+	num       int
+	country   string
+	cont      string
+	cqz, ituz int
+	lat, lon  float64
+}
+
+func (f fakeDXCC) Resolve(call string) (int, string, string, int, int, float64, float64, bool) {
+	e, ok := f[call]
+	if !ok {
+		return 0, "", "", 0, 0, 0, 0, false
+	}
+	return e.num, e.country, e.cont, e.cqz, e.ituz, e.lat, e.lon, true
+}
+
+func testDXCC() fakeDXCC {
+	return fakeDXCC{
+		// Costa Rica, as cty.dat reads the OPERATING call.
+		"TI8/W2RE": {num: 308, country: "Costa Rica", cont: "NA", cqz: 7, ituz: 11, lat: 9.9, lon: -84.1},
+		// The home call: United States.
+		"W2RE": {num: 291, country: "United States", cont: "NA", cqz: 5, ituz: 8, lat: 39.8, lon: -98.5},
+		// A same-entity portable: still France either way.
+		"F4BPO/P": {num: 227, country: "France", cont: "EU", cqz: 14, ituz: 27, lat: 46.2, lon: 2.2},
+		"F4BPO":   {num: 227, country: "France", cont: "EU", cqz: 14, ituz: 27, lat: 46.2, lon: 2.2},
+	}
+}
+
+// A callbook record for a portable call routinely carries the operator's HOME
+// address — most QRZ pages for a portable call do — and a subdivision belongs to
+// an entity. Carrying the home county across an entity change is not cosmetic:
+// CNTY is defined as a US county, so TI8/W2RE was coming out as a Costa Rica
+// contact credited to Dutchess County, New York, with the distance and beam
+// heading taken from a square 3,600 km from where the station actually was.
+func TestPortableInAnotherEntityDropsTheHomeSubdivision(t *testing.T) {
+	r := Result{
+		Callsign: "TI8/W2RE",
+		Name:     "Raymond", // who they are — kept
+		QTH:      "Poughquag",
+		Address:  "499 Pleasant Ridge Road", // cards still go there — kept
+		State:    "NY",
+		County:   "Dutchess",
+		Grid:     "FN31",
+		Lat:      41.6, Lon: -73.7,
+		DXCC: 291,
+	}
+	fillFromDXCC(&r, testDXCC())
+
+	if r.County != "" {
+		t.Errorf("county = %q, want empty — a US county on a Costa Rica QSO is a false award credit", r.County)
+	}
+	if r.State != "" {
+		t.Errorf("state = %q, want empty — a subdivision of the entity that is not being worked", r.State)
+	}
+	if r.Grid != "" {
+		t.Errorf("grid = %q, want empty — it is the home square, 3,600 km from the operation", r.Grid)
+	}
+	// The entity and its centroid take over, so distance and bearing mean
+	// something again.
+	if r.DXCC != 308 || r.Country != "Costa Rica" {
+		t.Errorf("entity = %d %q, want 308 Costa Rica", r.DXCC, r.Country)
+	}
+	if r.Lat != 9.9 || r.Lon != -84.1 {
+		t.Errorf("lat/lon = %v/%v, want the Costa Rica centroid — the home coordinates must not survive", r.Lat, r.Lon)
+	}
+	// Who they are, and where their cards go, is unchanged.
+	if r.Name != "Raymond" || r.Address != "499 Pleasant Ridge Road" {
+		t.Errorf("name/address were cleared (%q / %q) — a portable operator's post still reaches home", r.Name, r.Address)
+	}
+}
+
+// The other half of the rule: a portable WITHIN the same entity is at home as
+// far as the entity is concerned, and its details must survive untouched.
+func TestSameEntityPortableKeepsItsLocation(t *testing.T) {
+	r := Result{
+		Callsign: "F4BPO/P",
+		State:    "77", County: "Seine-et-Marne", Grid: "JN18cs",
+		Lat: 48.8, Lon: 2.4, DXCC: 227,
+	}
+	fillFromDXCC(&r, testDXCC())
+
+	if r.Grid != "JN18cs" || r.County != "Seine-et-Marne" || r.State != "77" {
+		t.Errorf("a same-entity portable lost its location: grid=%q county=%q state=%q", r.Grid, r.County, r.State)
+	}
+	if r.Lat != 48.8 || r.Lon != 2.4 {
+		t.Errorf("lat/lon = %v/%v — the precise home position was replaced by the entity centroid", r.Lat, r.Lon)
+	}
+}

internal/lookup/qrz.go

@@ -134,6 +134,7 @@ func (q *QRZ) fetch(ctx context.Context, sessionKey, callsign string) (Result, e
 		Email:     c.Email,
 		QSLVia:    c.QSLMgr,
 		ImageURL:  strings.TrimSpace(c.Image),
+		IOTA:      strings.ToUpper(strings.TrimSpace(c.IOTA)),
 	}
 	r.Lat, _ = strconv.ParseFloat(c.Lat, 64)
 	r.Lon, _ = strconv.ParseFloat(c.Lon, 64)
@@ -193,6 +194,7 @@ type qrzCallsign struct {
 	Email     string `xml:"email"`
 	QSLMgr    string `xml:"qslmgr"`
 	Image     string `xml:"image"` // direct URL to the profile picture (subscribers only on QRZ)
+	IOTA      string `xml:"iota"`  // island reference for an operator on one, e.g. EU-048
 }
 
 // composeQRZAddress builds a multi-line postal address from QRZ's separate

internal/lookup/qrz_iota_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+package lookup
+
+import (
+	"encoding/xml"
+	"strings"
+	"testing"
+)
+
+// QRZ sends the island reference and OpsLog read past it.
+//
+// It matters more for IOTA than it would for another award: unlike POTA there
+// is no live "who is on an island right now" feed anywhere, so the callbook
+// record is the practical source — and it is known BEFORE the contact is
+// logged, which is when it is useful.
+func TestQRZCallsignCarriesIOTA(t *testing.T) {
+	const body = `<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
+<QRZDatabase version="1.34">
+<Callsign>
+<call>F5IRH</call>
+<fname>Max</fname>
+<country>France</country>
+<grid>IN87ki</grid>
+<cqzone>14</cqzone>
+<iota>EU-048</iota>
+</Callsign>
+<Session><Key>abc</Key></Session>
+</QRZDatabase>`
+
+	var resp qrzDB
+	if err := xml.Unmarshal([]byte(body), &resp); err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("unmarshal: %v", err)
+	}
+	if resp.Callsign.IOTA != "EU-048" {
+		t.Fatalf("the <iota> tag decoded as %q — the field is not being read", resp.Callsign.IOTA)
+	}
+	// And a record with no island must not invent one.
+	var none qrzDB
+	if err := xml.Unmarshal([]byte(strings.Replace(body, "<iota>EU-048</iota>", "", 1)), &none); err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("unmarshal: %v", err)
+	}
+	if none.Callsign.IOTA != "" {
+		t.Errorf("IOTA = %q for a record without one", none.Callsign.IOTA)
+	}
+}

internal/psu/modbus.go

@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+// Package psu drives a bench power supply over Modbus RTU — the BSIDE / Wanptek
+// family of programmable supplies that sit in a shack feeding the radios.
+//
+// The register map and the wire settings come from the manufacturer's own
+// document ("This machine only support function code 03,06", version 20180611):
+//
+//	9600 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit
+//	function 03  read holding registers
+//	function 06  write single register
+//	slave address 1…15, address 0 broadcast
+//
+// NOTHING ELSE IS WRITTEN. The map also carries the output voltage and current
+// SET points, and the over-voltage, over-current and over-power trip levels, all
+// read/write. This driver reads them and writes exactly one register: 0x0001,
+// the output on/off. A wrong value in any of the others is not a wrong reading —
+// it is 30 V where a radio expected 13.8, or a protection trip lifted on a
+// supply feeding an amplifier. There is no reason for a logbook to set them, so
+// it cannot.
+package psu
+
+import (
+	"encoding/binary"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Registers, from the manufacturer's table. Addresses are as printed there.
+const (
+	regOnOff    = 0x0001 // output on/off — 1 or 0. The ONLY register written.
+	regProtect  = 0x0002 // protection status word
+	regModel    = 0x0003 // specification model
+	regDecimals = 0x0005 // "V_A_W number of digits" — see readDecimals
+	regVolts    = 0x0010 // measured output voltage, 2 decimals
+	regAmps     = 0x0011 // measured output current, 3 decimals
+	regWatts    = 0x0012 // measured output power, 32-bit across 0x0012/0x0013, 3 decimals
+	regSetVolts = 0x0030 // voltage set point, 2 decimals
+	regSetAmps  = 0x0031 // current set point, 3 decimals
+)
+
+const (
+	fnRead  = 0x03
+	fnWrite = 0x06
+)
+
+// Fixed scaling from the manufacturer's "Decimal place" column. The supply also
+// reports its own digit counts in 0x0005, but the document's "Note 2" that
+// explains how to decode that word is not in the manual we have — so the
+// documented per-register values are used, and the raw word is logged once at
+// connect. If an operator ever reports readings out by a factor of ten, that
+// line is what says how to decode it properly.
+const (
+	voltScale = 100.0  // 2 decimals
+	ampScale  = 1000.0 // 3 decimals
+	wattScale = 1000.0 // 3 decimals
+)
+
+// crc16 is the Modbus RTU frame check: CRC-16/MODBUS — reflected, polynomial
+// 0xA001, initial value 0xFFFF, no final xor. Transmitted low byte first.
+func crc16(b []byte) uint16 {
+	crc := uint16(0xFFFF)
+	for _, c := range b {
+		crc ^= uint16(c)
+		for i := 0; i < 8; i++ {
+			if crc&1 != 0 {
+				crc = (crc >> 1) ^ 0xA001
+			} else {
+				crc >>= 1
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return crc
+}
+
+// appendCRC closes a frame: low byte first, as the manual states.
+func appendCRC(f []byte) []byte {
+	c := crc16(f)
+	return append(f, byte(c&0xFF), byte(c>>8))
+}
+
+// buildRead frames a function 03 "read holding registers".
+func buildRead(addr byte, reg uint16, count uint16) []byte {
+	f := []byte{addr, fnRead, byte(reg >> 8), byte(reg), byte(count >> 8), byte(count)}
+	return appendCRC(f)
+}
+
+// buildWrite frames a function 06 "write single register".
+func buildWrite(addr byte, reg, val uint16) []byte {
+	f := []byte{addr, fnWrite, byte(reg >> 8), byte(reg), byte(val >> 8), byte(val)}
+	return appendCRC(f)
+}
+
+// modbusError is an exception response — the supply understood the frame and
+// refused it. Kept distinct from a transport failure: one means "ask
+// differently", the other means "the cable".
+type modbusError struct {
+	fn   byte
+	code byte
+}
+
+func (e modbusError) Error() string {
+	what := map[byte]string{
+		1: "illegal function",
+		2: "illegal data address",
+		3: "illegal data value",
+		4: "slave device failure",
+		6: "device busy",
+	}[e.code]
+	if what == "" {
+		what = fmt.Sprintf("exception %d", e.code)
+	}
+	return fmt.Sprintf("supply refused function 0x%02X: %s", e.fn, what)
+}
+
+// parseRead validates a function 03 reply and returns the register values.
+func parseRead(addr byte, want uint16, frame []byte) ([]uint16, error) {
+	if err := checkFrame(addr, fnRead, frame, 5); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	n := int(frame[2])
+	if n != int(want)*2 {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("reply carries %d data byte(s), expected %d", n, want*2)
+	}
+	if len(frame) != 3+n+2 {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("reply is %d bytes, expected %d", len(frame), 3+n+2)
+	}
+	out := make([]uint16, want)
+	for i := range out {
+		out[i] = binary.BigEndian.Uint16(frame[3+i*2:])
+	}
+	return out, nil
+}
+
+// parseWriteEcho validates a function 06 reply, which echoes the request.
+func parseWriteEcho(addr byte, reg, val uint16, frame []byte) error {
+	if err := checkFrame(addr, fnWrite, frame, 8); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if len(frame) != 8 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("write reply is %d bytes, expected 8", len(frame))
+	}
+	if got := binary.BigEndian.Uint16(frame[2:]); got != reg {
+		return fmt.Errorf("write reply is for register 0x%04X, not 0x%04X", got, reg)
+	}
+	// The echoed VALUE is the confirmation that the output actually changed.
+	// Accepting the frame without checking it would report an on/off that the
+	// supply never made.
+	if got := binary.BigEndian.Uint16(frame[4:]); got != val {
+		return fmt.Errorf("supply echoed value %d, not the %d it was sent", got, val)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// checkFrame covers what every reply must satisfy: our address, our function
+// (or its exception), and a good CRC.
+func checkFrame(addr, fn byte, frame []byte, min int) error {
+	if len(frame) < 4 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("short reply (%d bytes)", len(frame))
+	}
+	if frame[0] != addr {
+		return fmt.Errorf("reply from address %d, expected %d", frame[0], addr)
+	}
+	if frame[1] == fn|0x80 {
+		if len(frame) < 5 {
+			return fmt.Errorf("short exception reply (%d bytes)", len(frame))
+		}
+		if !crcOK(frame[:5]) {
+			return fmt.Errorf("exception reply failed its CRC")
+		}
+		return modbusError{fn: fn, code: frame[2]}
+	}
+	if frame[1] != fn {
+		return fmt.Errorf("reply to function 0x%02X, expected 0x%02X", frame[1], fn)
+	}
+	if len(frame) < min {
+		return fmt.Errorf("short reply (%d bytes, expected at least %d)", len(frame), min)
+	}
+	if !crcOK(frame) {
+		return fmt.Errorf("reply failed its CRC")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// crcOK checks a whole frame, trailing CRC included: the CRC of the entire
+// frame is zero when it is intact.
+func crcOK(frame []byte) bool {
+	if len(frame) < 3 {
+		return false
+	}
+	body := frame[:len(frame)-2]
+	want := uint16(frame[len(frame)-2]) | uint16(frame[len(frame)-1])<<8
+	return crc16(body) == want
+}
+
+// frameGap is the silence that separates two Modbus RTU frames: 3.5 character
+// times, which at 9600 baud 8N1 (10 bits per character) is 3.65 ms. Rounded up,
+// because the cost of waiting is nothing and the cost of being early is a
+// supply that treats our request as the tail of the previous one.
+const frameGap = 4 * time.Millisecond
+
+// replyWait is how long a reply may take. The manual promises under 5 ms at
+// 9600 baud or better; this is generous by two orders of magnitude so a USB
+// serial bridge that buffers cannot be mistaken for a supply that is not there.
+const replyWait = 500 * time.Millisecond
+
+// readFrame collects a reply until it stops arriving.
+//
+// A serial read that times out returns (0, nil) on Windows — a timeout is not
+// an error on this transport — so a loop that trusts an error to end it never
+// ends. Modbus RTU has no terminator either: a frame is over when the line has
+// been quiet for 3.5 character times. Both facts point at the same shape, a
+// deadline and a quiet-time.
+func readFrame(conn io.Reader, d time.Duration) ([]byte, error) {
+	deadline := time.Now().Add(d)
+	buf := make([]byte, 0, 64)
+	tmp := make([]byte, 64)
+	lastByte := time.Time{}
+	for {
+		n, err := conn.Read(tmp)
+		if err != nil {
+			return buf, err
+		}
+		if n > 0 {
+			buf = append(buf, tmp[:n]...)
+			lastByte = time.Now()
+			continue
+		}
+		// Nothing this time: either the frame has ended, or it never started.
+		if len(buf) > 0 && time.Since(lastByte) >= frameGap {
+			return buf, nil
+		}
+		if time.Now().After(deadline) {
+			if len(buf) > 0 {
+				return buf, nil // partial — let the parser say what is wrong with it
+			}
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("no reply after %s", d)
+		}
+	}
+}

internal/psu/modbus_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+package psu
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"strings"
+	"testing"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// The CRC is the one thing here that cannot be checked by inspection, and every
+// frame depends on it. CRC-16/MODBUS has a published check value: the CRC of
+// the ASCII digits "123456789" is 0x4B37. If this passes, the polynomial, the
+// initial value, the reflection and the absence of a final xor are all right.
+func TestCRCMatchesTheStandardCheckValue(t *testing.T) {
+	if got := crc16([]byte("123456789")); got != 0x4B37 {
+		t.Fatalf("crc16(\"123456789\") = 0x%04X, want 0x4B37 — this is not CRC-16/MODBUS", got)
+	}
+}
+
+// A frame including its own CRC checks to zero. That property is what crcOK
+// relies on, so it is worth pinning separately from the check value.
+func TestAFrameVerifiesItself(t *testing.T) {
+	for _, f := range [][]byte{
+		buildRead(1, regVolts, 2),
+		buildWrite(1, regOnOff, 1),
+		buildWrite(15, regOnOff, 0),
+	} {
+		if !crcOK(f) {
+			t.Errorf("% X does not verify against its own CRC", f)
+		}
+		// And a single flipped bit must be caught.
+		bad := append([]byte(nil), f...)
+		bad[2] ^= 0x01
+		if crcOK(bad) {
+			t.Errorf("% X passed the CRC with a corrupted byte", bad)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// The frame layout, byte for byte against the manual: address, function,
+// register high/low, count or value high/low, then CRC low byte first.
+func TestFrameLayout(t *testing.T) {
+	r := buildRead(1, 0x0010, 2)
+	if len(r) != 8 {
+		t.Fatalf("read frame is %d bytes, want 8", len(r))
+	}
+	want := []byte{0x01, 0x03, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x02}
+	for i := range want {
+		if r[i] != want[i] {
+			t.Fatalf("read frame % X, want % X…", r, want)
+		}
+	}
+	w := buildWrite(1, regOnOff, 1)
+	want = []byte{0x01, 0x06, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01}
+	for i := range want {
+		if w[i] != want[i] {
+			t.Fatalf("write frame % X, want % X…", w, want)
+		}
+	}
+	// The CRC goes out low byte first — the manual is explicit, and getting it
+	// backwards makes every frame be ignored in silence.
+	c := crc16(w[:6])
+	if w[6] != byte(c&0xFF) || w[7] != byte(c>>8) {
+		t.Errorf("CRC bytes % X, want %02X %02X (low first)", w[6:], byte(c&0xFF), byte(c>>8))
+	}
+}
+
+func TestParseRead(t *testing.T) {
+	// Two registers: 13.80 V (1380 at 2 decimals) and 2.500 A (2500 at 3).
+	frame := appendCRC([]byte{0x01, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x64, 0x09, 0xC4})
+	got, err := parseRead(1, 2, frame)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("parseRead: %v", err)
+	}
+	if len(got) != 2 || got[0] != 1380 || got[1] != 2500 {
+		t.Fatalf("got %v, want [1380 2500]", got)
+	}
+	if v := float64(got[0]) / voltScale; v != 13.80 {
+		t.Errorf("voltage scaled to %v, want 13.8", v)
+	}
+}
+
+// A reply from another slave on the same bus must not be read as ours.
+func TestParseRejectsAnotherSlave(t *testing.T) {
+	frame := appendCRC([]byte{0x02, 0x03, 0x02, 0x05, 0x64})
+	if _, err := parseRead(1, 1, frame); err == nil {
+		t.Error("a reply from address 2 was accepted as address 1")
+	}
+}
+
+func TestParseRejectsABadCRC(t *testing.T) {
+	frame := appendCRC([]byte{0x01, 0x03, 0x02, 0x05, 0x64})
+	frame[3] ^= 0xFF
+	if _, err := parseRead(1, 1, frame); err == nil || !strings.Contains(err.Error(), "CRC") {
+		t.Errorf("err = %v, want a CRC complaint", err)
+	}
+}
+
+// An exception reply is the supply refusing, not the line failing, and the two
+// need different answers from the operator.
+func TestParseReportsAnException(t *testing.T) {
+	frame := appendCRC([]byte{0x01, 0x83, 0x02})
+	_, err := parseRead(1, 1, frame)
+	var me modbusError
+	if !errors.As(err, &me) {
+		t.Fatalf("err = %v, want a modbusError", err)
+	}
+	if me.code != 2 || !strings.Contains(err.Error(), "illegal data address") {
+		t.Errorf("exception decoded as %v", err)
+	}
+}
+
+// The echo is the ONLY confirmation that the output actually switched. A reply
+// echoing a different value means the supply did something else, and reporting
+// that as success is how a radio ends up with no power and a green light.
+func TestWriteEchoMustMatch(t *testing.T) {
+	ok := appendCRC([]byte{0x01, 0x06, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01})
+	if err := parseWriteEcho(1, regOnOff, 1, ok); err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("a correct echo was rejected: %v", err)
+	}
+	wrongVal := appendCRC([]byte{0x01, 0x06, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00})
+	if err := parseWriteEcho(1, regOnOff, 1, wrongVal); err == nil {
+		t.Error("an echo of 0 was accepted for a command of 1 — the output never switched")
+	}
+	wrongReg := appendCRC([]byte{0x01, 0x06, 0x00, 0x30, 0x00, 0x01})
+	if err := parseWriteEcho(1, regOnOff, 1, wrongReg); err == nil {
+		t.Error("an echo for register 0x0030 was accepted for a write to 0x0001")
+	}
+}
+
+// quietPort delivers a frame in pieces, then goes quiet — a serial port that
+// reports a timeout as (0, nil), which is what Windows does.
+type quietPort struct {
+	chunks [][]byte
+	i      int
+}
+
+func (p *quietPort) Read(b []byte) (int, error) {
+	if p.i >= len(p.chunks) {
+		time.Sleep(2 * time.Millisecond)
+		return 0, nil // timeout, not an error
+	}
+	n := copy(b, p.chunks[p.i])
+	p.i++
+	return n, nil
+}
+
+// A Modbus RTU frame has no terminator: it ends when the line falls quiet. The
+// reader must assemble a dribbled frame and then stop on its own.
+func TestReadFrameAssemblesUntilQuiet(t *testing.T) {
+	want := appendCRC([]byte{0x01, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x64, 0x09, 0xC4})
+	p := &quietPort{chunks: [][]byte{want[:2], want[2:5], want[5:]}}
+	got, err := readFrame(p, time.Second)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("readFrame: %v", err)
+	}
+	if len(got) != len(want) {
+		t.Fatalf("read % X, want % X", got, want)
+	}
+	for i := range want {
+		if got[i] != want[i] {
+			t.Fatalf("read % X, want % X", got, want)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// A supply that is switched off, or not on this port, must produce an error
+// rather than a wait that never ends.
+func TestReadFrameGivesUpOnSilence(t *testing.T) {
+	done := make(chan error, 1)
+	go func() { _, err := readFrame(&quietPort{}, 80*time.Millisecond); done <- err }()
+	select {
+	case err := <-done:
+		if err == nil {
+			t.Error("silence was reported as a frame")
+		}
+	case <-time.After(3 * time.Second):
+		t.Fatal("readFrame never returned")
+	}
+}

internal/psu/psu.go

@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+package psu
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"log"
+	"strings"
+	"sync"
+	"time"
+
+	"go.bug.st/serial"
+)
+
+// Config is one supply's serial link.
+type Config struct {
+	ComPort string
+	Baud    int  // 9600 unless the supply has been reconfigured
+	Address byte // Modbus slave address, 1…15 on this family
+}
+
+// Status is what the UI shows. Everything here is READ from the supply — the
+// set points included, which the operator sets on the front panel and OpsLog
+// only reports.
+type Status struct {
+	Connected bool    `json:"connected"`
+	On        bool    `json:"on"`        // output enabled
+	Volts     float64 `json:"volts"`     // measured output
+	Amps      float64 `json:"amps"`      // measured output
+	Watts     float64 `json:"watts"`     // measured output
+	SetVolts  float64 `json:"set_volts"` // the voltage the supply is set to
+	SetAmps   float64 `json:"set_amps"`  // the current limit it is set to
+	Protected uint16  `json:"protected"` // protection status word, non-zero = tripped
+	Error     string  `json:"error,omitempty"`
+}
+
+const pollEvery = 1500 * time.Millisecond
+
+// Client owns the serial link to one supply.
+type Client struct {
+	cfg Config
+
+	connMu sync.Mutex
+	conn   serial.Port
+
+	ioMu sync.Mutex // serialises a request/reply exchange on the shared port
+
+	statusMu sync.Mutex
+	last     Status
+
+	stopChan chan struct{}
+	stopOnce sync.Once
+	lastErr  string
+}
+
+// New builds a client. Nothing is opened until Start.
+func New(cfg Config) *Client {
+	if cfg.Baud <= 0 {
+		cfg.Baud = 9600
+	}
+	if cfg.Address == 0 {
+		cfg.Address = 1
+	}
+	return &Client{cfg: cfg, stopChan: make(chan struct{})}
+}
+
+// Start begins the poll loop. It returns immediately: the supply may be off, and
+// a shack comes up in whatever order it comes up in.
+func (c *Client) Start() error {
+	go c.loop()
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Stop closes the link.
+func (c *Client) Stop() {
+	c.stopOnce.Do(func() { close(c.stopChan) })
+	c.closeConn()
+}
+
+// GetStatus returns the last poll's answer.
+func (c *Client) GetStatus() Status {
+	c.statusMu.Lock()
+	defer c.statusMu.Unlock()
+	return c.last
+}
+
+// SetOutput switches the supply's output on or off — the one thing this driver
+// writes. The supply's echo is checked, so a false return of "done" is not
+// possible: either it confirmed the value or this is an error.
+func (c *Client) SetOutput(on bool) error {
+	val := uint16(0)
+	if on {
+		val = 1
+	}
+	if err := c.writeRegister(regOnOff, val); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	// Report it at once rather than waiting for the next poll: the operator
+	// pressed a button and is looking at it.
+	c.statusMu.Lock()
+	c.last.On = on
+	c.statusMu.Unlock()
+	log.Printf("psu: output %s", map[bool]string{true: "ON", false: "OFF"}[on])
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (c *Client) loop() {
+	t := time.NewTicker(pollEvery)
+	defer t.Stop()
+	for {
+		select {
+		case <-c.stopChan:
+			return
+		case <-t.C:
+			if err := c.poll(); err != nil {
+				c.noteFailure(err)
+				continue
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// poll reads everything the UI shows, in as few exchanges as the register map
+// allows: the measurements are contiguous (0x0010…0x0013), the set points are
+// contiguous (0x0030, 0x0031), and the on/off and protection words sit together
+// at 0x0001/0x0002.
+func (c *Client) poll() error {
+	if err := c.ensureConn(); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	st := Status{Connected: true}
+
+	state, err := c.readRegisters(regOnOff, 2)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	st.On = state[0] != 0
+	st.Protected = state[1]
+
+	meas, err := c.readRegisters(regVolts, 4) // U, I, P high, P low
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	st.Volts = float64(meas[0]) / voltScale
+	st.Amps = float64(meas[1]) / ampScale
+	st.Watts = float64(uint32(meas[2])<<16|uint32(meas[3])) / wattScale
+
+	set, err := c.readRegisters(regSetVolts, 2)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	st.SetVolts = float64(set[0]) / voltScale
+	st.SetAmps = float64(set[1]) / ampScale
+
+	c.statusMu.Lock()
+	c.last = st
+	c.statusMu.Unlock()
+	if c.lastErr != "" {
+		log.Printf("psu: %s answering again", c.cfg.ComPort)
+		c.lastErr = ""
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (c *Client) readRegisters(reg, count uint16) ([]uint16, error) {
+	frame, err := c.exchange(buildRead(c.cfg.Address, reg, count))
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return parseRead(c.cfg.Address, count, frame)
+}
+
+func (c *Client) writeRegister(reg, val uint16) error {
+	if err := c.ensureConn(); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	frame, err := c.exchange(buildWrite(c.cfg.Address, reg, val))
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	return parseWriteEcho(c.cfg.Address, reg, val, frame)
+}
+
+// exchange sends one frame and reads one reply, holding the port for the whole
+// round trip. Modbus RTU has no way to match a reply to a request, so two
+// exchanges in flight at once would read each other's answers.
+func (c *Client) exchange(req []byte) ([]byte, error) {
+	c.connMu.Lock()
+	conn := c.conn
+	c.connMu.Unlock()
+	if conn == nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("psu: not connected")
+	}
+
+	c.ioMu.Lock()
+	defer c.ioMu.Unlock()
+
+	// The silence before a frame is part of the protocol, not politeness: it is
+	// how the supply knows this is a new message and not the tail of the last.
+	time.Sleep(frameGap)
+	if _, err := conn.Write(req); err != nil {
+		c.closeConn()
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	frame, err := readFrame(conn, replyWait)
+	if err != nil {
+		c.closeConn()
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return frame, nil
+}
+
+func (c *Client) ensureConn() error {
+	c.connMu.Lock()
+	defer c.connMu.Unlock()
+	if c.conn != nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	port := strings.TrimSpace(c.cfg.ComPort)
+	if port == "" {
+		return fmt.Errorf("psu: no serial port configured")
+	}
+	p, err := serial.Open(port, &serial.Mode{
+		BaudRate: c.cfg.Baud,
+		DataBits: 8,
+		Parity:   serial.NoParity,
+		StopBits: serial.OneStopBit,
+	})
+	if err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("psu: cannot open %s: %w", port, err)
+	}
+	// Short per-read timeout: readFrame decides when a frame has ended by the
+	// quiet between bytes, so each Read must come back promptly with whatever
+	// has arrived.
+	_ = p.SetReadTimeout(2 * time.Millisecond)
+	c.conn = p
+	log.Printf("psu: %s open at %d baud, Modbus address %d", port, c.cfg.Baud, c.cfg.Address)
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (c *Client) closeConn() {
+	c.connMu.Lock()
+	defer c.connMu.Unlock()
+	if c.conn != nil {
+		_ = c.conn.Close()
+		c.conn = nil
+	}
+}
+
+// noteFailure records a poll failure and says so ONCE per distinct message.
+//
+// A supply that is switched off at the mains fails every poll, and a line per
+// second and a half would be the whole log file — but saying nothing at all is
+// how "it stopped working" arrives with no evidence.
+func (c *Client) noteFailure(err error) {
+	msg := err.Error()
+	c.statusMu.Lock()
+	c.last = Status{Connected: false, Error: msg}
+	c.statusMu.Unlock()
+	if msg != c.lastErr {
+		c.lastErr = msg
+		log.Printf("psu: %v — retrying every %s, and this will not be logged again until it changes", err, pollEvery)
+	}
+}

internal/qso/callmatch_test.go

@@ -2,6 +2,32 @@ package qso
 
 import "testing"
 
+// baseCall picks the operator's OWN callsign out of a portable form. The slash
+// carries a qualifier on either side and which side depends on what it is, so
+// this is the whole difficulty.
+func TestBaseCall(t *testing.T) {
+	for in, want := range map[string]string{
+		"RK3DWA":      "RK3DWA",
+		"RK3DWA/3":    "RK3DWA", // call-area digit
+		"RK3DWA/P":    "RK3DWA", // portable
+		"RK3DWA/QRP":  "RK3DWA",
+		"RK3DWA/MM":   "RK3DWA",
+		"ZA/OE8NDR":   "OE8NDR", // an Austrian in Albania — the case that prompted this
+		"ZA/IZ2DPX":   "IZ2DPX",
+		"F/DL1ABC":    "DL1ABC",
+		"F/DL1ABC/P":  "DL1ABC",
+		"KH6/K6ABC":   "K6ABC",
+		"VP2E/W1ABC":  "W1ABC",
+		"3DA0/ZS1ABC": "ZS1ABC",
+		"9A/S51AB":    "S51AB",
+		"/RK3DWA":     "RK3DWA",
+	} {
+		if got := baseCall(in); got != want {
+			t.Errorf("baseCall(%q) = %q, want %q", in, got, want)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
 // The predicate behind "Worked before". Exact when folding is off; with it on,
 // a station's portable forms are one operator — and the fold has to work from
 // either end, because you may type the base call or the portable one.
@@ -10,25 +36,61 @@ func TestCallMatch(t *testing.T) {
 		t.Errorf("exact: got %q %v", pred, args)
 	}
 
-	// Typing the base call: match it and everything suffixed off it.
-	pred, args := callMatch("RK3DWA", true)
-	if pred != "(callsign = ? OR callsign LIKE ?)" {
-		t.Errorf("variants predicate = %q", pred)
-	}
-	if len(args) != 2 || args[0] != "RK3DWA" || args[1] != "RK3DWA/%" {
-		t.Errorf("variants args = %v, want [RK3DWA RK3DWA/%%]", args)
-	}
+	// Typing the base call: match it, everything suffixed off it, and every
+	// prefixed form of it.
+	_, args := callMatch("RK3DWA", true)
+	want := []any{"RK3DWA", "RK3DWA/%", "%/RK3DWA", "%/RK3DWA/%"}
+	assertArgs(t, "base call", args, want)
 
-	// Typing a portable form must reach the plain call too — the suffix is
+	// Typing a portable form must reach the plain call too — the qualifier is
 	// stripped from the INPUT, not just matched in the column.
 	_, args = callMatch("RK3DWA/3", true)
-	if len(args) != 2 || args[0] != "RK3DWA" || args[1] != "RK3DWA/%" {
-		t.Errorf("portable input args = %v, want [RK3DWA RK3DWA/%%]", args)
+	assertArgs(t, "portable input", args, want)
+}
+
+// A prefixed call is the same operator, and NOT every other visitor to that
+// country.
+//
+// Matching on the part before the slash made ZA/OE8NDR the station "ZA", so the
+// worked-before list for one Austrian operating from Albania showed every other
+// ZA/ guest — two Italians — and counted them as four contacts "with this
+// call". Reported from a screenshot of exactly that.
+func TestCallMatchPrefixedIsTheOperatorNotTheCountry(t *testing.T) {
+	_, args := callMatch("ZA/OE8NDR", true)
+	assertArgs(t, "ZA/OE8NDR", args, []any{"OE8NDR", "OE8NDR/%", "%/OE8NDR", "%/OE8NDR/%"})
+
+	for _, a := range args {
+		if s, _ := a.(string); s == "ZA" || s == "ZA/%" {
+			t.Fatalf("the country prefix is still being matched as a station: %v", args)
+		}
 	}
 
-	// A leading slash is not a suffix marker — dropping to "" there would match
-	// the entire logbook.
-	if _, args := callMatch("/RK3DWA", true); args[0] != "/RK3DWA" {
-		t.Errorf("leading slash: args[0] = %v, want the call unchanged", args[0])
+	// And the two are not each other: nothing in one operator's predicate can
+	// select the other's call.
+	_, other := callMatch("ZA/IZ2DPX", true)
+	assertArgs(t, "ZA/IZ2DPX", other, []any{"IZ2DPX", "IZ2DPX/%", "%/IZ2DPX", "%/IZ2DPX/%"})
+}
+
+// A base too short to be a callsign falls back to an exact match. "F/DL1ABC"
+// resolves fine, but a malformed entry must never produce a LIKE that selects
+// half the logbook.
+func TestCallMatchRefusesAShortBase(t *testing.T) {
+	for _, call := range []string{"F/", "9A", "/P", "K/M"} {
+		pred, args := callMatch(call, true)
+		if pred != "callsign = ?" || len(args) != 1 {
+			t.Errorf("%q produced %q %v — want an exact match", call, pred, args)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+func assertArgs(t *testing.T, what string, got, want []any) {
+	t.Helper()
+	if len(got) != len(want) {
+		t.Fatalf("%s: args %v, want %v", what, got, want)
+	}
+	for i := range want {
+		if got[i] != want[i] {
+			t.Fatalf("%s: args %v, want %v", what, got, want)
+		}
 	}
 }

internal/qso/confirmedvalues_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+package qso
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"database/sql"
+	"testing"
+
+	_ "modernc.org/sqlite"
+)
+
+// A LoTW confirmation the ARRL has validated arrives as V, not Y — ADIF's
+// QSL_Rcvd enumeration has both. Every SQL query here compared against 'Y'
+// alone, so the band/mode matrix showed an entity as merely worked while the
+// Awards panel beside it showed the same entity validated on five bands.
+//
+// This drives the real queries against a real database rather than asserting on
+// the constant: the constant being right is not the point, the queries using it
+// is.
+func TestConfirmedCountsVerifiedNotJustYes(t *testing.T) {
+	db, err := sql.Open("sqlite", "file:confirmedvalues?mode=memory&cache=shared")
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatal(err)
+	}
+	defer db.Close()
+	if _, err := db.Exec(`CREATE TABLE qso (
+		id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, callsign TEXT, dxcc INTEGER, band TEXT, mode TEXT,
+		lotw_rcvd TEXT, qsl_rcvd TEXT, eqsl_rcvd TEXT)`); err != nil {
+		t.Fatal(err)
+	}
+	// Two Morocco contacts: one verified through LoTW, one not confirmed at all.
+	if _, err := db.Exec(`INSERT INTO qso (callsign, dxcc, band, mode, lotw_rcvd, qsl_rcvd, eqsl_rcvd)
+		VALUES ('CN8ABC', 446, '30m', 'FT8', 'V', '', ''),
+		       ('CN8XYZ', 446, '20m', 'FT8', 'N', '', '')`); err != nil {
+		t.Fatal(err)
+	}
+
+	var confirmed30, confirmed20 int
+	q := `SELECT band, MAX(CASE WHEN lotw_rcvd IN ` + ConfirmedValues +
+		` OR qsl_rcvd IN ` + ConfirmedValues + ` OR eqsl_rcvd IN ` + ConfirmedValues +
+		` THEN 1 ELSE 0 END) FROM qso WHERE dxcc = 446 GROUP BY band`
+	rows, err := db.QueryContext(context.Background(), q)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatal(err)
+	}
+	defer rows.Close()
+	for rows.Next() {
+		var band string
+		var c int
+		if err := rows.Scan(&band, &c); err != nil {
+			t.Fatal(err)
+		}
+		switch band {
+		case "30m":
+			confirmed30 = c
+		case "20m":
+			confirmed20 = c
+		}
+	}
+	if confirmed30 != 1 {
+		t.Error("a LoTW 'V' (verified) was not counted as confirmed — the matrix would show the entity as merely worked")
+	}
+	if confirmed20 != 0 {
+		t.Error("an 'N' was counted as confirmed")
+	}
+}

internal/qso/modeclass_match_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+package qso
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"testing"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// LoTW never hands back the submode it was given: every digital contact comes
+// back as the mode GROUP, "DATA". Matched on the exact mode string that is
+// simply never equal, so an operator downloading their confirmations was told
+// their own QSOs were not in their log — reported for FT2 contacts confirmed as
+// DATA, and true of FT4 and FT8 alike.
+func TestClassKeyMatchesAConfirmationCarryingTheModeGroup(t *testing.T) {
+	r := openRepo(t)
+	ctx := context.Background()
+	when := time.Date(2026, 8, 16, 16, 29, 0, 0, time.UTC)
+	id, err := r.Add(ctx, QSO{Callsign: "F1NQP", QSODate: when, Band: "20m", Mode: "FT2"})
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatal(err)
+	}
+	minute := when.Format("2006-01-02T15:04")
+
+	exact, err := r.DedupeKeyIDs(ctx)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatal(err)
+	}
+	if _, found := exact[DedupeKey("F1NQP", minute, "20m", "DATA")]; found {
+		t.Fatal("the exact index matched DATA against FT2 — the test proves nothing")
+	}
+
+	byClass, err := r.DedupeClassKeyIDs(ctx)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatal(err)
+	}
+	got, found := byClass[DedupeClassKey("F1NQP", minute, "20m", "DATA")]
+	if !found || got != id {
+		t.Errorf("class match = (%d, %v), want (%d, true) — the confirmation would be reported as having no local QSO", got, found, id)
+	}
+}
+
+// Two digital contacts with the same station, same band, same minute is barely
+// physical — but if it happens, stamping the confirmation on whichever row the
+// map happened to keep is a silent error in an award credit. Ambiguity maps to
+// 0 so the caller reports it unmatched instead of guessing.
+func TestAnAmbiguousClassKeyIsRefusedRatherThanGuessed(t *testing.T) {
+	r := openRepo(t)
+	ctx := context.Background()
+	when := time.Date(2026, 8, 16, 16, 29, 0, 0, time.UTC)
+	for _, m := range []string{"FT8", "RTTY"} {
+		if _, err := r.Add(ctx, QSO{Callsign: "F1NQP", QSODate: when, Band: "20m", Mode: m}); err != nil {
+			t.Fatal(err)
+		}
+	}
+	byClass, err := r.DedupeClassKeyIDs(ctx)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatal(err)
+	}
+	if got := byClass[DedupeClassKey("F1NQP", when.Format("2006-01-02T15:04"), "20m", "DATA")]; got != 0 {
+		t.Errorf("ambiguous class key resolved to %d — one of two QSOs was picked at random", got)
+	}
+}
+
+// Phone and CW keep their own classes: a CW confirmation must never land on an
+// SSB contact just because the rest of the key agrees.
+func TestClassMatchDoesNotCrossPhoneAndCW(t *testing.T) {
+	r := openRepo(t)
+	ctx := context.Background()
+	when := time.Date(2026, 8, 16, 16, 29, 0, 0, time.UTC)
+	if _, err := r.Add(ctx, QSO{Callsign: "F1NQP", QSODate: when, Band: "20m", Mode: "SSB"}); err != nil {
+		t.Fatal(err)
+	}
+	byClass, err := r.DedupeClassKeyIDs(ctx)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatal(err)
+	}
+	minute := when.Format("2006-01-02T15:04")
+	if _, found := byClass[DedupeClassKey("F1NQP", minute, "20m", "CW")]; found {
+		t.Error("a CW confirmation matched an SSB contact")
+	}
+	if _, found := byClass[DedupeClassKey("F1NQP", minute, "20m", "USB")]; !found {
+		t.Error("USB did not match the SSB contact — the phone sidebands are one class")
+	}
+}

internal/qso/qso.go

@@ -215,6 +215,12 @@ type QSO struct {
 	// that doesn't know about it can't clobber it.
 	AwardRefs string `json:"award_refs,omitempty"`
 
+	// SyncUID is this contact's stable identity for folder synchronisation —
+	// what lets another machine name the same QSO when it edits or deletes it.
+	// Like AwardRefs it is read here but NOT in columnList, so an ordinary edit
+	// can never clobber it; it is written only by SetSyncUID / BackfillSyncUIDs.
+	SyncUID string `json:"sync_uid,omitempty"`
+
 	CreatedAt time.Time `json:"created_at"`
 	UpdatedAt time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
 }
@@ -271,7 +277,7 @@ const columnList = `callsign, qso_date, qso_date_off, band, band_rx, mode, submo
 // award_refs is read here but is NOT part of columnList (the insert/update
 // write path) — it is a derived cache written only via SetAwardRefs, so a
 // normal QSO write can never clobber it.
-const selectCols = `id, ` + columnList + `, award_refs, created_at, updated_at`
+const selectCols = `id, ` + columnList + `, award_refs, sync_uid, created_at, updated_at`
 
 // columnCount is derived from columnList at init so they can never drift.
 var columnCount = countColumns(columnList)
@@ -1723,26 +1729,77 @@ type BandMode struct {
 // rendering a recent-contacts mini-list.
 const maxWorkedEntries = 50
 
+// operatorSuffixes are the appendages that qualify a callsign without changing
+// whose it is. A bare digit (RK3DWA/3) counts too, handled separately.
+var operatorSuffixes = map[string]bool{
+	"P": true, "M": true, "MM": true, "AM": true, "QRP": true,
+	"A": true, "B": true, "J": true, "LH": true, "R": true, "T": true,
+}
+
+// baseCall extracts the operator's OWN callsign from a portable form.
+//
+// The slash carries the qualifier on either side, and which side depends on
+// what it is: RK3DWA/3 and RK3DWA/P append to the call, while ZA/OE8NDR and
+// F/DL1ABC put a country prefix in front of it. Taking the part before the
+// slash — which is what this used to do — reads ZA/OE8NDR as the station "ZA".
+//
+// So: drop the known qualifiers, and of what is left take the longest part. A
+// prefix is short by nature (ZA, F, KH6, VP2E) and a callsign is not.
+func baseCall(call string) string {
+	if !strings.Contains(call, "/") {
+		return call
+	}
+	best := ""
+	for _, p := range strings.Split(call, "/") {
+		if p == "" || operatorSuffixes[p] {
+			continue
+		}
+		if len(p) == 1 && p[0] >= '0' && p[0] <= '9' {
+			continue // the call-area digit
+		}
+		if len(p) > len(best) {
+			best = p
+		}
+	}
+	if best == "" {
+		return call
+	}
+	return best
+}
+
 // callMatch builds the WHERE fragment that selects one station's QSOs.
 //
 // Exact by default. With variants on, an operator's portable forms count as the
 // same station: RK3DWA, RK3DWA/3, RK3DWA/P and RK3DWA/QRP are one person, and
 // someone asking "have I worked RK3DWA?" means the person, not the string.
 // Typing 21 QSOs' worth of history only when you happen to add "/3" is the
-// behaviour this replaces. The suffix is stripped from what was TYPED too, so
-// it matches both ways round — RK3DWA/3 also finds the plain RK3DWA contacts.
+// behaviour this replaces.
+//
+// PREFIXED FORMS MATCH TOO, and getting that wrong is what prompted this.
+// Matching on the part before the slash turned ZA/OE8NDR into the station "ZA",
+// so the worked-before list for one Austrian operating from Albania showed
+// every OTHER visitor to Albania — two Italians and himself — and counted them
+// as four contacts "with this call".
 //
 // Deliberately NOT a bare "starts with": LIKE 'RK3DWA%' would also drag in
 // RK3DWAB, which is a different station. The '/' is what makes it the same one.
+// And the variant match is only used on a base of three characters or more —
+// below that a prefix could match half the log.
 func callMatch(call string, variants bool) (string, []any) {
 	if !variants {
 		return "callsign = ?", []any{call}
 	}
-	base := call
-	if i := strings.IndexByte(base, '/'); i > 0 {
-		base = base[:i]
+	base := baseCall(call)
+	if len(base) < 3 {
+		return "callsign = ?", []any{call}
 	}
-	return "(callsign = ? OR callsign LIKE ?)", []any{base, base + "/%"}
+	return "(callsign = ? OR callsign LIKE ? OR callsign LIKE ? OR callsign LIKE ?)",
+		[]any{
+			base,               // OE8NDR
+			base + "/%",        // OE8NDR/P
+			"%/" + base,        // ZA/OE8NDR
+			"%/" + base + "/%", // ZA/OE8NDR/P
+		}
 }
 
 // WorkedBefore returns aggregated history at both callsign and DXCC level.
@@ -1907,9 +1964,9 @@ func (r *Repo) WorkedBefore(ctx context.Context, callsign string, dxccHint int,
         SELECT band, mode,
                MAX(CASE WHEN callsign = ? THEN 1 ELSE 0 END),
                MAX(CASE WHEN callsign = ?
-                         AND (lotw_rcvd = 'Y' OR qsl_rcvd = 'Y' OR eqsl_rcvd = 'Y')
+                         AND (lotw_rcvd IN `+ConfirmedValues+` OR qsl_rcvd IN `+ConfirmedValues+` OR eqsl_rcvd IN `+ConfirmedValues+`)
                         THEN 1 ELSE 0 END),
-               MAX(CASE WHEN lotw_rcvd = 'Y' OR qsl_rcvd = 'Y' OR eqsl_rcvd = 'Y'
+               MAX(CASE WHEN lotw_rcvd IN `+ConfirmedValues+` OR qsl_rcvd IN `+ConfirmedValues+` OR eqsl_rcvd IN `+ConfirmedValues+`
                         THEN 1 ELSE 0 END)
         FROM qso
         WHERE dxcc = ?
@@ -2634,6 +2691,51 @@ func (r *Repo) DedupeKeyIDs(ctx context.Context) (map[string]int64, error) {
 	return out, rows.Err()
 }
 
+// DedupeClassKey is DedupeKey with the mode collapsed to its CLASS (Phone / CW /
+// Digital).
+//
+// For matching a downloaded confirmation whose mode is not the one you logged.
+// LoTW does not hand back the submode it was given: a contact uploaded as FT4,
+// FT8 or anything else digital comes back as the mode GROUP, "DATA". Matched on
+// the exact string that is simply never equal, and the operator is told their
+// own QSO is not in their log — which is how a confirmed contact goes unrecorded.
+func DedupeClassKey(callsign, qsoDateMinute, band, mode string) string {
+	return strings.ToUpper(callsign) + "|" + qsoDateMinute + "|" + strings.ToLower(band) + "|" + modeClass(mode)
+}
+
+// DedupeClassKeyIDs is DedupeKeyIDs at mode-CLASS granularity, for the second
+// pass when the exact key misses.
+//
+// A key shared by more than one QSO maps to 0 — AMBIGUOUS, not "pick one". Two
+// contacts with the same station, on the same band, in the same minute, in two
+// digital modes is barely physical; but if it ever happens, stamping the
+// confirmation on whichever row the map happened to keep would be a silent
+// error in someone's award credit. Better to report it unmatched.
+func (r *Repo) DedupeClassKeyIDs(ctx context.Context) (map[string]int64, error) {
+	rows, err := r.db.QueryContext(ctx, `
+		SELECT id, callsign, substr(qso_date, 1, 16), band, mode
+		FROM qso`)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer rows.Close()
+	out := make(map[string]int64, 1024)
+	for rows.Next() {
+		var id int64
+		var call, when, band, mode string
+		if err := rows.Scan(&id, &call, &when, &band, &mode); err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		k := DedupeClassKey(call, when, band, mode)
+		if prev, seen := out[k]; seen && prev != id {
+			out[k] = 0
+			continue
+		}
+		out[k] = id
+	}
+	return out, rows.Err()
+}
+
 // matchRef is one local QSO's time + id, for time-window confirmation matching.
 type matchRef struct {
 	when time.Time
@@ -2792,12 +2894,27 @@ type SlotStats struct {
 	DIGConfirmed int `json:"dig_confirmed"`
 }
 
+// ConfirmedValues is what a QSL-received field holds when the contact IS
+// confirmed, as an SQL list.
+//
+// Y AND V. ADIF's QSL_Rcvd enumeration has both: Y is "received", V is
+// "verified" — and that is what a LoTW download writes for a confirmation the
+// ARRL has validated. Testing only = 'Y' therefore misses exactly the
+// confirmations an operator cares most about.
+//
+// This was visible on screen: the Awards panel showed Morocco validated on five
+// bands while the band/mode matrix beside it showed the entity as merely worked,
+// because the award engine's isYes accepts "Y" or "V" and every SQL query here
+// compared against 'Y' alone. One definition of confirmed, in one place, is the
+// only way those two agree.
+const ConfirmedValues = "('Y','V')"
+
 // GetSlotStats computes the worked/confirmed slot and DXCC tallies in one pass.
 // "Confirmed" = LoTW or paper QSL received (the award-valid sources).
 func (r *Repo) GetSlotStats(ctx context.Context) (SlotStats, error) {
 	rows, err := r.db.QueryContext(ctx, `
 		SELECT COALESCE(dxcc,0), LOWER(COALESCE(band,'')), UPPER(COALESCE(mode,'')),
-		       CASE WHEN lotw_rcvd='Y' OR qsl_rcvd='Y' THEN 1 ELSE 0 END
+		       CASE WHEN lotw_rcvd IN `+ConfirmedValues+` OR qsl_rcvd IN `+ConfirmedValues+` THEN 1 ELSE 0 END
 		FROM qso`)
 	if err != nil {
 		return SlotStats{}, err
@@ -3010,6 +3127,7 @@ func scanQSO(s scanner) (QSO, error) {
 		myARRLSect, myVUCCGrids                sql.NullString
 		extrasJSON                             sql.NullString
 		awardRefs                              sql.NullString
+		syncUID                                sql.NullString
 		createdStr, updatedStr                 string
 	)
 	if err := s.Scan(
@@ -3037,7 +3155,7 @@ func scanQSO(s scanner) (QSO, error) {
 		&skcc, &fists, &tenTen, &contactedOp, &eqCall, &pfx, &myName, &class,
 		&darcDOK, &myDarcDOK, &region, &silentKey, &swl, &qsoComplete, &qsoRandom,
 		&creditGranted, &creditSubmitted, &myARRLSect, &myVUCCGrids,
-		&extrasJSON, &awardRefs, &createdStr, &updatedStr,
+		&extrasJSON, &awardRefs, &syncUID, &createdStr, &updatedStr,
 	); err != nil {
 		return QSO{}, fmt.Errorf("scan qso: %w", err)
 	}
@@ -3237,6 +3355,7 @@ func scanQSO(s scanner) (QSO, error) {
 	q.MyVUCCGrids = myVUCCGrids.String
 	q.Extras = decodeExtras(extrasJSON.String)
 	q.AwardRefs = awardRefs.String
+	q.SyncUID = syncUID.String
 	return q, nil
 }
 
@@ -3347,3 +3466,67 @@ func (r *Repo) OrderedIDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int64, time.Time, error) {
 	// Parsed once, for the newest row only — the ordering came from SQL.
 	return out, parseTimeLoose(lastDate), nil
 }
+
+// --- Folder synchronisation identity -----------------------------------------
+
+// SetSyncUID stamps a contact's sync identity. Targeted UPDATE: it must never
+// go through the normal write path, or an ordinary edit would clobber it.
+func (r *Repo) SetSyncUID(ctx context.Context, id int64, uid string) error {
+	_, err := r.db.ExecContext(ctx, `UPDATE qso SET sync_uid = ? WHERE id = ?`, uid, id)
+	return err
+}
+
+// IDBySyncUID resolves an incoming change to a local row. Indexed, so this is
+// the one lookup a sync performs per record and it stays a key hit rather than
+// a scan — which is the whole reason sync_uid is a column and not a JSON key.
+func (r *Repo) IDBySyncUID(ctx context.Context, uid string) (int64, bool, error) {
+	if uid == "" {
+		return 0, false, nil
+	}
+	var id int64
+	err := r.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, `SELECT id FROM qso WHERE sync_uid = ? LIMIT 1`, uid).Scan(&id)
+	if err == sql.ErrNoRows {
+		return 0, false, nil
+	}
+	if err != nil {
+		return 0, false, err
+	}
+	return id, true, nil
+}
+
+// IDByDedupeKey finds the local row a change refers to when its identity is
+// unknown here.
+//
+// The change log starts EMPTY, so contacts logged before synchronisation was
+// switched on are never exchanged — nothing has to be copied across, and
+// identities are stamped lazily on the contacts that are actually touched.
+//
+// One case still needs this. Two machines can already hold the SAME old contact
+// — the second was seeded by copying the database or importing an ADIF — with
+// different row ids and no identity on either. The day one of them edits that
+// contact, it stamps an identity and sends a change naming it; the other has
+// never seen that identity and would insert a duplicate. Matching on the
+// contact itself (callsign + minute + band + mode, the importer's own dedupe
+// key) recognises it instead.
+//
+// Looked up only when an identity is unknown, which is rare, and it goes
+// through idx_qso_callsign rather than scanning — a full map of every contact,
+// rebuilt each pass, was the wrong shape for something this occasional.
+func (r *Repo) IDByDedupeKey(ctx context.Context, callsign, qsoDateMinute, band, mode string) (id int64, uid string, found bool, err error) {
+	if callsign == "" || qsoDateMinute == "" {
+		return 0, "", false, nil
+	}
+	var u sql.NullString
+	err = r.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, `
+		SELECT id, sync_uid FROM qso
+		 WHERE callsign = ? AND substr(qso_date, 1, 16) = ? AND band = ? AND mode = ?
+		 LIMIT 1`,
+		strings.ToUpper(callsign), qsoDateMinute, band, mode).Scan(&id, &u)
+	if err == sql.ErrNoRows {
+		return 0, "", false, nil
+	}
+	if err != nil {
+		return 0, "", false, err
+	}
+	return id, u.String, true, nil
+}

internal/qso/stats_test.go

@@ -70,12 +70,12 @@ func TestStatsNoNilSlices(t *testing.T) {
 }
 
 // Contest metrics over a window. The two traps:
-//   1. "Best hour" must be the best ROLLING 60 minutes, not the best clock hour —
-//      a run straddling 13:45–14:45 is invisible to clock-hour bucketing, and the
-//      rolling figure is the one contesters quote.
-//   2. Both rates must be reported: QSOs ÷ whole window (honest, breaks included)
-//      AND QSOs ÷ hours actually operated. Quoting only the latter is how an
-//      8-hour effort gets sold as a 48-hour score.
+//  1. "Best hour" must be the best ROLLING 60 minutes, not the best clock hour —
+//     a run straddling 13:45–14:45 is invisible to clock-hour bucketing, and the
+//     rolling figure is the one contesters quote.
+//  2. Both rates must be reported: QSOs ÷ whole window (honest, breaks included)
+//     AND QSOs ÷ hours actually operated. Quoting only the latter is how an
+//     8-hour effort gets sold as a 48-hour score.
 func TestContestPeriodMetrics(t *testing.T) {
 	base := time.Date(2026, 5, 30, 12, 0, 0, 0, time.UTC)
 	at := func(min int) time.Time { return base.Add(time.Duration(min) * time.Minute) }
@@ -90,8 +90,8 @@ func TestContestPeriodMetrics(t *testing.T) {
 		times = append(times, entry{t: at(240 + i*5), op: "F5XYZ"}) // 16:00 …
 	}
 
-	from := base                       // 12:00
-	to := base.Add(6 * time.Hour)      // 18:00 → a 6-hour window
+	from := base                  // 12:00
+	to := base.Add(6 * time.Hour) // 18:00 → a 6-hour window
 	var s Stats
 	s.periodMetrics(times, from, to, time.Time{}, time.Time{})
 

internal/qso/syncuid_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+package qso
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"path/filepath"
+	"testing"
+	"time"
+
+	"hamlog/internal/db"
+)
+
+// openRepo gives a migrated, empty logbook on disk.
+func openRepo(t *testing.T) *Repo {
+	t.Helper()
+	conn, err := db.Open(filepath.Join(t.TempDir(), "test.db"))
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("open: %v", err)
+	}
+	t.Cleanup(func() { conn.Close() })
+	return NewRepo(conn)
+}
+
+func addQSO(t *testing.T, r *Repo, call string, when time.Time) int64 {
+	t.Helper()
+	id, err := r.Add(context.Background(), QSO{
+		Callsign: call, QSODate: when, Band: "20m", Mode: "CW",
+	})
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("insert %s: %v", call, err)
+	}
+	return id
+}
+
+// A QSO written and read back must come out whole. selectCols and scanQSO are
+// two hand-maintained lists that must line up column for column, and adding
+// sync_uid touched both — a drift there fails every read at runtime, which no
+// compiler catches.
+func TestSyncUIDRoundTrips(t *testing.T) {
+	r := openRepo(t)
+	ctx := context.Background()
+	id := addQSO(t, r, "M0ABC", time.Date(2026, 8, 16, 14, 32, 0, 0, time.UTC))
+
+	got, err := r.GetByID(ctx, id)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("read back: %v", err)
+	}
+	if got.Callsign != "M0ABC" {
+		t.Fatalf("read back %+v", got)
+	}
+	if got.SyncUID != "" {
+		t.Errorf("a fresh QSO has identity %q — it should have none until sync is switched on", got.SyncUID)
+	}
+
+	if err := r.SetSyncUID(ctx, id, "abc123"); err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("SetSyncUID: %v", err)
+	}
+	got, _ = r.GetByID(ctx, id)
+	if got.SyncUID != "abc123" {
+		t.Errorf("SyncUID = %q after stamping", got.SyncUID)
+	}
+}
+
+// An ordinary edit must NEVER clobber the identity. sync_uid is deliberately
+// outside columnList for this reason: another machine that has already seen the
+// contact addresses it by that id, and losing it makes the same QSO arrive
+// again as a new one.
+func TestAnEditDoesNotClobberTheIdentity(t *testing.T) {
+	r := openRepo(t)
+	ctx := context.Background()
+	id := addQSO(t, r, "M0ABC", time.Date(2026, 8, 16, 14, 32, 0, 0, time.UTC))
+	if err := r.SetSyncUID(ctx, id, "keepme"); err != nil {
+		t.Fatal(err)
+	}
+
+	q, _ := r.GetByID(ctx, id)
+	q.Name = "Edited"
+	q.SyncUID = "" // exactly what a caller that knows nothing about sync sends
+	if err := r.Update(ctx, q); err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("update: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	got, _ := r.GetByID(ctx, id)
+	if got.Name != "Edited" {
+		t.Errorf("the edit did not take: %+v", got)
+	}
+	if got.SyncUID != "keepme" {
+		t.Errorf("SyncUID = %q — an edit wiped the sync identity", got.SyncUID)
+	}
+}
+
+// The lookup an incoming change performs, once per record.
+func TestIDBySyncUID(t *testing.T) {
+	r := openRepo(t)
+	ctx := context.Background()
+	id := addQSO(t, r, "M0ABC", time.Date(2026, 8, 16, 14, 32, 0, 0, time.UTC))
+	_ = r.SetSyncUID(ctx, id, "u-1")
+
+	got, ok, err := r.IDBySyncUID(ctx, "u-1")
+	if err != nil || !ok || got != id {
+		t.Fatalf("IDBySyncUID = (%d,%v,%v), want (%d,true,nil)", got, ok, err, id)
+	}
+	if _, ok, _ := r.IDBySyncUID(ctx, "nope"); ok {
+		t.Error("an unknown identity was resolved")
+	}
+	// An empty id must never match the rows that have none.
+	if _, ok, _ := r.IDBySyncUID(ctx, ""); ok {
+		t.Error("the empty identity matched a row — every un-stamped QSO would be that row")
+	}
+}
+
+// Two machines can already hold the SAME old contact — the second was seeded by
+// copying the database or importing an ADIF — with different row ids and no
+// identity on either. The day one of them edits it, it stamps an identity and
+// sends a change naming it; the other has never seen that identity and would
+// insert a duplicate. Matching on the contact itself recognises it instead.
+func TestIDByDedupeKeyRecognisesTheSameContact(t *testing.T) {
+	r := openRepo(t)
+	ctx := context.Background()
+	when := time.Date(2026, 8, 16, 14, 32, 0, 0, time.UTC)
+	id := addQSO(t, r, "M0ABC", when)
+
+	minute := when.UTC().Format("2006-01-02T15:04")
+	gotID, uid, found, err := r.IDByDedupeKey(ctx, "M0ABC", minute, "20m", "CW")
+	if err != nil || !found {
+		t.Fatalf("IDByDedupeKey = (%d,%q,%v,%v), want it found", gotID, uid, found, err)
+	}
+	if gotID != id {
+		t.Errorf("resolved to id %d, want %d", gotID, id)
+	}
+	if uid != "" {
+		t.Errorf("uid = %q, want empty until something stamps it", uid)
+	}
+
+	// A contact this machine does not have must NOT match something else.
+	if _, _, found, _ := r.IDByDedupeKey(ctx, "M0ABC", minute, "40m", "CW"); found {
+		t.Error("a different band matched — the key must be all four parts")
+	}
+	if _, _, found, _ := r.IDByDedupeKey(ctx, "M0XYZ", minute, "20m", "CW"); found {
+		t.Error("a different callsign matched")
+	}
+	// An empty key must never match anything.
+	if _, _, found, _ := r.IDByDedupeKey(ctx, "", "", "", ""); found {
+		t.Error("an empty key matched a row")
+	}
+}

internal/relaydev/denkovi_other.go

@@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ func NewDenkovi(serial string, count int) Device {
 	return denkoviStub{count: count}
 }
 
-func (s denkoviStub) Count() int     { return s.count }
-func (denkoviStub) Close() error     { return nil }
+func (s denkoviStub) Count() int { return s.count }
+func (denkoviStub) Close() error { return nil }
 func (denkoviStub) Status(context.Context) ([]bool, error) {
 	return nil, fmt.Errorf("Denkovi USB relay board is only supported on Windows")
 }

internal/relaydev/httpgen.go

@@ -3,6 +3,8 @@ package relaydev
 import (
 	"context"
 	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"regexp"
 	"strconv"
 	"strings"
 	"sync"
@@ -20,13 +22,28 @@ import (
 //
 //   - one URL pair with {relay} in it, used for every relay:
 //     http://192.168.1.9/relay?n={relay}&state=on
-//   - or one pair per relay, when the box has no pattern to speak of:
+//   - one pair per relay, when the box has no pattern to speak of:
 //     relay 1 → http://192.168.1.9/FF0101 , relay 2 → .../FF0201
 //
 // The second is the reason this driver exists. A hand-made switch often has
 // URLs with nothing in common between channels, and a template with {relay}
 // cannot express that.
 //
+// TWO SUBSTITUTIONS are available in either form:
+//
+//	{relay}   the relay number, 1-based. {relay-1} for a board that counts its
+//	          channels from zero — otherwise the whole pattern has to be given
+//	          up for eight hand-typed URLs over one missing offset.
+//	{value}   that relay's LABEL, the name given to it in Relay labels. A switch
+//	          addressed by antenna name rather than by channel number
+//	          (…/relay?on=Ant1) is then one pattern instead of eight URLs, and
+//	          renaming the antenna re-addresses it — the name the operator reads
+//	          on the button and the name on the wire cannot drift apart because
+//	          they are the same string.
+//
+// The label is percent-encoded, so a name with a space or an accent goes out as
+// a valid URL rather than a request the board rejects without saying why.
+//
 // STATE IS REMEMBERED, NOT READ. Most of these boxes have no status endpoint,
 // or answer with a web page nobody can parse reliably. Status therefore returns
 // what we last commanded — see the method for what that costs.
@@ -35,9 +52,13 @@ type httpGen struct {
 	offURLs []string
 	onPat   string // pattern with {relay}, used when the per-relay URL is empty
 	offPat  string
+	labels  []string // index 0 = relay 1; what {value} resolves to
 	user    string
 	pass    string
 	count   int
+	// insecure accepts a certificate nothing can verify — the self-signed one a
+	// relay board on the LAN presents. Per board, and the operator's choice.
+	insecure bool
 
 	mu    sync.Mutex
 	state []bool
@@ -45,8 +66,8 @@ type httpGen struct {
 
 // NewHTTPGeneric builds the driver. onURLs/offURLs are per relay (index 0 =
 // relay 1) and may be short or hold empty entries; onPat/offPat are the
-// fallback patterns.
-func NewHTTPGeneric(onURLs, offURLs []string, onPat, offPat, user, pass string, count int) Device {
+// fallback patterns; labels are the relay names {value} substitutes.
+func NewHTTPGeneric(onURLs, offURLs []string, onPat, offPat, user, pass string, count int, labels []string, insecure bool) Device {
 	if count <= 0 {
 		count = len(onURLs)
 	}
@@ -55,8 +76,8 @@ func NewHTTPGeneric(onURLs, offURLs []string, onPat, offPat, user, pass string,
 	}
 	return &httpGen{
 		onURLs: onURLs, offURLs: offURLs,
-		onPat: onPat, offPat: offPat,
-		user: user, pass: pass, count: count,
+		onPat: onPat, offPat: offPat, labels: labels,
+		user: user, pass: pass, count: count, insecure: insecure,
 		state: make([]bool, count),
 	}
 }
@@ -64,39 +85,121 @@ func NewHTTPGeneric(onURLs, offURLs []string, onPat, offPat, user, pass string,
 func (h *httpGen) Count() int   { return h.count }
 func (h *httpGen) Close() error { return nil } // stateless HTTP, nothing to release
 
-// urlFor picks the per-relay URL, falling back to the pattern.
-func (h *httpGen) urlFor(relay int, on bool) string {
-	list, pat := h.offURLs, h.offPat
+// patFor returns the pattern for a direction, trimmed.
+func (h *httpGen) patFor(on bool) string {
 	if on {
-		list, pat = h.onURLs, h.onPat
+		return strings.TrimSpace(h.onPat)
+	}
+	return strings.TrimSpace(h.offPat)
+}
+
+// entryFor returns what was typed in the per-relay box for a direction.
+func (h *httpGen) entryFor(relay int, on bool) string {
+	list := h.offURLs
+	if on {
+		list = h.onURLs
 	}
 	if i := relay - 1; i >= 0 && i < len(list) {
-		if u := strings.TrimSpace(list[i]); u != "" {
-			return u
-		}
+		return strings.TrimSpace(list[i])
 	}
-	if pat = strings.TrimSpace(pat); pat == "" {
+	return ""
+}
+
+// labelFor returns the relay's name, as typed in Relay labels.
+func (h *httpGen) labelFor(relay int) string {
+	if i := relay - 1; i >= 0 && i < len(h.labels) {
+		return strings.TrimSpace(h.labels[i])
+	}
+	return ""
+}
+
+// urlFor builds the request for one relay in one direction: the per-relay URL
+// if there is one, the pattern otherwise, with both substitutions applied.
+func (h *httpGen) urlFor(relay int, on bool) string {
+	u := h.entryFor(relay, on)
+	if u == "" {
+		u = h.patFor(on)
+	}
+	if u == "" {
 		return ""
 	}
-	return strings.ReplaceAll(pat, "{relay}", strconv.Itoa(relay))
+	return expand(u, relay, h.labelFor(relay))
+}
+
+// escapeValue percent-encodes a relay label for use anywhere in a URL.
+//
+// url.QueryEscape alone is wrong: it writes a space as "+", which is a space
+// only in a query string and a literal plus sign in a path. Encoding it as %20
+// instead is correct in both, and {value} may land in either.
+func escapeValue(s string) string {
+	return strings.ReplaceAll(url.QueryEscape(s), "+", "%20")
+}
+
+// withScheme supplies http:// when none was typed, and leaves https:// alone.
+//
+// The same rule the named boards get from relayBase, and it has to be here too:
+// this driver takes whole URLs rather than a host, and a line typed as
+// "192.168.1.9/Set0/1" would otherwise fail with "unsupported protocol scheme"
+// — an error about a scheme, for a field where nobody knew one was expected.
+// An https:// board (a reverse proxy fronting the shack, most often) is passed
+// through untouched and needs no other handling: it is the same HTTP client.
+func withScheme(u string) string {
+	if u == "" {
+		return ""
+	}
+	if l := strings.ToLower(u); strings.HasPrefix(l, "http://") || strings.HasPrefix(l, "https://") {
+		return u
+	}
+	return "http://" + u
+}
+
+// relayToken matches {relay} and its offset forms, {relay-1} / {relay+2}.
+var relayToken = regexp.MustCompile(`\{relay([+-]\d+)?\}`)
+
+// expand substitutes {value} with the relay's label and {relay} with its
+// number, honouring an offset. A board that numbers its channels from zero is
+// written {relay-1}; without that the whole pattern has to be abandoned for
+// four hand-typed URLs.
+func expand(s string, relay int, label string) string {
+	s = strings.ReplaceAll(s, "{value}", escapeValue(label))
+	return relayToken.ReplaceAllStringFunc(s, func(m string) string {
+		n := relay
+		if i := strings.IndexAny(m, "+-"); i >= 0 {
+			if off, err := strconv.Atoi(m[i : len(m)-1]); err == nil {
+				n += off
+			}
+		}
+		return strconv.Itoa(n)
+	})
 }
 
 func (h *httpGen) Set(ctx context.Context, relay int, on bool) error {
 	if relay < 1 || relay > h.count {
 		return fmt.Errorf("relay %d out of range 1..%d", relay, h.count)
 	}
-	u := h.urlFor(relay, on)
-	if u == "" {
-		// Naming the direction matters: an operator who filled the ON URLs and
-		// left OFF empty gets a switch that latches, and "no URL configured"
-		// alone would not say which half is missing.
-		dir := "OFF"
-		if on {
-			dir = "ON"
-		}
+	// Naming the direction matters: an operator who filled the ON URLs and left
+	// OFF empty gets a switch that latches, and "no URL configured" alone would
+	// not say which half is missing.
+	dir := "OFF"
+	if on {
+		dir = "ON"
+	}
+	tmpl := h.entryFor(relay, on)
+	if tmpl == "" {
+		tmpl = h.patFor(on)
+	}
+	if tmpl == "" {
 		return fmt.Errorf("no %s URL configured for relay %d", dir, relay)
 	}
-	if _, err := get(ctx, u, h.user, h.pass); err != nil {
+	// {value} with no label would send "?on=" — an empty parameter to an antenna
+	// switch, which most boards answer with a cheerful 200 and no movement. Say
+	// what is missing instead of firing it.
+	if strings.Contains(tmpl, "{value}") && h.labelFor(relay) == "" {
+		return fmt.Errorf("the %s URL for relay %d uses {value}, but relay %d has no label to put there", dir, relay, relay)
+	}
+	u := h.urlFor(relay, on)
+	u = withScheme(u)
+	if _, err := get(ctx, u, h.user, h.pass, h.insecure); err != nil {
 		return err
 	}
 	h.mu.Lock()

internal/relaydev/httpgen_test.go

@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ func TestHTTPGenericPattern(t *testing.T) {
 
 	d := NewHTTPGeneric(nil, nil,
 		srv.URL+"/relay?n={relay}&state=on",
-		srv.URL+"/relay?n={relay}&state=off", "", "", 4)
+		srv.URL+"/relay?n={relay}&state=off", "", "", 4, nil, false)
 	if err := d.Set(context.Background(), 2, true); err != nil {
 		t.Fatalf("Set on: %v", err)
 	}
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ func TestHTTPGenericPerRelayURLsWinOverThePattern(t *testing.T) {
 	d := NewHTTPGeneric(
 		[]string{srv.URL + "/FF0101", "", srv.URL + "/weird/on"},
 		[]string{srv.URL + "/FF0100", "", ""},
-		srv.URL+"/pattern/on/{relay}", srv.URL+"/pattern/off/{relay}", "", "", 3)
+		srv.URL+"/pattern/on/{relay}", srv.URL+"/pattern/off/{relay}", "", "", 3, nil, false)
 
 	_ = d.Set(context.Background(), 1, true)  // its own URL
 	_ = d.Set(context.Background(), 2, true)  // empty → falls back to the pattern
@@ -66,10 +66,90 @@ func TestHTTPGenericPerRelayURLsWinOverThePattern(t *testing.T) {
 	}
 }
 
+// {value} is the relay's LABEL: a switch addressed by antenna name rather than
+// by channel number is one pattern instead of eight URLs.
+func TestHTTPGenericValueIsTheRelayLabel(t *testing.T) {
+	var mu sync.Mutex
+	var got []string
+	srv := httptest.NewServer(http.HandlerFunc(func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+		mu.Lock()
+		got = append(got, r.URL.String())
+		mu.Unlock()
+	}))
+	defer srv.Close()
+
+	d := NewHTTPGeneric(
+		[]string{srv.URL + "/relay?on={value}"}, // per-relay URL
+		nil,
+		"", srv.URL+"/relay?off={value}", // and the pattern, for the other direction
+		"", "", 3, []string{"Ant1", "Beam 20m", ""}, false)
+	_ = d.Set(context.Background(), 1, true)
+	_ = d.Set(context.Background(), 2, false)
+	mu.Lock()
+	defer mu.Unlock()
+	// The space in "Beam 20m" must go out as %20 — a "+" would be a literal plus
+	// in a path, and this substitution can land in either half of a URL.
+	want := []string{"/relay?on=Ant1", "/relay?off=Beam%2020m"}
+	if strings.Join(got, " ") != strings.Join(want, " ") {
+		t.Errorf("requested %v, want %v", got, want)
+	}
+}
+
+// {relay-1} for a board whose channels are numbered from zero.
+func TestHTTPGenericRelayOffset(t *testing.T) {
+	var mu sync.Mutex
+	var got []string
+	srv := httptest.NewServer(http.HandlerFunc(func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+		mu.Lock()
+		got = append(got, r.URL.Path)
+		mu.Unlock()
+	}))
+	defer srv.Close()
+
+	d := NewHTTPGeneric(nil, nil,
+		srv.URL+"/set0/{relay-1}/1", srv.URL+"/set0/{relay-1}/0", "", "", 4, nil, false)
+	_ = d.Set(context.Background(), 1, true)
+	_ = d.Set(context.Background(), 4, false)
+	mu.Lock()
+	defer mu.Unlock()
+	want := []string{"/set0/0/1", "/set0/3/0"}
+	if strings.Join(got, " ") != strings.Join(want, " ") {
+		t.Errorf("requested %v, want %v", got, want)
+	}
+}
+
+// A URL that uses {value} on an unlabelled relay would go out as "?on=" — an
+// empty parameter, which most boards answer with a cheerful 200 and no
+// movement. It must be refused, and the message must say the label is what is
+// missing.
+func TestHTTPGenericRefusesValueWithoutALabel(t *testing.T) {
+	d := NewHTTPGeneric(nil, nil, "http://x/relay?on={value}", "", "", "", 2, []string{"", ""}, false)
+	err := d.Set(context.Background(), 1, true)
+	if err == nil || !strings.Contains(err.Error(), "label") {
+		t.Errorf("err = %v, want it to name the missing label", err)
+	}
+}
+
+// A URL typed without a scheme must still be sent — the named boards take a
+// bare host and add http:// themselves, and this one has to behave the same.
+// https:// is left exactly as typed.
+func TestHTTPGenericSuppliesTheScheme(t *testing.T) {
+	for _, c := range []struct{ in, want string }{
+		{"192.168.1.9/Set0/1", "http://192.168.1.9/Set0/1"},
+		{"http://192.168.1.9/x", "http://192.168.1.9/x"},
+		{"https://relay.example.com/x", "https://relay.example.com/x"},
+		{"HTTPS://relay.example.com/x", "HTTPS://relay.example.com/x"},
+	} {
+		if got := withScheme(c.in); got != c.want {
+			t.Errorf("withScheme(%q) = %q, want %q", c.in, got, c.want)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
 // A switch with the ON URLs filled and OFF left empty latches. The error has to
 // name the direction, or the operator cannot tell which half is missing.
 func TestHTTPGenericNamesTheMissingDirection(t *testing.T) {
-	d := NewHTTPGeneric([]string{"http://x/on"}, nil, "", "", "", "", 1)
+	d := NewHTTPGeneric([]string{"http://x/on"}, nil, "", "", "", "", 1, nil, false)
 	err := d.Set(context.Background(), 1, false)
 	if err == nil || !strings.Contains(err.Error(), "OFF") {
 		t.Errorf("err = %v, want it to name the OFF direction", err)
@@ -80,7 +160,7 @@ func TestHTTPGenericNamesTheMissingDirection(t *testing.T) {
 func TestHTTPGenericRemembersWhatItCommanded(t *testing.T) {
 	srv := httptest.NewServer(http.HandlerFunc(func(http.ResponseWriter, *http.Request) {}))
 	defer srv.Close()
-	d := NewHTTPGeneric(nil, nil, srv.URL+"/on/{relay}", srv.URL+"/off/{relay}", "", "", 3)
+	d := NewHTTPGeneric(nil, nil, srv.URL+"/on/{relay}", srv.URL+"/off/{relay}", "", "", 3, nil, false)
 	_ = d.Set(context.Background(), 2, true)
 	st, err := d.Status(context.Background())
 	if err != nil {

internal/relaydev/httpstls_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+package relaydev
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"net/http"
+	"net/http/httptest"
+	"strings"
+	"sync"
+	"testing"
+)
+
+// A relay board on the LAN signs its own certificate — there is no authority
+// anywhere that could have signed it. httptest.NewTLSServer presents exactly
+// that: a certificate from an unknown issuer, which is what the hardware does.
+func selfSignedRelay(t *testing.T) (*httptest.Server, func() []string) {
+	t.Helper()
+	var mu sync.Mutex
+	var got []string
+	srv := httptest.NewTLSServer(http.HandlerFunc(func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+		mu.Lock()
+		got = append(got, r.URL.Path)
+		mu.Unlock()
+		w.WriteHeader(http.StatusOK)
+	}))
+	t.Cleanup(srv.Close)
+	return srv, func() []string {
+		mu.Lock()
+		defer mu.Unlock()
+		return append([]string(nil), got...)
+	}
+}
+
+// With the box ticked, the board answers.
+func TestHTTPSRelayWithASelfSignedCertificate(t *testing.T) {
+	srv, seen := selfSignedRelay(t)
+	d := NewHTTPGeneric(nil, nil, srv.URL+"/on/{relay}", srv.URL+"/off/{relay}", "", "", 2, nil, true)
+	if err := d.Set(context.Background(), 1, true); err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("Set over HTTPS: %v", err)
+	}
+	if paths := seen(); len(paths) != 1 || paths[0] != "/on/1" {
+		t.Errorf("the board was asked for %v, want /on/1", paths)
+	}
+}
+
+// Without it, the request is refused — and the refusal has to name the box.
+//
+// Go's own message, "x509: certificate signed by unknown authority", is
+// accurate and tells an operator nothing about what to do next. This is the
+// difference between a dead end and an instruction, and it is the whole reason
+// the default can safely stay OFF.
+func TestARefusedCertificateNamesTheSetting(t *testing.T) {
+	srv, seen := selfSignedRelay(t)
+	d := NewHTTPGeneric(nil, nil, srv.URL+"/on/{relay}", srv.URL+"/off/{relay}", "", "", 2, nil, false)
+	err := d.Set(context.Background(), 1, true)
+	if err == nil {
+		t.Fatal("an unverifiable certificate was accepted with the box unticked")
+	}
+	if !strings.Contains(err.Error(), "self-signed") {
+		t.Errorf("the refusal reads %q — it does not say which setting to change", err)
+	}
+	if len(seen()) != 0 {
+		t.Error("the request reached the board despite the certificate being refused")
+	}
+}
+
+// The box belongs to ONE board. An operator with a self-signed switch on the
+// LAN and a second board reached through a proper HTTPS proxy must keep real
+// verification on the second — that link crosses the internet, and it commands
+// an antenna.
+func TestAcceptingOneBoardsCertificateDoesNotAffectAnother(t *testing.T) {
+	srv, _ := selfSignedRelay(t)
+	lan := NewHTTPGeneric(nil, nil, srv.URL+"/on/{relay}", "", "", "", 1, nil, true)
+	if err := lan.Set(context.Background(), 1, true); err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("the LAN board: %v", err)
+	}
+	strict := NewHTTPGeneric(nil, nil, srv.URL+"/on/{relay}", "", "", "", 1, nil, false)
+	if err := strict.Set(context.Background(), 1, true); err == nil {
+		t.Error("the second board accepted the certificate too — the setting is not per board")
+	}
+}

internal/relaydev/relaydev.go

@@ -17,7 +17,10 @@ package relaydev
 
 import (
 	"context"
+	"crypto/tls"
+	"crypto/x509"
 	"encoding/xml"
+	"errors"
 	"fmt"
 	"io"
 	"net/http"
@@ -28,8 +31,8 @@ import (
 
 // Device is one relay board.
 type Device interface {
-	Count() int                                       // number of user-controllable relays
-	Status(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)       // state of each relay (index 0 = relay 1)
+	Count() int                                        // number of user-controllable relays
+	Status(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)        // state of each relay (index 0 = relay 1)
 	Set(ctx context.Context, relay int, on bool) error // relay is 1-based
 	// Close releases any OS handle the driver holds (serial port, FTDI handle).
 	// Network boards hold nothing and no-op. MUST be called when a cached driver is
@@ -40,8 +43,47 @@ type Device interface {
 
 func httpClient() *http.Client { return &http.Client{Timeout: 5 * time.Second} }
 
+// insecureClient talks to a board presenting a certificate nothing can verify.
+//
+// Which is nearly every board that offers HTTPS at all: a relay box on the LAN
+// signs its own certificate, and there is no authority anywhere that could have
+// signed it. Refusing that means refusing HTTPS on the hardware, which is not a
+// security decision, only an outcome.
+//
+// So it is offered, per board, and OFF by default — because the other HTTPS
+// case is real and opposite: a board reached from outside through a proxy with
+// a genuine certificate, where verification is the only thing standing between
+// an antenna switch and the internet. One box, on the board that needs it.
+//
+// Built once. A Transport per request would open a fresh TLS connection every
+// time and never reuse one.
+var insecureClient = &http.Client{
+	Timeout: 5 * time.Second,
+	Transport: &http.Transport{
+		TLSClientConfig: &tls.Config{InsecureSkipVerify: true}, //nolint:gosec // the operator ticked the box for this board
+	},
+}
+
+// certError says which box to tick when TLS is what failed.
+//
+// Go's own message — "x509: certificate signed by unknown authority" — is
+// accurate and tells an operator nothing about what to do next. Naming the
+// setting turns a dead end into an instruction.
+func certError(err error) error {
+	var unknown x509.UnknownAuthorityError
+	var host x509.HostnameError
+	var verify *tls.CertificateVerificationError
+	if errors.As(err, &unknown) || errors.As(err, &host) || errors.As(err, &verify) {
+		return fmt.Errorf("%w — the board's HTTPS certificate cannot be verified; "+
+			"tick \"Accept a self-signed certificate\" for this board if it is on your own network", err)
+	}
+	return err
+}
+
 // get issues a GET with optional basic auth and returns the body on 2xx.
-func get(ctx context.Context, url, user, pass string) ([]byte, error) {
+//
+// insecure skips certificate verification, for a board that signs its own.
+func get(ctx context.Context, url, user, pass string, insecure bool) ([]byte, error) {
 	req, err := http.NewRequestWithContext(ctx, http.MethodGet, url, nil)
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, err
@@ -49,9 +91,13 @@ func get(ctx context.Context, url, user, pass string) ([]byte, error) {
 	if user != "" || pass != "" {
 		req.SetBasicAuth(user, pass)
 	}
-	resp, err := httpClient().Do(req)
+	client := httpClient()
+	if insecure {
+		client = insecureClient
+	}
+	resp, err := client.Do(req)
 	if err != nil {
-		return nil, err
+		return nil, certError(err)
 	}
 	defer resp.Body.Close()
 	body, _ := io.ReadAll(resp.Body)
@@ -87,8 +133,8 @@ type webswitch struct {
 // NewWebswitch builds a WebSwitch 1216H client (5 relays).
 func NewWebswitch(host string) Device { return &webswitch{host: host, count: 5} }
 
-func (w *webswitch) Count() int    { return w.count }
-func (w *webswitch) Close() error  { return nil } // stateless HTTP, nothing to release
+func (w *webswitch) Count() int   { return w.count }
+func (w *webswitch) Close() error { return nil } // stateless HTTP, nothing to release
 
 func (w *webswitch) Set(ctx context.Context, relay int, on bool) error {
 	if relay < 1 || relay > w.count {
@@ -98,7 +144,7 @@ func (w *webswitch) Set(ctx context.Context, relay int, on bool) error {
 	if on {
 		action = "on"
 	}
-	_, err := get(ctx, fmt.Sprintf("%s/relaycontrol/%s/%d", relayBase(w.host), action, relay), "", "")
+	_, err := get(ctx, fmt.Sprintf("%s/relaycontrol/%s/%d", relayBase(w.host), action, relay), "", "", false)
 	return err
 }
 
@@ -109,7 +155,7 @@ func (w *webswitch) Status(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error) {
 		sel.WriteString(strconv.Itoa(i))
 		sel.WriteByte('$')
 	}
-	body, err := get(ctx, fmt.Sprintf("%s/relaystate/get2/%s", relayBase(w.host), sel.String()), "", "")
+	body, err := get(ctx, fmt.Sprintf("%s/relaystate/get2/%s", relayBase(w.host), sel.String()), "", "", false)
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, err
 	}
@@ -156,7 +202,7 @@ func (k *kmtronic) Set(ctx context.Context, relay int, on bool) error {
 		state = "01"
 	}
 	// FF<rr><ss>: e.g. FF0101 = relay 1 on, FF0800 = relay 8 off.
-	_, err := get(ctx, fmt.Sprintf("%s/FF%02d%s", relayBase(k.host), relay, state), k.user, k.pass)
+	_, err := get(ctx, fmt.Sprintf("%s/FF%02d%s", relayBase(k.host), relay, state), k.user, k.pass, false)
 	return err
 }
 
@@ -170,7 +216,7 @@ type kmStatus struct {
 }
 
 func (k *kmtronic) Status(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error) {
-	body, err := get(ctx, fmt.Sprintf("%s/status.xml", relayBase(k.host)), k.user, k.pass)
+	body, err := get(ctx, fmt.Sprintf("%s/status.xml", relayBase(k.host)), k.user, k.pass, false)
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, err
 	}

internal/rotator/spid/spid.go

@@ -0,0 +1,299 @@
+// Package spid drives a SPID (AlfaSpid) rotator over its own serial protocol,
+// Rot1Prog or Rot2Prog — the controllers sold as RAS, RAK, BIG-RAS/HR, MD-01
+// and MD-02.
+//
+// It exists so an operator with SPID rotators does not need PstRotator running
+// just to turn an antenna. Two towers with a controller each is the ordinary
+// case; each one is a separate serial port and a separate rotor in OpsLog.
+//
+// # WIRE FORMAT
+//
+// Every command is 13 bytes:
+//
+//	 0    1  2  3  4    5    6  7  8  9    10   11  12
+//	0x57 H1 H2 H3 H4   PH   V1 V2 V3 V4   PV   K  0x20
+//
+// K is the command: 0x0F stop, 0x1F status, 0x2F set.
+//
+// The DIGITS ARE ASCII in a command ('0'+d) and RAW BYTES in a reply (0..9).
+// That asymmetry is the whole trap in this protocol: send raw digits and the
+// controller ignores you, read them as ASCII and every heading is 48 degrees
+// times a hundred out. It is pinned by the tests beside this file.
+//
+// PH and PV are the resolution in pulses per degree — 1, 2 or 4 — and are raw
+// in both directions. The target is scaled by it:
+//
+//	u_az = PH × (360 + az)      and the four decimal digits of u_az are sent
+//
+// A reply is 12 bytes for Rot2Prog (azimuth and elevation) or 5 for Rot1Prog
+// (azimuth only, three digits):
+//
+//	az = H1×100 + H2×10 + H3 + H4/10 − 360
+//
+// ROT1PROG IS THREE DIGITS IN BOTH DIRECTIONS. Its reply carries three, and so
+// does its command — the controller reads the azimuth from offsets 1, 2 and 3,
+// with no resolution scaling (it is one pulse per degree). Sending it the
+// four-digit Rot2Prog form shifts every target by a decimal place: 90° goes out
+// as "0450" and is read as 045, which is −315°, so every command turns the
+// antenna nearly a full circle the wrong way. Found on a tower, not here.
+//
+// The 360 offset is what lets the controller report a rotator that has turned
+// past north in either direction, which is the point of a pulse-counting
+// rotator: −180…540 rather than 0…359.
+//
+// Serial is 8N1 at 600 baud for Rot2Prog and 1200 for Rot1Prog. Those are not
+// typos — a pulse controller has nothing to say quickly.
+//
+// Verified against Hamlib's spid.c (rotators/spid/spid.c), which is the
+// reference implementation, and SPID's published protocol note. NOT yet run
+// against real hardware here; the tests pin the frames, the controller is the
+// only thing that can confirm the rest.
+package spid
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"strings"
+	"sync"
+	"time"
+
+	"go.bug.st/serial"
+)
+
+// Model selects the dialect.
+type Model string
+
+const (
+	Rot1Prog Model = "rot1prog" // azimuth only, 5-byte reply, 1200 baud
+	Rot2Prog Model = "rot2prog" // azimuth + elevation, 12-byte reply, 600 baud
+)
+
+const (
+	cmdStop   = 0x0F
+	cmdStatus = 0x1F
+	cmdSet    = 0x2F
+
+	frameStart = 0x57
+	frameEnd   = 0x20
+)
+
+// Client is one controller on one serial port.
+//
+// The port is opened per exchange rather than held: a rotator is polled every
+// few seconds at most, and holding a COM port open for the life of the program
+// is what stops an operator from using their controller's own software
+// alongside — which they will want while they are still trusting this.
+type Client struct {
+	mu    sync.Mutex
+	port  string
+	baud  int
+	model Model
+	// resolution is pulses per degree: 1, 2 or 4. The controller is configured
+	// for one of them and answers with it, so a wrong value here corrects itself
+	// on the first status read.
+	resolution byte
+}
+
+// New builds a client. baud 0 takes the model's documented default.
+func New(comPort string, baud int, model Model) *Client {
+	if model != Rot1Prog {
+		model = Rot2Prog
+	}
+	if baud <= 0 {
+		baud = 600
+		if model == Rot1Prog {
+			baud = 1200
+		}
+	}
+	return &Client{port: strings.TrimSpace(comPort), baud: baud, model: model, resolution: 1}
+}
+
+// BuildStatus frames the "where are you" command.
+func BuildStatus() []byte { return buildCmd(0, 0, 0, 0, cmdStatus) }
+
+// BuildStop frames the "stop now" command.
+func BuildStop() []byte { return buildCmd(0, 0, 0, 0, cmdStop) }
+
+// BuildSet frames a target. resolution is the controller's pulses per degree.
+//
+// Azimuth is offset by 360 before scaling, so a target of −10° and one of 350°
+// are different instructions: the first turns anticlockwise past north, the
+// second does not. Feeding a 0…359 heading in is therefore always safe.
+//
+// ROT1PROG SENDS THREE DIGITS, NOT FOUR, and that is the whole reason this
+// takes a model. Its reply is three digits — a 5-byte frame — and its command
+// field matches: the controller reads the azimuth from offsets 1, 2 and 3.
+//
+// Sending the four-digit Rot2Prog form to one shifts every target by a decimal
+// place. "0450" for 90° was read as 045, i.e. 45 − 360 = −315°, so every
+// command became a near-full turn ANTICLOCKWISE whatever was asked for — 0°,
+// 90°, 180°, all of them. That is exactly how it was reported from a tower:
+// every heading wanted to go the wrong way round, and a "point to 0°" test that
+// did nothing useful.
+func BuildSet(az, el float64, resolution byte, model Model) []byte {
+	if model == Rot1Prog {
+		// No scaling: a Rot1Prog is one pulse per degree and reports resolution 1.
+		return buildCmd3(int(360+az+0.5), int(360+el+0.5))
+	}
+	if resolution == 0 {
+		resolution = 1
+	}
+	uaz := int(float64(resolution)*(360+az) + 0.5)
+	uel := int(float64(resolution)*(360+el) + 0.5)
+	return buildCmd(uaz, uel, resolution, resolution, cmdSet)
+}
+
+// buildCmd3 frames a Rot1Prog target: three ASCII digits per axis at the same
+// offsets its replies use, the fourth digit position left as '0'.
+func buildCmd3(uaz, uel int) []byte {
+	c := make([]byte, 13)
+	c[0] = frameStart
+	c[1] = '0' + byte(uaz/100%10)
+	c[2] = '0' + byte(uaz/10%10)
+	c[3] = '0' + byte(uaz%10)
+	c[4] = '0'
+	c[5] = 0x01
+	c[6] = '0' + byte(uel/100%10)
+	c[7] = '0' + byte(uel/10%10)
+	c[8] = '0' + byte(uel%10)
+	c[9] = '0'
+	c[10] = 0x01
+	c[11] = cmdSet
+	c[12] = frameEnd
+	return c
+}
+
+func buildCmd(uaz, uel int, ph, pv byte, k byte) []byte {
+	c := make([]byte, 13)
+	c[0] = frameStart
+	if k == cmdSet {
+		c[1] = '0' + byte(uaz/1000%10)
+		c[2] = '0' + byte(uaz/100%10)
+		c[3] = '0' + byte(uaz/10%10)
+		c[4] = '0' + byte(uaz%10)
+		c[5] = ph
+		c[6] = '0' + byte(uel/1000%10)
+		c[7] = '0' + byte(uel/100%10)
+		c[8] = '0' + byte(uel/10%10)
+		c[9] = '0' + byte(uel%10)
+		c[10] = pv
+	}
+	c[11] = k
+	c[12] = frameEnd
+	return c
+}
+
+// ParseStatus decodes a reply. Returns the azimuth, the elevation (0 for
+// Rot1Prog) and the resolution the controller reported.
+func ParseStatus(buf []byte, model Model) (az, el float64, resolution byte, err error) {
+	want := 12
+	if model == Rot1Prog {
+		want = 5
+	}
+	if len(buf) < want {
+		return 0, 0, 0, fmt.Errorf("spid: short reply (%d bytes, want %d)", len(buf), want)
+	}
+	if buf[0] != frameStart || buf[want-1] != frameEnd {
+		return 0, 0, 0, fmt.Errorf("spid: not a reply frame: % X", buf[:want])
+	}
+	az = float64(buf[1])*100 + float64(buf[2])*10 + float64(buf[3])
+	if model == Rot1Prog {
+		return az - 360, 0, 1, nil
+	}
+	az += float64(buf[4]) / 10
+	el = float64(buf[6])*100 + float64(buf[7])*10 + float64(buf[8]) + float64(buf[9])/10
+	resolution = buf[5]
+	if resolution == 0 {
+		resolution = 1
+	}
+	return az - 360, el - 360, resolution, nil
+}
+
+// GoTo points the rotator at az (and el, on a Rot2Prog with elevation).
+func (c *Client) GoTo(az int, el int) error {
+	c.mu.Lock()
+	res := c.resolution
+	c.mu.Unlock()
+	e := 0.0
+	if el >= 0 && c.model == Rot2Prog {
+		e = float64(el)
+	}
+	_, err := c.exchange(BuildSet(float64(az), e, res, c.model), 0)
+	return err
+}
+
+// Stop interrupts a rotation in progress.
+func (c *Client) Stop() error {
+	// The controller answers a stop with its position, like a status — read it
+	// so the reply does not sit in the buffer and get taken for the ANSWER to
+	// the next poll, which would report a heading one command stale for ever.
+	_, err := c.exchange(BuildStop(), c.replyLen())
+	return err
+}
+
+// Heading reads the current position.
+func (c *Client) Heading() (az int, el int, err error) {
+	buf, err := c.exchange(BuildStatus(), c.replyLen())
+	if err != nil {
+		return 0, 0, err
+	}
+	a, e, res, err := ParseStatus(buf, c.model)
+	if err != nil {
+		return 0, 0, err
+	}
+	// Believe the controller about its own resolution: it is configured on the
+	// front panel, and a wrong guess here would scale every target we send.
+	c.mu.Lock()
+	c.resolution = res
+	c.mu.Unlock()
+	return int(a + 0.5), int(e + 0.5), nil
+}
+
+func (c *Client) replyLen() int {
+	if c.model == Rot1Prog {
+		return 5
+	}
+	return 12
+}
+
+// exchange opens the port, writes one frame and reads the expected reply.
+func (c *Client) exchange(cmd []byte, wantBytes int) ([]byte, error) {
+	if c.port == "" {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("spid: no serial port configured")
+	}
+	c.mu.Lock()
+	defer c.mu.Unlock()
+	p, err := serial.Open(c.port, &serial.Mode{
+		BaudRate: c.baud, DataBits: 8, Parity: serial.NoParity, StopBits: serial.OneStopBit,
+	})
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("spid: open %s: %w", c.port, err)
+	}
+	defer p.Close()
+	// 600 baud is 60 bytes a second: a 12-byte reply takes a fifth of a second
+	// to arrive on the wire alone, before the controller has thought about it.
+	_ = p.SetReadTimeout(2 * time.Second)
+	if _, err := p.Write(cmd); err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("spid: write: %w", err)
+	}
+	if wantBytes == 0 {
+		return nil, nil
+	}
+	buf := make([]byte, 0, wantBytes)
+	tmp := make([]byte, wantBytes)
+	deadline := time.Now().Add(3 * time.Second)
+	for len(buf) < wantBytes && time.Now().Before(deadline) {
+		n, err := p.Read(tmp)
+		if n > 0 {
+			buf = append(buf, tmp[:n]...)
+			continue
+		}
+		if err != nil {
+			break
+		}
+	}
+	if len(buf) < wantBytes {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("spid: no reply from %s (%d of %d bytes) — check the port, the baud rate (%d) and that nothing else holds the controller",
+			c.port, len(buf), wantBytes, c.baud)
+	}
+	return buf, nil
+}

internal/rotator/spid/spid_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+package spid
+
+import (
+	"math"
+	"testing"
+)
+
+// The frames are pinned against Hamlib's spid.c, the reference implementation.
+// This protocol has one trap and it is here: digits go out as ASCII and come
+// back RAW. Getting that backwards points an antenna at a heading nobody asked
+// for, and nothing in the app would notice.
+func TestSetFrameMatchesTheReference(t *testing.T) {
+	// Hamlib: u_az = PH × (360 + az), then the four decimal digits as ASCII;
+	// PH and PV raw; K = 0x2F.
+	got := BuildSet(0, 0, 1, Rot2Prog) // 360 → "0360"
+	want := []byte{0x57, '0', '3', '6', '0', 0x01, '0', '3', '6', '0', 0x01, 0x2F, 0x20}
+	assertBytes(t, "az 0 res 1", got, want)
+
+	// 90° at half-degree resolution: 2 × 450 = 900 → "0900".
+	got = BuildSet(90, 0, 2, Rot2Prog)
+	want = []byte{0x57, '0', '9', '0', '0', 0x02, '0', '7', '2', '0', 0x02, 0x2F, 0x20}
+	assertBytes(t, "az 90 res 2", got, want)
+
+	// A quarter-degree controller, 359°: 4 × 719 = 2876.
+	got = BuildSet(359, 0, 4, Rot2Prog)
+	want = []byte{0x57, '2', '8', '7', '6', 0x04, '1', '4', '4', '0', 0x04, 0x2F, 0x20}
+	assertBytes(t, "az 359 res 4", got, want)
+}
+
+// A Rot1Prog reads its azimuth from offsets 1, 2 and 3 — three digits, the same
+// field its five-byte replies use.
+//
+// This is field evidence, not a reading of the reference: sending the
+// four-digit Rot2Prog form to a RAK/RAU made every command turn the antenna
+// nearly a full circle ANTICLOCKWISE. "0450" for 90° was read as 045, which is
+// 45 − 360 = −315°, and the same shift made 0°, 180° and every other target go
+// the wrong way round too. The three cases below are the ones that were tried
+// on the tower.
+func TestRot1ProgSetFrameIsThreeDigits(t *testing.T) {
+	// 0° → 360 → "360". The "point to 0°" test that did nothing.
+	assertBytes(t, "rot1prog az 0", BuildSet(0, 0, 1, Rot1Prog),
+		[]byte{0x57, '3', '6', '0', '0', 0x01, '3', '6', '0', '0', 0x01, 0x2F, 0x20})
+
+	// 90° → 450 → "450". Sent as "0450" it read as 45 − 360 = −315°, which from
+	// 45° is a full turn the wrong way.
+	assertBytes(t, "rot1prog az 90", BuildSet(90, 0, 1, Rot1Prog),
+		[]byte{0x57, '4', '5', '0', '0', 0x01, '3', '6', '0', '0', 0x01, 0x2F, 0x20})
+
+	// 359° → 719 → "719": three digits still, at the top of the range.
+	assertBytes(t, "rot1prog az 359", BuildSet(359, 0, 1, Rot1Prog),
+		[]byte{0x57, '7', '1', '9', '0', 0x01, '3', '6', '0', '0', 0x01, 0x2F, 0x20})
+}
+
+// What a Rot1Prog is SENT and what it REPORTS have to be the same number, or
+// the antenna goes somewhere nobody asked for. Round-tripping every degree of
+// the circle through the command builder and the reply parser is the cheapest
+// way to say that, and it is the check that would have caught the four-digit
+// frame before it reached a tower.
+func TestRot1ProgCommandAndReplyAgree(t *testing.T) {
+	for deg := 0; deg < 360; deg++ {
+		cmd := BuildSet(float64(deg), 0, 1, Rot1Prog)
+		// The controller reads three ASCII digits and answers with the same value
+		// in raw bytes — the asymmetry this protocol is built on.
+		reply := []byte{0x57, cmd[1] - '0', cmd[2] - '0', cmd[3] - '0', 0x20}
+		az, _, _, err := ParseStatus(reply, Rot1Prog)
+		if err != nil {
+			t.Fatalf("%d°: %v", deg, err)
+		}
+		if int(az+0.5) != deg {
+			t.Fatalf("commanded %d°, the controller would report %v° — a %v° error",
+				deg, az, az-float64(deg))
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// Status and stop carry no position: every data byte is zero, only K differs.
+func TestStatusAndStopFrames(t *testing.T) {
+	assertBytes(t, "status", BuildStatus(),
+		[]byte{0x57, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0x1F, 0x20})
+	assertBytes(t, "stop", BuildStop(),
+		[]byte{0x57, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0x0F, 0x20})
+}
+
+// A reply's digits are RAW, and the 360 offset is what lets a pulse-counting
+// controller report a rotator that has turned past north — the whole reason
+// these rotators exist.
+func TestParseStatusRot2Prog(t *testing.T) {
+	// 0x57 H1 H2 H3 H4 PH V1 V2 V3 V4 PV 0x20
+	// az digits 4,5,1,5 → 451.5 − 360 = 91.5
+	frame := []byte{0x57, 4, 5, 1, 5, 0x02, 3, 6, 0, 0, 0x02, 0x20}
+	az, el, res, err := ParseStatus(frame, Rot2Prog)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("ParseStatus: %v", err)
+	}
+	if math.Abs(az-91.5) > 0.001 {
+		t.Errorf("az = %v, want 91.5", az)
+	}
+	if math.Abs(el-0) > 0.001 {
+		t.Errorf("el = %v, want 0", el)
+	}
+	if res != 2 {
+		t.Errorf("resolution = %d, want 2 — the controller's own value must win", res)
+	}
+}
+
+// Rot1Prog: five bytes, three digits, no elevation.
+func TestParseStatusRot1Prog(t *testing.T) {
+	az, el, res, err := ParseStatus([]byte{0x57, 4, 5, 1, 0x20}, Rot1Prog)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("ParseStatus: %v", err)
+	}
+	if math.Abs(az-91) > 0.001 {
+		t.Errorf("az = %v, want 91", az)
+	}
+	if el != 0 || res != 1 {
+		t.Errorf("el = %v, res = %d — Rot1Prog has neither", el, res)
+	}
+}
+
+// A truncated or foreign frame must be refused rather than decoded into a
+// heading: half a reply read as a position turns an antenna somewhere real.
+func TestParseStatusRefusesRubbish(t *testing.T) {
+	for name, frame := range map[string][]byte{
+		"short":    {0x57, 4, 5, 1},
+		"no start": {0x00, 4, 5, 1, 5, 1, 3, 6, 0, 0, 1, 0x20},
+		"no end":   {0x57, 4, 5, 1, 5, 1, 3, 6, 0, 0, 1, 0x00},
+		"empty":    {},
+	} {
+		if _, _, _, err := ParseStatus(frame, Rot2Prog); err == nil {
+			t.Errorf("%s: decoded without complaint", name)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+func assertBytes(t *testing.T, what string, got, want []byte) {
+	t.Helper()
+	if len(got) != len(want) {
+		t.Fatalf("%s: % X\nwant     % X", what, got, want)
+	}
+	for i := range want {
+		if got[i] != want[i] {
+			t.Fatalf("%s: % X\nwant     % X", what, got, want)
+		}
+	}
+}

internal/steppir/readframe_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+package steppir
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"io"
+	"testing"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// silentPort is a serial port that has stopped answering: every read times out.
+// On Windows that is reported as (0, nil) — a timeout is not an error on this
+// transport — which is precisely what io.ReadFull cannot survive.
+type silentPort struct{ reads int }
+
+func (p *silentPort) Read(b []byte) (int, error) {
+	p.reads++
+	time.Sleep(5 * time.Millisecond) // stand in for the port's read timeout
+	return 0, nil
+}
+func (p *silentPort) Write(b []byte) (int, error) { return len(b), nil }
+func (p *silentPort) Close() error                { return nil }
+
+// A controller that goes quiet must make the read FAIL, not hang. Hanging held
+// the io mutex, so the poll loop never reported a fault and every operator
+// command blocked behind it: the antenna stopped responding and the log had
+// nothing in it.
+func TestReadFrameGivesUpOnASilentController(t *testing.T) {
+	done := make(chan error, 1)
+	go func() {
+		done <- readFrame(&silentPort{}, make([]byte, 11), 100*time.Millisecond)
+	}()
+	select {
+	case err := <-done:
+		if err == nil {
+			t.Fatal("a silent controller was reported as a good frame")
+		}
+	case <-time.After(3 * time.Second):
+		t.Fatal("readFrame never returned — the driver is wedged exactly as it was in the field")
+	}
+}
+
+// dribblePort delivers the frame a few bytes at a time, with empty reads in
+// between — a slow 4800-baud link, which must still assemble one frame.
+type dribblePort struct {
+	data []byte
+	step int
+	idle int // empty reads before each chunk
+	n    int
+}
+
+func (p *dribblePort) Read(b []byte) (int, error) {
+	if p.n < p.idle {
+		p.n++
+		return 0, nil
+	}
+	p.n = 0
+	if len(p.data) == 0 {
+		return 0, nil
+	}
+	k := p.step
+	if k > len(p.data) {
+		k = len(p.data)
+	}
+	if k > len(b) {
+		k = len(b)
+	}
+	copy(b, p.data[:k])
+	p.data = p.data[k:]
+	return k, nil
+}
+func (p *dribblePort) Write(b []byte) (int, error) { return len(b), nil }
+func (p *dribblePort) Close() error                { return nil }
+
+func TestReadFrameAssemblesASlowFrame(t *testing.T) {
+	want := []byte{'@', 'A', 0x00, 0x20, 0x1E, 0xA8, 0x00, 0x05, 0x30, 0x37, 0x0D}
+	p := &dribblePort{data: append([]byte(nil), want...), step: 3, idle: 2}
+	buf := make([]byte, 11)
+	if err := readFrame(p, buf, time.Second); err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("readFrame: %v", err)
+	}
+	for i := range want {
+		if buf[i] != want[i] {
+			t.Fatalf("read % X, want % X", buf, want)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// A truncated frame is a failure, not a frame. The controller sending 5 bytes
+// and stopping used to spin forever on the missing 6.
+func TestReadFrameRejectsATruncatedFrame(t *testing.T) {
+	p := &dribblePort{data: []byte{'@', 'A', 0x00, 0x20, 0x1E}, step: 5}
+	err := readFrame(p, make([]byte, 11), 100*time.Millisecond)
+	if err == nil {
+		t.Fatal("a 5-byte frame was accepted as 11")
+	}
+}
+
+// A real error still comes straight back.
+func TestReadFrameReturnsPortErrors(t *testing.T) {
+	want := errors.New("port closed")
+	p := errPort{err: want}
+	if err := readFrame(p, make([]byte, 11), time.Second); !errors.Is(err, want) {
+		t.Fatalf("err = %v, want %v", err, want)
+	}
+}
+
+type errPort struct{ err error }
+
+func (p errPort) Read([]byte) (int, error)    { return 0, p.err }
+func (p errPort) Write(b []byte) (int, error) { return len(b), nil }
+func (p errPort) Close() error                { return nil }
+
+var _ io.ReadWriteCloser = errPort{}

internal/steppir/steppir.go

@@ -419,6 +419,45 @@ func drain(conn io.ReadWriteCloser) int {
 	return total
 }
 
+// frameTimeout bounds the wait for one 11-byte status reply. At 4800 baud the
+// frame itself takes ~23 ms; three seconds is a controller that is not going to
+// answer this query.
+const frameTimeout = 3 * time.Second
+
+// readFrame reads exactly len(buf) bytes, or gives up.
+//
+// io.ReadFull CANNOT be used on a serial port, and using it here is what made an
+// antenna "stop responding after a while" with nothing whatsoever in the log.
+//
+// On Windows a serial read that times out returns (0, nil) — a timeout is not an
+// error on this transport. io.ReadFull loops while err == nil, so a controller
+// that goes quiet, or sends a truncated frame, spins it forever. It holds ioMu
+// the whole time, and that is the part the operator sees: the poll goroutine
+// never returns to report a fault, so the last status stays on screen and the
+// link still looks connected — while every command blocks on the same mutex.
+// The trace line used to sit AFTER that lock, so even the attempt went unlogged.
+// One dropped reply on a 4800-baud link wedged the driver until OpsLog restarted.
+//
+// Giving up returns an error, which the poll loop already knows how to handle:
+// it says so in the log and reconnects.
+func readFrame(conn io.ReadWriteCloser, buf []byte, d time.Duration) error {
+	deadline := time.Now().Add(d)
+	for n := 0; n < len(buf); {
+		m, err := conn.Read(buf[n:])
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		n += m
+		if n >= len(buf) {
+			return nil
+		}
+		if time.Now().After(deadline) {
+			return fmt.Errorf("timed out after %s with %d of %d bytes", d, n, len(buf))
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
 func (c *Client) queryStatus() (*Status, error) {
 	c.connMu.Lock()
 	conn := c.conn
@@ -438,7 +477,7 @@ func (c *Client) queryStatus() (*Status, error) {
 		return nil, fmt.Errorf("write status cmd: %w", err)
 	}
 	buf := make([]byte, 11)
-	if _, err := io.ReadFull(conn, buf); err != nil {
+	if err := readFrame(conn, buf, frameTimeout); err != nil {
 		return nil, fmt.Errorf("read status: %w", err)
 	}
 	// Reject anything that isn't a framed reply rather than decoding garbage into
@@ -523,9 +562,14 @@ func (c *Client) writeCmd(pkt []byte) error {
 	if conn == nil {
 		return fmt.Errorf("steppir: not connected")
 	}
+	// Traced BEFORE taking the lock, not after. A command waits here for the poll
+	// in flight, and when that wait was unbounded the log showed no sign the
+	// operator had asked for anything at all — the one fact that would have named
+	// the fault. The line now means "asked for"; a failure to write is reported
+	// by the caller.
+	log.Printf("steppir: → % X", pkt)
 	c.ioMu.Lock()
 	defer c.ioMu.Unlock()
-	log.Printf("steppir: → % X", pkt)
 	setDeadline(conn, 3*time.Second)
 	if _, err := conn.Write(pkt); err != nil {
 		c.closeConn()

internal/syncfolder/syncfolder.go

@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+// Package syncfolder keeps one operator's logbook in step across several PCs
+// through a folder they already have — Seafile, OneDrive, Dropbox, a NAS share,
+// a USB stick.
+//
+// WHY NOT THE DATABASE FILE ITSELF. Because it corrupts. SQLite relies on
+// advisory file locks that SMB and NFS implement partially or cache, so two
+// machines can both believe they hold the lock; and in WAL mode — which OpsLog
+// uses — the shared-memory index (-shm) has no meaning across machines at all.
+// A cloud folder is worse again: it replicates the file whole while it is open,
+// and .db / .db-wal / .db-shm drift apart, giving a database that opens
+// perfectly and is silently missing the last few hours.
+//
+// THE RULE THAT MAKES A SHARED FOLDER SAFE: one writer per file, append only.
+// Each machine writes ONLY its own <machine>.ndjson and never touches another's.
+// A sync tool that replicates whole files can therefore never merge two writers
+// into one file, because there are never two writers. This is the exact opposite
+// of putting the database there, and it is why it works.
+//
+// WHAT THIS IS NOT. Not live. Two operators logging the same contest second by
+// second want the shared MySQL logbook, which OpsLog already does; that is a
+// different need and it stays. This is for ONE operator with a shack PC, a
+// laptop and a portable rig — the case where a server running day and night to
+// serve forty QSOs a month is the wrong shape.
+//
+// It is the other half of internal/offlineq, whose own doc says it is
+// "deliberately NOT a sync engine: no mirror, no pull, no merge, no tombstones".
+// Those four are precisely what is here.
+package syncfolder
+
+import (
+	"crypto/rand"
+	"encoding/hex"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"os"
+	"path/filepath"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// DirName is the sub-folder created inside whatever the operator picked. A
+// dedicated folder, so pointing OpsLog at a documents directory by mistake does
+// not scatter files through it.
+const DirName = "opslog-sync"
+
+// FormatVersion is stamped on every record. A future OpsLog that changes the
+// shape can then recognise — and skip — what it does not understand, instead of
+// misreading it. Records from the future are skipped, never guessed at.
+const FormatVersion = 1
+
+// Op is what happened to a contact.
+type Op string
+
+const (
+	OpAdd    Op = "add"
+	OpUpdate Op = "update"
+	// OpDelete is a TOMBSTONE, and it is the reason this is a change log rather
+	// than a pile of ADIF. Without one, a QSO deleted on the laptop comes
+	// straight back on the next sync from the shack PC, for ever.
+	OpDelete Op = "delete"
+)
+
+// Record is one line of a machine's file. NDJSON: one object per line, appended,
+// never rewritten — so a half-written line at the tail costs one record, not the
+// file, and a reader can resume from a byte offset.
+type Record struct {
+	V    int             `json:"v"`
+	Op   Op              `json:"op"`
+	UID  string          `json:"uid"` // the contact's stable identity
+	At   time.Time       `json:"at"`  // when this CHANGE was made, UTC
+	Seq  uint64          `json:"seq"` // this machine's own counter, monotonic
+	By   string          `json:"by"`  // machine id that wrote it
+	Data json.RawMessage `json:"data,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// NewUID mints a contact's identity.
+//
+// A stable id per contact is what lets an edit or a deletion be addressed at
+// all: "the QSO with M0ABC at 14:32" is a guess, and two machines can disagree
+// about which row that is. OpsLog already mints one for the offline outbox
+// (APP_OPSLOG_QUEUEID); this is the same idea, kept for the life of the record.
+func NewUID() string {
+	var b [16]byte
+	if _, err := rand.Read(b[:]); err != nil {
+		return fmt.Sprintf("t%d", time.Now().UnixNano())
+	}
+	return hex.EncodeToString(b[:])
+}
+
+// NewMachineID mints this installation's id, once. The name is the operator's
+// (they may call it "shack" or "portable"); the suffix keeps two machines named
+// the same from writing to one file.
+func NewMachineID(name string) string {
+	var b [4]byte
+	_, _ = rand.Read(b[:])
+	n := sanitiseName(name)
+	if n == "" {
+		n = "opslog"
+	}
+	return n + "-" + hex.EncodeToString(b[:])
+}
+
+// sanitiseName keeps a machine id usable as a FILENAME on every platform the
+// folder may be synced across — a Windows name written to a Linux NAS and back.
+func sanitiseName(s string) string {
+	s = strings.ToLower(strings.TrimSpace(s))
+	var b strings.Builder
+	for _, r := range s {
+		switch {
+		case r >= 'a' && r <= 'z', r >= '0' && r <= '9':
+			b.WriteRune(r)
+		case r == '-' || r == '_' || r == ' ':
+			b.WriteByte('-')
+		}
+	}
+	out := strings.Trim(b.String(), "-")
+	for strings.Contains(out, "--") {
+		out = strings.ReplaceAll(out, "--", "-")
+	}
+	if len(out) > 24 {
+		out = strings.Trim(out[:24], "-")
+	}
+	return out
+}
+
+// Wins decides between two changes to the same contact.
+//
+// Last writer wins, but ordered on (At, Seq, By) rather than on time alone.
+// Two PCs' clocks are never exactly equal and one may be minutes out, so a bare
+// timestamp comparison is not even deterministic: two machines merging the same
+// pair in different orders could reach different answers and then disagree for
+// ever. Adding the writer's own counter and finally its id makes the order
+// total — every machine reaches the same conclusion from the same records,
+// whatever sequence they arrive in.
+//
+// Clock skew still decides WHICH edit wins, and nothing here can fix that. What
+// it guarantees is that all machines agree on the winner.
+func Wins(a, b Record) bool {
+	if !a.At.Equal(b.At) {
+		return a.At.After(b.At)
+	}
+	if a.Seq != b.Seq {
+		return a.Seq > b.Seq
+	}
+	return a.By > b.By
+}
+
+// Store is one machine's view of the shared folder.
+type Store struct {
+	root      string // the folder the operator picked
+	machineID string
+}
+
+// New returns a store. root is the operator's chosen folder; the package
+// creates and uses its own sub-folder inside it.
+func New(root, machineID string) *Store {
+	return &Store{root: strings.TrimSpace(root), machineID: machineID}
+}
+
+// Dir is where the files live.
+func (s *Store) Dir() string { return filepath.Join(s.root, DirName) }
+
+// MyFile is the only file this machine ever writes.
+func (s *Store) MyFile() string { return filepath.Join(s.Dir(), s.machineID+".ndjson") }
+
+// Append adds one record to this machine's file.
+//
+// Opened, written and closed per call, with O_APPEND: a sync client that
+// uploads the file between two contacts sees a complete file every time, and a
+// process killed mid-write loses at most the line it was writing.
+func (s *Store) Append(rec Record) error {
+	if s.root == "" {
+		return fmt.Errorf("syncfolder: no folder configured")
+	}
+	if err := os.MkdirAll(s.Dir(), 0o755); err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("syncfolder: create %s: %w", s.Dir(), err)
+	}
+	rec.V = FormatVersion
+	rec.By = s.machineID
+	if rec.At.IsZero() {
+		rec.At = time.Now().UTC()
+	}
+	rec.At = rec.At.UTC()
+	line, err := json.Marshal(rec)
+	if err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("syncfolder: encode: %w", err)
+	}
+	f, err := os.OpenFile(s.MyFile(), os.O_APPEND|os.O_CREATE|os.O_WRONLY, 0o644)
+	if err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("syncfolder: open %s: %w", s.MyFile(), err)
+	}
+	defer f.Close()
+	if _, err := f.Write(append(line, '\n')); err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("syncfolder: write: %w", err)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Peer is another machine's file and how far this one has read it.
+type Peer struct {
+	MachineID string
+	Path      string
+	Size      int64
+}
+
+// Peers lists the other machines' files, skipping this machine's own.
+func (s *Store) Peers() ([]Peer, error) {
+	if s.root == "" {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("syncfolder: no folder configured")
+	}
+	entries, err := os.ReadDir(s.Dir())
+	if err != nil {
+		if os.IsNotExist(err) {
+			return nil, nil // nobody has written anything yet
+		}
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	var out []Peer
+	for _, e := range entries {
+		if e.IsDir() || !strings.HasSuffix(e.Name(), ".ndjson") {
+			continue
+		}
+		id := strings.TrimSuffix(e.Name(), ".ndjson")
+		if id == s.machineID {
+			continue // never read our own back — that is how a loop starts
+		}
+		info, err := e.Info()
+		if err != nil {
+			continue
+		}
+		out = append(out, Peer{MachineID: id, Path: filepath.Join(s.Dir(), e.Name()), Size: info.Size()})
+	}
+	return out, nil
+}
+
+// ReadFrom returns the records in a peer's file after byte offset `from`, and
+// the offset to resume at next time.
+//
+// Resuming by byte offset is what keeps a sync cheap: a file with 40 000
+// contacts is read once, and thereafter only its tail. The returned offset
+// advances ONLY past complete lines — a file caught mid-upload ends in a
+// partial line, and stopping short of it means the next pass reads that record
+// whole instead of discarding it.
+func ReadFrom(path string, from int64) ([]Record, int64, error) {
+	data, err := os.ReadFile(path)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, from, err
+	}
+	// A file that SHRANK was replaced, not appended to — a sync conflict copy,
+	// a restore, a machine id reused. Start again rather than read from an
+	// offset that now points into the middle of a different record.
+	if int64(len(data)) < from {
+		from = 0
+	}
+	tail := data[from:]
+	var recs []Record
+	consumed := int64(0)
+	for {
+		i := indexByte(tail, '\n')
+		if i < 0 {
+			break // an incomplete final line: leave it for next time
+		}
+		line := tail[:i]
+		tail = tail[i+1:]
+		consumed += int64(i) + 1
+		if len(strings.TrimSpace(string(line))) == 0 {
+			continue
+		}
+		var rec Record
+		if err := json.Unmarshal(line, &rec); err != nil {
+			continue // one unreadable line must not stop the file
+		}
+		if rec.V > FormatVersion {
+			continue // written by a newer OpsLog: skip, never guess
+		}
+		if rec.UID == "" || rec.Op == "" {
+			continue
+		}
+		recs = append(recs, rec)
+	}
+	return recs, from + consumed, nil
+}
+
+func indexByte(b []byte, c byte) int {
+	for i := range b {
+		if b[i] == c {
+			return i
+		}
+	}
+	return -1
+}
+
+// Merge reduces a batch of records to ONE decision per contact — the winner.
+//
+// Applying every record in turn would work but would write the same row several
+// times over, and on a first sync of a large log that is thousands of pointless
+// updates. It also makes the result independent of the order the peers'
+// files happened to be read in.
+func Merge(recs []Record) map[string]Record {
+	out := make(map[string]Record, len(recs))
+	for _, r := range recs {
+		cur, seen := out[r.UID]
+		if !seen || Wins(r, cur) {
+			out[r.UID] = r
+		}
+	}
+	return out
+}

internal/syncfolder/syncfolder_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+package syncfolder
+
+import (
+	"encoding/json"
+	"os"
+	"path/filepath"
+	"strings"
+	"testing"
+	"time"
+)
+
+func rec(uid string, op Op, at string, seq uint64, by string) Record {
+	t, _ := time.Parse(time.RFC3339, at)
+	return Record{V: FormatVersion, Op: op, UID: uid, At: t, Seq: seq, By: by}
+}
+
+// A machine must never read its own file back. That is how a change loops
+// round the folder for ever, each pass re-applying what this machine wrote.
+func TestPeersExcludesOurselves(t *testing.T) {
+	root := t.TempDir()
+	s := New(root, "shack-aabbccdd")
+	if err := s.Append(rec("u1", OpAdd, "2026-08-16T10:00:00Z", 1, "")); err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("append: %v", err)
+	}
+	must(t, os.WriteFile(filepath.Join(s.Dir(), "laptop-11223344.ndjson"), []byte("{}\n"), 0o644))
+
+	peers, err := s.Peers()
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("peers: %v", err)
+	}
+	if len(peers) != 1 || peers[0].MachineID != "laptop-11223344" {
+		t.Fatalf("peers = %+v — our own file must not be among them", peers)
+	}
+}
+
+// Reading resumes from a byte offset, and only ever advances past COMPLETE
+// lines. A folder sync catches a file mid-upload sooner or later, and the
+// partial last line must be read whole on the next pass, not thrown away.
+func TestReadFromStopsAtAnIncompleteLine(t *testing.T) {
+	dir := t.TempDir()
+	path := filepath.Join(dir, "peer.ndjson")
+
+	full, _ := json.Marshal(rec("u1", OpAdd, "2026-08-16T10:00:00Z", 1, "peer"))
+	partial, _ := json.Marshal(rec("u2", OpAdd, "2026-08-16T10:01:00Z", 2, "peer"))
+	must(t, os.WriteFile(path, append(append(full, '\n'), partial[:len(partial)/2]...), 0o644))
+
+	recs, off, err := ReadFrom(path, 0)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("ReadFrom: %v", err)
+	}
+	if len(recs) != 1 || recs[0].UID != "u1" {
+		t.Fatalf("got %d record(s) %+v, want just u1", len(recs), recs)
+	}
+	if off != int64(len(full))+1 {
+		t.Fatalf("offset %d, want %d — it must stop before the partial line", off, len(full)+1)
+	}
+
+	// The upload completes; the second record is now read whole.
+	must(t, os.WriteFile(path, append(append(append(full, '\n'), partial...), '\n'), 0o644))
+	recs, off2, err := ReadFrom(path, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("ReadFrom 2: %v", err)
+	}
+	if len(recs) != 1 || recs[0].UID != "u2" {
+		t.Fatalf("resumed with %+v, want just u2", recs)
+	}
+	if off2 <= off {
+		t.Errorf("offset did not advance: %d → %d", off, off2)
+	}
+}
+
+// A file that shrank was replaced, not appended to — a sync conflict copy, a
+// restore. Resuming at the old offset would read from the middle of a record.
+func TestReadFromRestartsIfTheFileShrank(t *testing.T) {
+	dir := t.TempDir()
+	path := filepath.Join(dir, "peer.ndjson")
+	line, _ := json.Marshal(rec("u1", OpAdd, "2026-08-16T10:00:00Z", 1, "peer"))
+	must(t, os.WriteFile(path, append(line, '\n'), 0o644))
+
+	recs, _, err := ReadFrom(path, 999999)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("ReadFrom: %v", err)
+	}
+	if len(recs) != 1 {
+		t.Errorf("got %d record(s) — a shrunken file must be re-read from the start", len(recs))
+	}
+}
+
+// One unreadable line must not cost the rest of the file, and a record from a
+// FUTURE format must be skipped rather than guessed at.
+func TestReadFromSurvivesRubbish(t *testing.T) {
+	dir := t.TempDir()
+	path := filepath.Join(dir, "peer.ndjson")
+	good, _ := json.Marshal(rec("u1", OpAdd, "2026-08-16T10:00:00Z", 1, "peer"))
+	future, _ := json.Marshal(Record{V: FormatVersion + 1, Op: OpAdd, UID: "u9", At: time.Now().UTC()})
+	body := append([]byte("this is not json\n"), append(good, '\n')...)
+	body = append(body, append(future, '\n')...)
+	body = append(body, []byte("\n")...) // a blank line
+	must(t, os.WriteFile(path, body, 0o644))
+
+	recs, _, err := ReadFrom(path, 0)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("ReadFrom: %v", err)
+	}
+	if len(recs) != 1 || recs[0].UID != "u1" {
+		t.Fatalf("got %+v, want only the one readable current-format record", recs)
+	}
+}
+
+// Every machine must reach the SAME winner from the same records, whatever
+// order they arrive in. Ordering on time alone is not even deterministic: two
+// PCs' clocks are never equal, and a tie would be resolved differently on each
+// machine, which is how two logs disagree for ever.
+func TestMergeIsOrderIndependent(t *testing.T) {
+	a := rec("u1", OpUpdate, "2026-08-16T10:00:00Z", 5, "shack")
+	b := rec("u1", OpDelete, "2026-08-16T10:00:00Z", 5, "laptop") // same time AND seq
+	c := rec("u1", OpUpdate, "2026-08-16T09:00:00Z", 9, "shack")  // older, higher seq
+
+	forward := Merge([]Record{a, b, c})
+	reverse := Merge([]Record{c, b, a})
+	if forward["u1"].By != reverse["u1"].By || forward["u1"].Op != reverse["u1"].Op {
+		t.Fatalf("order changed the winner: %+v vs %+v", forward["u1"], reverse["u1"])
+	}
+	// Time beats sequence: c is an hour older whatever its counter says.
+	if forward["u1"].At.Equal(c.At) {
+		t.Error("an older change won on its counter — time is the first key")
+	}
+}
+
+// A delete is a record like any other, and it must be able to WIN. Without
+// tombstones a QSO removed on one machine returns on the next sync from
+// another, for ever.
+func TestATombstoneCanWin(t *testing.T) {
+	add := rec("u1", OpAdd, "2026-08-16T10:00:00Z", 1, "shack")
+	del := rec("u1", OpDelete, "2026-08-16T11:00:00Z", 1, "laptop")
+	if got := Merge([]Record{add, del})["u1"]; got.Op != OpDelete {
+		t.Errorf("winner is %q — a later deletion must beat an earlier add", got.Op)
+	}
+	// …and an add made AFTER a deletion wins, so re-logging a contact works.
+	readd := rec("u1", OpAdd, "2026-08-16T12:00:00Z", 2, "laptop")
+	if got := Merge([]Record{add, del, readd})["u1"]; got.Op != OpAdd {
+		t.Errorf("winner is %q — a contact logged again after a deletion must come back", got.Op)
+	}
+}
+
+// The machine id becomes a FILENAME, on a folder that may be synced between
+// Windows, Linux and macOS. Anything that cannot be a filename everywhere has
+// to go.
+func TestMachineIDIsAUsableFilename(t *testing.T) {
+	for _, name := range []string{"Shack PC", "portable/rig", "Café ☕", "", "   ", "a::b*c?", strings.Repeat("x", 60)} {
+		id := NewMachineID(name)
+		for _, bad := range []string{"/", "\\", ":", "*", "?", "\"", "<", ">", "|", " "} {
+			if strings.Contains(id, bad) {
+				t.Errorf("NewMachineID(%q) = %q contains %q", name, id, bad)
+			}
+		}
+		if id == "" || strings.HasPrefix(id, "-") || strings.HasSuffix(id, "-") {
+			t.Errorf("NewMachineID(%q) = %q", name, id)
+		}
+	}
+	// Two machines the operator called the same must not share a file.
+	if NewMachineID("shack") == NewMachineID("shack") {
+		t.Error("two installations named alike produced the same id — they would write to one file")
+	}
+}
+
+func must(t *testing.T, err error) {
+	t.Helper()
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatal(err)
+	}
+}

internal/tciserver/tciserver.go

@@ -0,0 +1,673 @@
+// Package tciserver shares OpsLog's CAT link with programs that speak TCI.
+//
+// It is the second half of internal/rigctld, and exists for the same reason:
+// Windows gives a COM port to ONE process, so the moment OpsLog talks to the
+// radio directly nothing else can. rigctld answers the programs that speak
+// Hamlib NET rigctl (WSJT-X, JTDX, MSHV, Log4OM); this answers the ones built
+// around Expert Electronics' TCI instead — and it answers them whatever radio
+// is actually connected, because it sits on the same backend-agnostic
+// interface. An operator with an Icom or a Yaesu can hand a TCI-only program a
+// working rig.
+//
+// ── The protocol ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
+// Text commands over a WebSocket, "name:arg,arg;", the same syntax in both
+// directions. On connection the server sends a block of initialisation
+// commands describing the device, ending with ready; and start;. Thereafter
+// either side may send a control command, and the server echoes every change
+// to all connected clients so they stay in step with each other.
+//
+//	vfo:0,0,14074000;      receiver 0, channel A (RX), Hz
+//	vfo:0,1,14080000;      channel B — the TX frequency when split is on
+//	modulation:0,usb;      mode
+//	trx:0,true;            PTT
+//	split_enable:0,true;   split
+//	vfo:0,0;               a READ: the reply is the three-argument form
+//
+// Written against the official TCI Protocol document (ExpertSDR3/TCI, 12
+// January 2024, MIT) — the initialisation set and the argument order of every
+// command below are from §4.1 and §4.2, not from guesswork about what a client
+// might accept.
+package tciserver
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net"
+	"net/http"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+	"sync"
+	"time"
+
+	"github.com/gorilla/websocket"
+)
+
+// Rig is what the server needs from OpsLog's CAT manager. An interface, so this
+// package stays testable without a radio and without importing internal/cat —
+// which also keeps it building on every platform.
+type Rig interface {
+	Freq() int64          // TX frequency in Hz (ADIF sense), 0 if unknown
+	RxFreq() int64        // RX frequency in Hz; equals Freq when not split
+	Mode() string         // ADIF mode (SSB, CW, FT8…)
+	Split() (bool, int64) // split on?, and the TX frequency
+	SetFreq(hz int64) error
+	SetMode(mode string) error
+	SetPTT(on bool) error
+	SetSplit(on bool, txHz int64) error
+}
+
+// DefaultPort is TCI's own default, which is what a client offers first.
+const DefaultPort = 40001
+
+// pollInterval is how often the rig is compared with what the clients were last
+// told. TCI is an event protocol — a client is entitled to sit silent and be
+// told when something moves — so this is the rate at which a knob turned on the
+// radio reaches it.
+const pollInterval = 250 * time.Millisecond
+
+type Server struct {
+	port int
+	rig  Rig
+	log  func(string, ...any)
+
+	mu     sync.Mutex
+	ln     net.Listener
+	http   *http.Server
+	conns  map[*client]struct{}
+	closed bool
+
+	// pendingTxHz is a transmit frequency a client set on channel B while the rig
+	// was still simplex.
+	//
+	// It must be REMEMBERED, not discarded. A client working split sends two
+	// commands and is free to send them in either order; when the frequency comes
+	// first, throwing it away means the split is then armed on whatever the
+	// transmit VFO happened to hold — the receive frequency — and the operator
+	// transmits straight onto the DX while their software shows exactly what they
+	// asked for. rigctld learned this the same way, and pairs set_split_vfo with
+	// set_split_freq for the same reason.
+	pendingTxHz int64
+
+	// ptt mirrors the last PTT state a client commanded, so a repeat can be
+	// recognised. A client is free to restate PTT as often as it likes, and one
+	// does: through the rigctl server Nexus sent set_ptt 0 about sixteen times a
+	// second, and the Flex's own "xmit 1" landed between two of them and was
+	// overwritten inside a millisecond — a transmit request that simply did
+	// nothing. The same radio sits behind this server.
+	ptt      bool
+	pttKnown bool
+
+	// last is what the clients have been told, so only changes are sent. TCI
+	// clients redraw on every command they receive; re-sending an unchanged
+	// frequency four times a second makes a VFO readout flicker and, in some
+	// clients, fights the operator's own tuning.
+	last state
+}
+
+// state is the part of the rig the clients are kept in step with.
+type state struct {
+	rxHz  int64
+	txHz  int64
+	mode  string
+	split bool
+	valid bool
+}
+
+// clientLogCap bounds how many of one client's commands reach the log.
+const clientLogCap = 200
+
+// client is one connected program.
+type client struct {
+	conn *websocket.Conn
+	mu   sync.Mutex // one writer at a time: gorilla panics on concurrent writes
+	// logged counts what has been written to the log for this connection. Only
+	// the reader goroutine touches it, so it needs no lock of its own.
+	logged int
+}
+
+func (c *client) send(s string) error {
+	c.mu.Lock()
+	defer c.mu.Unlock()
+	if c.conn == nil {
+		return nil // a client with no socket: the tests exercise the protocol, not the transport
+	}
+	_ = c.conn.SetWriteDeadline(time.Now().Add(3 * time.Second))
+	return c.conn.WriteMessage(websocket.TextMessage, []byte(s))
+}
+
+func New(port int, rig Rig, logf func(string, ...any)) *Server {
+	if port <= 0 || port > 65535 {
+		port = DefaultPort
+	}
+	if logf == nil {
+		logf = func(string, ...any) {}
+	}
+	return &Server{port: port, rig: rig, log: logf, conns: map[*client]struct{}{}}
+}
+
+// Start binds the port and serves until Stop.
+func (s *Server) Start() error {
+	ln, err := net.Listen("tcp", fmt.Sprintf(":%d", s.port))
+	if err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("tci server: port %d: %w", s.port, err)
+	}
+	up := websocket.Upgrader{
+		// Any origin: the clients are desktop programs on the same machine or
+		// LAN, and they send whatever Origin their toolkit happens to set. This
+		// is the same trust boundary as the rigctl server on 4532 — a plain TCP
+		// port with no authentication, which is what every logger expects.
+		CheckOrigin: func(*http.Request) bool { return true },
+	}
+	mux := http.NewServeMux()
+	// Any path: clients connect to ws://host:port/ but some append a name.
+	mux.HandleFunc("/", func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+		conn, err := up.Upgrade(w, r, nil)
+		if err != nil {
+			s.log("tci server: upgrade from %s failed: %v", r.RemoteAddr, err)
+			return
+		}
+		s.serve(&client{conn: conn}, r.RemoteAddr)
+	})
+	srv := &http.Server{Handler: mux}
+	s.mu.Lock()
+	s.ln, s.http, s.closed = ln, srv, false
+	s.mu.Unlock()
+	go func() { _ = srv.Serve(ln) }()
+	go s.pushLoop()
+	s.log("tci server: listening on :%d", s.port)
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Stop closes the listener and every client.
+// releasePTT drops a PTT this server asserted, and does it once.
+//
+// A client that dies mid-over — or a settings save that closes the server —
+// leaves the rig keyed with nobody left to un-key it, into an amplifier that has
+// no idea the transmission ended. rigctld has had this guard for a while (a K3
+// once sat in transmit for 29 s until the CAT link happened to be rebuilt); the
+// TCI server was written without it, so an operator who moved from Hamlib to TCI
+// silently lost the protection.
+//
+// pttKnown is cleared whatever happens: after an emergency unkey the radio's
+// state is a guess, and the next command must reach it rather than be dismissed
+// as a repeat.
+func (s *Server) releasePTT(why string) {
+	s.mu.Lock()
+	keyed := s.ptt
+	s.ptt, s.pttKnown = false, false
+	s.mu.Unlock()
+	if !keyed {
+		return
+	}
+	s.log("tci server: %s while the rig was keyed — dropping PTT", why)
+	if err := s.rig.SetPTT(false); err != nil {
+		s.log("tci server: emergency unkey FAILED: %v", err)
+		return
+	}
+	// Any client still attached is told, so a second logger's transmit indicator
+	// does not stay lit over a rig that is back in receive.
+	s.broadcast("trx:0,false;")
+}
+
+func (s *Server) Stop() {
+	// Before anything is torn down: the CAT backend is still up here, so an unkey
+	// still lands. Same ordering as rigctld.Stop for the same reason.
+	s.releasePTT("TCI server stopped")
+
+	s.mu.Lock()
+	if s.closed {
+		s.mu.Unlock()
+		return
+	}
+	s.closed = true
+	ln, srv := s.ln, s.http
+	conns := make([]*client, 0, len(s.conns))
+	for c := range s.conns {
+		conns = append(conns, c)
+	}
+	s.conns = map[*client]struct{}{}
+	s.last = state{}
+	s.mu.Unlock()
+	for _, c := range conns {
+		_ = c.conn.Close()
+	}
+	if srv != nil {
+		_ = srv.Close()
+	}
+	if ln != nil {
+		_ = ln.Close()
+	}
+	s.log("tci server: stopped")
+}
+
+// Clients reports how many programs are connected — the one thing an operator
+// wants to know when a client says it cannot find the rig.
+func (s *Server) Clients() int {
+	s.mu.Lock()
+	defer s.mu.Unlock()
+	return len(s.conns)
+}
+
+// serve runs one connection: the initialisation block, then commands until it
+// closes.
+func (s *Server) serve(c *client, remote string) {
+	s.mu.Lock()
+	if s.closed {
+		s.mu.Unlock()
+		_ = c.conn.Close()
+		return
+	}
+	s.conns[c] = struct{}{}
+	s.mu.Unlock()
+	s.log("tci server: %s connected", remote)
+
+	for _, line := range s.initBlock() {
+		if err := c.send(line); err != nil {
+			break
+		}
+	}
+	for {
+		_, data, err := c.conn.ReadMessage()
+		if err != nil {
+			break
+		}
+		// One frame may carry several ";"-terminated commands.
+		for _, cmd := range strings.Split(string(data), ";") {
+			if cmd = strings.TrimSpace(cmd); cmd == "" {
+				continue
+			}
+			// Every command the client sends, in the log.
+			//
+			// This is the only evidence there will ever be about a program on
+			// someone else's machine: "MSHV's PTT test does nothing" is
+			// unanswerable without knowing whether MSHV sent trx at all, and if
+			// so in what form. Cheap, because TCI is event-driven — a client
+			// speaks when the operator does something, not on a timer.
+			//
+			// Capped so a client that DOES poll cannot quietly fill the
+			// operator's log; the cap says so once and then stays quiet.
+			if c.logged < clientLogCap {
+				c.logged++
+				s.log("tci server: ← %s;", cmd)
+			} else if c.logged == clientLogCap {
+				c.logged++
+				s.log("tci server: (further commands from this client are not logged)")
+			}
+			s.handle(c, cmd)
+		}
+	}
+	s.mu.Lock()
+	delete(s.conns, c)
+	s.mu.Unlock()
+	_ = c.conn.Close()
+	s.log("tci server: %s disconnected", remote)
+	// A client that walks away mid-over must not leave the rig transmitting.
+	s.releasePTT("client " + remote + " left")
+}
+
+// initBlock is the initialisation set from §4.1 of the protocol document, in
+// the documented order, followed by the current state so a client that has just
+// connected shows the right frequency instead of waiting for the first change.
+//
+// A client will not proceed without these: they are how it learns the device
+// exists, what it can do, and that the server has finished setting up.
+func (s *Server) initBlock() []string {
+	rx, tx, mode, split := s.read()
+	return []string{
+		"protocol:ExpertSDR3,1.9;",
+		"device:OpsLog;",
+		"receive_only:false;",
+		"trx_count:1;",
+		"channel_count:2;",
+		// The whole HF/VHF/UHF span OpsLog itself works over. A client uses this
+		// to bound its own tuning; too narrow a range and it refuses to follow the
+		// rig onto 2 m.
+		"vfo_limits:10000,470000000;",
+		"if_limits:-48000,48000;",
+		"modulations_list:am,sam,dsb,lsb,usb,cw,nfm,digl,digu;",
+		"ready;",
+		"start;",
+		fmt.Sprintf("vfo:0,0,%d;", rx),
+		fmt.Sprintf("vfo:0,1,%d;", tx),
+		fmt.Sprintf("modulation:0,%s;", mode),
+		fmt.Sprintf("split_enable:0,%t;", split),
+		"trx:0,false;",
+		// TRANSMIT PERMISSION, and it is not optional in practice.
+		//
+		// The document files TX_ENABLE under unidirectional control rather than
+		// initialisation, but its own note says it is "sent to the client when
+		// connected". A client that models permission — and one written for
+		// ExpertSDR users has every reason to — starts out assuming it may NOT
+		// transmit, and without this it never even tries: PTT does nothing and
+		// the server never sees a trx command to refuse.
+		//
+		// Always true. OpsLog is not the thing that decides: the radio behind
+		// whichever backend is connected does, and its refusal comes back through
+		// SetPTT and into the log.
+		"tx_enable:0,true;",
+		fmt.Sprintf("tx_frequency:%d;", tx),
+	}
+}
+
+// read takes one consistent snapshot of the rig in TCI's terms: channel A is
+// where we LISTEN and channel B where we transmit, which is the opposite way
+// round from ADIF's RigState and the one mistake here that would make a client
+// transmit on the DX's frequency.
+func (s *Server) read() (rxHz, txHz int64, mode string, split bool) {
+	split, txHz = s.rig.Split()
+	rxHz = s.rig.RxFreq()
+	if !split {
+		txHz = s.rig.Freq()
+		if rxHz == 0 {
+			rxHz = txHz
+		}
+	}
+	if rxHz == 0 {
+		rxHz = s.rig.Freq()
+	}
+	if txHz == 0 {
+		txHz = rxHz
+	}
+	mode = adifToTCIMode(s.rig.Mode(), rxHz)
+	return rxHz, txHz, mode, split
+}
+
+// pushLoop tells the clients what has changed on the radio.
+func (s *Server) pushLoop() {
+	t := time.NewTicker(pollInterval)
+	defer t.Stop()
+	for range t.C {
+		s.mu.Lock()
+		done := s.closed
+		s.mu.Unlock()
+		if done {
+			return
+		}
+		s.publish()
+	}
+}
+
+// publish sends only what moved. Returns the lines sent, for the tests.
+func (s *Server) publish() []string {
+	rx, tx, mode, split := s.read()
+	cur := state{rxHz: rx, txHz: tx, mode: mode, split: split, valid: true}
+
+	s.mu.Lock()
+	prev := s.last
+	s.last = cur
+	s.mu.Unlock()
+
+	var lines []string
+	if !prev.valid || prev.rxHz != cur.rxHz {
+		lines = append(lines, fmt.Sprintf("vfo:0,0,%d;", cur.rxHz))
+	}
+	if !prev.valid || prev.txHz != cur.txHz {
+		lines = append(lines, fmt.Sprintf("vfo:0,1,%d;", cur.txHz))
+		// The transmit frequency has its own command, which is what a client
+		// showing "TX 14.080" reads. Channel B alone leaves that stale.
+		lines = append(lines, fmt.Sprintf("tx_frequency:%d;", cur.txHz))
+	}
+	if (!prev.valid || prev.mode != cur.mode) && cur.mode != "" {
+		lines = append(lines, fmt.Sprintf("modulation:0,%s;", cur.mode))
+	}
+	if !prev.valid || prev.split != cur.split {
+		lines = append(lines, fmt.Sprintf("split_enable:0,%t;", cur.split))
+	}
+	for _, l := range lines {
+		s.broadcast(l)
+	}
+	return lines
+}
+
+func (s *Server) broadcast(line string) {
+	s.mu.Lock()
+	conns := make([]*client, 0, len(s.conns))
+	for c := range s.conns {
+		conns = append(conns, c)
+	}
+	s.mu.Unlock()
+	for _, c := range conns {
+		_ = c.send(line)
+	}
+}
+
+// handle answers one command from a client. Returns what was sent back, which
+// is "" for a command that only acts on the radio.
+//
+// A command that SETS something is echoed to every client, not just answered to
+// the one that sent it: the protocol document is explicit that the server
+// synchronises all connected clients, and two loggers that disagree about the
+// frequency are worse than one that is merely slow.
+func (s *Server) handle(c *client, cmd string) string {
+	name, args := cmd, ""
+	if i := strings.IndexByte(cmd, ':'); i >= 0 {
+		name, args = cmd[:i], cmd[i+1:]
+	}
+	f := strings.Split(args, ",")
+	arg := func(i int) string {
+		if i < len(f) {
+			return strings.TrimSpace(f[i])
+		}
+		return ""
+	}
+	num := func(i int) int64 {
+		v, _ := strconv.ParseInt(arg(i), 10, 64)
+		return v
+	}
+	reply := func(line string) string {
+		_ = c.send(line)
+		return line
+	}
+	rx, tx, mode, split := s.read()
+
+	switch strings.ToLower(strings.TrimSpace(name)) {
+	case "vfo":
+		// Read form: two arguments. Set form: three.
+		if len(f) < 3 || arg(2) == "" {
+			if arg(1) == "1" {
+				return reply(fmt.Sprintf("vfo:0,1,%d;", tx))
+			}
+			return reply(fmt.Sprintf("vfo:0,0,%d;", rx))
+		}
+		hz := num(2)
+		if hz <= 0 {
+			return ""
+		}
+		if arg(1) == "1" {
+			// Channel B is the transmit frequency. Setting it while simplex must
+			// not move the rig's only VFO — the client asked to prepare a split
+			// transmit frequency, not to QSY — but it must not be thrown away
+			// either: it is where the split will be armed a moment from now.
+			s.mu.Lock()
+			s.pendingTxHz = hz
+			s.mu.Unlock()
+			if !split {
+				s.broadcast(fmt.Sprintf("vfo:0,1,%d;", hz))
+				return ""
+			}
+			if err := s.rig.SetSplit(true, hz); err != nil {
+				s.log("tci server: split TX %d Hz refused: %v", hz, err)
+				return ""
+			}
+		} else if err := s.rig.SetFreq(hz); err != nil {
+			s.log("tci server: tune to %d Hz refused: %v", hz, err)
+			return ""
+		}
+		s.broadcast(fmt.Sprintf("vfo:0,%s,%d;", orZero(arg(1)), hz))
+		return ""
+
+	case "modulation":
+		if len(f) < 2 || arg(1) == "" {
+			return reply(fmt.Sprintf("modulation:0,%s;", mode))
+		}
+		m := tciModeToADIF(arg(1))
+		if m == "" {
+			return ""
+		}
+		if err := s.rig.SetMode(m); err != nil {
+			s.log("tci server: mode %s refused: %v", m, err)
+			return ""
+		}
+		s.broadcast(fmt.Sprintf("modulation:0,%s;", strings.ToLower(arg(1))))
+		return ""
+
+	case "trx":
+		if len(f) < 2 || arg(1) == "" {
+			return reply("trx:0,false;")
+		}
+		on := strings.EqualFold(arg(1), "true")
+		// Only touch the radio on a CHANGE — restating a state is not a request
+		// to change it. The first command always goes through, since there is no
+		// knowing how the radio was left.
+		s.mu.Lock()
+		known, prev := s.pttKnown, s.ptt
+		s.mu.Unlock()
+		if known && prev == on {
+			s.broadcast(fmt.Sprintf("trx:0,%t;", on))
+			return ""
+		}
+		if err := s.rig.SetPTT(on); err != nil {
+			// The cache is stamped ONLY on success, and a failure clears "known"
+			// outright so the NEXT command — whatever it is — reaches the radio.
+			//
+			// It used to be written before the radio was commanded and left in
+			// place when the command failed. That is how a rig got stuck keyed for
+			// good: the un-key failed on a lost CI-V acknowledgement, the cache
+			// recorded "off" regardless, and from then on every trx:0,false was
+			// dismissed as a repeat of a state the radio had never reached. Not
+			// even reconnecting the client cleared it — this cache is per-server,
+			// not per-connection — so the transmitter stayed keyed into the
+			// amplifier until the operator switched the radio off. A cache must
+			// never claim something the radio refused.
+			s.mu.Lock()
+			s.pttKnown = false
+			s.mu.Unlock()
+			s.log("tci server: PTT %v refused: %v", on, err)
+			return ""
+		}
+		s.mu.Lock()
+		s.ptt, s.pttKnown = on, true
+		s.mu.Unlock()
+		s.log("tci server: PTT %s", map[bool]string{true: "ON", false: "off"}[on])
+		s.broadcast(fmt.Sprintf("trx:0,%t;", on))
+		return ""
+
+	case "split_enable":
+		if len(f) < 2 || arg(1) == "" {
+			return reply(fmt.Sprintf("split_enable:0,%t;", split))
+		}
+		on := strings.EqualFold(arg(1), "true")
+		// Already in the state asked for? Then it is done, and nothing goes to
+		// the radio. This is the lesson the rigctl server paid for: JTDX in "Fake
+		// It" uses no split but still says so to be sure, and a backend that
+		// cannot set split answered an error to a request that was already true.
+		// JTDX read that as rig control failing and abandoned the transmission a
+		// second into the frame. A refusal is only honest when something actually
+		// needed doing.
+		if on == split {
+			s.broadcast(fmt.Sprintf("split_enable:0,%t;", on))
+			return ""
+		}
+		// Arm on the frequency the client gave for channel B, which it is free to
+		// have sent before this command rather than after.
+		s.mu.Lock()
+		pending := s.pendingTxHz
+		s.mu.Unlock()
+		txHz := tx
+		if on && pending > 0 {
+			txHz = pending
+		}
+		if err := s.rig.SetSplit(on, txHz); err != nil {
+			// The refusal is the useful part: a backend that cannot split says
+			// so, and the client can tell the operator instead of transmitting
+			// on the wrong frequency believing all is well.
+			s.log("tci server: split %v refused: %v", on, err)
+			return ""
+		}
+		s.log("tci server: split %s, TX %d Hz", map[bool]string{true: "ON", false: "off"}[on], txHz)
+		s.broadcast(fmt.Sprintf("split_enable:0,%t;", on))
+		return ""
+
+	case "dds":
+		// The panorama's centre frequency. OpsLog has no panorama, so it answers
+		// with the receive frequency — which is where a client draws its own.
+		return reply(fmt.Sprintf("dds:0,%d;", rx))
+
+	case "if":
+		// Offset of the tuning filter inside the panorama: zero, since our "dds"
+		// is the receive frequency itself.
+		return reply("if:0,0,0;")
+
+	case "start", "stop", "ready":
+		return ""
+
+	default:
+		// Everything else — audio streams, CW macros, the E-Coder, the
+		// panorama's own settings — belongs to a radio, not to a CAT link.
+		// Silence rather than an error: a client sends these hopefully at
+		// connect, and a refusal it did not ask for reads as a fault.
+		return ""
+	}
+}
+
+func orZero(s string) string {
+	if s == "" {
+		return "0"
+	}
+	return s
+}
+
+// adifToTCIMode maps an ADIF mode to a TCI modulation.
+//
+// SSB carries no sideband, so it is resolved from the frequency the way every
+// operator does: below 10 MHz lower, above it upper. A client told "ssb" would
+// not recognise it — the modulation list is the vocabulary.
+func adifToTCIMode(mode string, hz int64) string {
+	switch strings.ToUpper(strings.TrimSpace(mode)) {
+	case "":
+		return ""
+	case "CW", "CWR":
+		return "cw"
+	case "USB":
+		return "usb"
+	case "LSB":
+		return "lsb"
+	case "SSB":
+		if hz > 0 && hz < 10_000_000 {
+			return "lsb"
+		}
+		return "usb"
+	case "AM":
+		return "am"
+	case "FM", "NFM":
+		return "nfm"
+	case "RTTY":
+		return "digl"
+	}
+	// Everything else is a data mode: FT8, FT4, JT65, PSK31, MSK144, VARA…
+	// TCI has one pair for the whole family, and the sideband follows the same
+	// rule the data modes themselves use — upper, but for the few HF corners
+	// where LSB is conventional the radio is already there.
+	return "digu"
+}
+
+// tciModeToADIF maps a TCI modulation back to an ADIF mode.
+func tciModeToADIF(m string) string {
+	switch strings.ToLower(strings.TrimSpace(m)) {
+	case "cw":
+		return "CW"
+	case "usb":
+		return "USB"
+	case "lsb":
+		return "LSB"
+	case "am", "sam":
+		return "AM"
+	case "nfm", "fm", "wfm":
+		return "FM"
+	case "digl", "digu", "dsb", "drm":
+		// The data family: the mode the operator is actually running (FT8, RTTY)
+		// is chosen in OpsLog, and a client switching to "digital" must not
+		// overwrite it with a guess. DATA is the honest ADIF answer.
+		return "DATA"
+	}
+	return ""
+}

internal/tciserver/tciserver_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,386 @@
+package tciserver
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"strings"
+	"testing"
+)
+
+// fakeRig is a radio that remembers what it was told. Everything here is about
+// what OpsLog does with a client's command, so the rig only has to answer and
+// record.
+type fakeRig struct {
+	freq, rxFreq int64
+	mode         string
+	split        bool
+	txHz         int64
+	ptt          bool
+	splitErr     error
+	pttErr       error
+	calls        []string
+}
+
+func (r *fakeRig) Freq() int64          { return r.freq }
+func (r *fakeRig) RxFreq() int64        { return r.rxFreq }
+func (r *fakeRig) Mode() string         { return r.mode }
+func (r *fakeRig) Split() (bool, int64) { return r.split, r.txHz }
+func (r *fakeRig) SetFreq(hz int64) error {
+	r.calls = append(r.calls, fmt.Sprintf("freq=%d", hz))
+	r.freq, r.rxFreq = hz, hz
+	return nil
+}
+func (r *fakeRig) SetMode(m string) error {
+	r.calls = append(r.calls, "mode="+m)
+	r.mode = m
+	return nil
+}
+func (r *fakeRig) SetPTT(on bool) error {
+	// Refused BEFORE the state moves, like a radio that never got the frame.
+	if r.pttErr != nil {
+		return r.pttErr
+	}
+	r.calls = append(r.calls, fmt.Sprintf("ptt=%v", on))
+	r.ptt = on
+	return nil
+}
+func (r *fakeRig) SetSplit(on bool, txHz int64) error {
+	if r.splitErr != nil {
+		return r.splitErr
+	}
+	r.calls = append(r.calls, fmt.Sprintf("split=%v,%d", on, txHz))
+	r.split, r.txHz = on, txHz
+	return nil
+}
+
+// srv builds a server with no listener — handle() and publish() are the whole
+// protocol, and neither needs a socket.
+func srv(r *fakeRig) *Server { return New(0, r, nil) }
+
+// A client with no connection: send() would need one, so reads are checked
+// through the returned line instead. This is why handle returns what it sent.
+func ask(t *testing.T, s *Server, cmd string) string {
+	t.Helper()
+	return s.handle(&client{}, cmd)
+}
+
+// The initialisation block is what a client needs before it will believe there
+// is a radio at all. Its contents come from §4.1 of the protocol document, and
+// a client that does not see ready; simply waits for ever.
+func TestInitBlockCarriesTheDocumentedInitialisationSet(t *testing.T) {
+	s := srv(&fakeRig{freq: 14074000, rxFreq: 14074000, mode: "USB"})
+	block := strings.Join(s.initBlock(), "")
+	for _, want := range []string{
+		"protocol:ExpertSDR3,", "device:", "receive_only:false;", "trx_count:1;",
+		"channel_count:2;", "vfo_limits:", "if_limits:", "modulations_list:",
+		"ready;", "start;",
+		// Transmit permission. A client that models it starts out assuming it
+		// may NOT transmit, and without this never even tries — PTT does
+		// nothing and the server never sees a trx command at all.
+		"tx_enable:0,true;",
+	} {
+		if !strings.Contains(block, want) {
+			t.Errorf("the initialisation block is missing %q — a client would not proceed past connect", want)
+		}
+	}
+	// And the current state, so a client that connects mid-session shows the
+	// right frequency instead of waiting for the operator to touch something.
+	if !strings.Contains(block, "vfo:0,0,14074000;") {
+		t.Errorf("no current frequency in the block:\n%s", block)
+	}
+	if !strings.Contains(block, "modulation:0,usb;") {
+		t.Errorf("no current mode in the block:\n%s", block)
+	}
+}
+
+// Channel A is where we LISTEN, channel B where we transmit. Handing these to a
+// client the wrong way round is the one mistake here that puts a station on the
+// DX's own frequency, so it is pinned in both directions.
+func TestSplitPutsTheListeningFrequencyOnChannelA(t *testing.T) {
+	// OpsLog's RigState is ADIF: Freq is the TRANSMIT frequency, RxFreq where we
+	// listen. A DX transmitting on 14025 and listening up 2.
+	r := &fakeRig{freq: 14027000, rxFreq: 14025000, mode: "CW", split: true, txHz: 14027000}
+	s := srv(r)
+	block := strings.Join(s.initBlock(), "")
+	if !strings.Contains(block, "vfo:0,0,14025000;") {
+		t.Errorf("channel A is not the receive frequency:\n%s", block)
+	}
+	if !strings.Contains(block, "vfo:0,1,14027000;") {
+		t.Errorf("channel B is not the transmit frequency:\n%s", block)
+	}
+	if !strings.Contains(block, "split_enable:0,true;") {
+		t.Errorf("split was not announced:\n%s", block)
+	}
+}
+
+// Simplex: both channels report the one frequency, so a client reading either
+// gets the right answer.
+func TestSimplexReportsTheSameFrequencyOnBothChannels(t *testing.T) {
+	s := srv(&fakeRig{freq: 7100000, rxFreq: 7100000, mode: "SSB"})
+	if got := ask(t, s, "vfo:0,0"); got != "vfo:0,0,7100000;" {
+		t.Errorf("read of channel A = %q", got)
+	}
+	if got := ask(t, s, "vfo:0,1"); got != "vfo:0,1,7100000;" {
+		t.Errorf("read of channel B = %q", got)
+	}
+	// 7 MHz is below 10, so SSB is lower sideband — a client told "ssb" would
+	// not recognise it at all, the modulation list is the vocabulary.
+	if got := ask(t, s, "modulation:0"); got != "modulation:0,lsb;" {
+		t.Errorf("read of the mode = %q, want lsb below 10 MHz", got)
+	}
+}
+
+// The client tunes the radio.
+func TestAClientCanTuneAndSetModeAndKey(t *testing.T) {
+	r := &fakeRig{freq: 14074000, rxFreq: 14074000, mode: "USB"}
+	s := srv(r)
+	ask(t, s, "vfo:0,0,14200000")
+	ask(t, s, "modulation:0,cw")
+	ask(t, s, "trx:0,true")
+	ask(t, s, "trx:0,false")
+	want := []string{"freq=14200000", "mode=CW", "ptt=true", "ptt=false"}
+	if strings.Join(r.calls, " ") != strings.Join(want, " ") {
+		t.Errorf("the radio was told %v, want %v", r.calls, want)
+	}
+}
+
+// Channel B is the SPLIT transmit frequency. Writing it while the rig is
+// simplex must not move the only VFO there is: the client asked to prepare a
+// transmit frequency, not to QSY — and a logger that did this on every spot
+// click would drag the operator off the station they were listening to.
+func TestWritingChannelBWhileSimplexLeavesTheRigAlone(t *testing.T) {
+	r := &fakeRig{freq: 14074000, rxFreq: 14074000, mode: "USB"}
+	s := srv(r)
+	ask(t, s, "vfo:0,1,14080000")
+	if len(r.calls) != 0 {
+		t.Errorf("the radio was told %v — a split TX frequency moved a simplex rig", r.calls)
+	}
+	// With split armed it means what it says.
+	r.split, r.txHz = true, 14074000
+	ask(t, s, "vfo:0,1,14080000")
+	if len(r.calls) != 1 || r.calls[0] != "split=true,14080000" {
+		t.Errorf("with split on the radio was told %v, want the new transmit frequency", r.calls)
+	}
+}
+
+// A backend that cannot split says so, and the refusal must not be dressed up
+// as success: the client can then tell the operator to use Fake It, where
+// before it would transmit on the receive frequency believing all was well.
+func TestARefusedSplitIsNotAnnouncedAsDone(t *testing.T) {
+	r := &fakeRig{freq: 14025000, rxFreq: 14025000, mode: "CW", splitErr: fmt.Errorf("this backend cannot split")}
+	s := srv(r)
+	if got := ask(t, s, "split_enable:0,true"); got != "" {
+		t.Errorf("a refused split answered %q", got)
+	}
+	if r.split {
+		t.Error("the rig was recorded as split after the backend refused")
+	}
+}
+
+// Only what moved is sent. TCI clients redraw on every command they receive, so
+// re-sending an unchanged frequency four times a second makes a VFO readout
+// flicker and, in some clients, fights the operator's own tuning.
+func TestOnlyChangesAreSent(t *testing.T) {
+	r := &fakeRig{freq: 14074000, rxFreq: 14074000, mode: "USB"}
+	s := srv(r)
+
+	first := s.publish()
+	if len(first) == 0 {
+		t.Fatal("the first pass sent nothing — a client would never learn the state")
+	}
+	if got := s.publish(); len(got) != 0 {
+		t.Errorf("an unchanged radio produced %v", got)
+	}
+
+	r.freq, r.rxFreq = 14200000, 14200000
+	got := strings.Join(s.publish(), "")
+	// Both channels move together on a simplex rig, and the transmit frequency
+	// has its own command besides — a client showing "TX 14.200" reads that one,
+	// and channel B alone leaves it stale.
+	for _, want := range []string{"vfo:0,0,14200000;", "vfo:0,1,14200000;", "tx_frequency:14200000;"} {
+		if !strings.Contains(got, want) {
+			t.Errorf("after a QSY the clients were not told %q — got %q", want, got)
+		}
+	}
+	if got := s.publish(); len(got) != 0 {
+		t.Errorf("the QSY was re-sent: %v", got)
+	}
+}
+
+// Modes travel both ways, and the data family is the interesting half: a client
+// switching to "digital" must not overwrite the mode the operator chose in
+// OpsLog with a guess at which data mode it was.
+func TestModeMapping(t *testing.T) {
+	up := []struct {
+		adif string
+		hz   int64
+		want string
+	}{
+		{"CW", 14025000, "cw"},
+		{"SSB", 14200000, "usb"},
+		{"SSB", 7100000, "lsb"},
+		{"USB", 7100000, "usb"}, // an explicit sideband is never second-guessed
+		{"FT8", 14074000, "digu"},
+		{"RTTY", 14080000, "digl"},
+		{"AM", 3700000, "am"},
+		{"FM", 145500000, "nfm"},
+		{"", 14074000, ""},
+	}
+	for _, c := range up {
+		if got := adifToTCIMode(c.adif, c.hz); got != c.want {
+			t.Errorf("adifToTCIMode(%q, %d) = %q, want %q", c.adif, c.hz, got, c.want)
+		}
+	}
+	down := map[string]string{
+		"cw": "CW", "usb": "USB", "lsb": "LSB", "am": "AM", "sam": "AM",
+		"nfm": "FM", "digu": "DATA", "digl": "DATA", "": "",
+	}
+	for in, want := range down {
+		if got := tciModeToADIF(in); got != want {
+			t.Errorf("tciModeToADIF(%q) = %q, want %q", in, got, want)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// A command for something OpsLog is not — audio streams, CW macros, the
+// panorama's settings — is met with silence rather than an error. A client
+// sends these hopefully at connect, and a refusal it did not ask for reads as a
+// fault with the rig.
+func TestUnknownCommandsAreQuiet(t *testing.T) {
+	s := srv(&fakeRig{freq: 14074000, rxFreq: 14074000, mode: "USB"})
+	for _, cmd := range []string{"audio_start:0", "cw_macros_speed:25", "rx_filter_band:0,-2700,-100", "iq_start:0"} {
+		if got := ask(t, s, cmd); got != "" {
+			t.Errorf("%q answered %q", cmd, got)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// Split, with the client sending the two commands in the order it prefers.
+//
+// A client working split has to say two things: where to transmit, and that
+// split is on. Nothing obliges it to say them in that order, and the frequency
+// arriving first is the dangerous case: discarding it and then arming split
+// leaves the transmit VFO on whatever it held — the RECEIVE frequency — so the
+// operator transmits straight onto the DX while their software shows exactly
+// what they asked for.
+func TestSplitIsArmedOnTheFrequencyTheClientGaveWhicheverOrderItCame(t *testing.T) {
+	// Frequency first, then split — the order that used to lose the frequency.
+	r := &fakeRig{freq: 14025000, rxFreq: 14025000, mode: "CW"}
+	s := srv(r)
+	ask(t, s, "vfo:0,1,14027000")
+	ask(t, s, "split_enable:0,true")
+	if len(r.calls) != 1 || r.calls[0] != "split=true,14027000" {
+		t.Errorf("frequency first: the radio was told %v, want split armed on 14027000", r.calls)
+	}
+
+	// Split first, then the frequency — the order that always worked.
+	r2 := &fakeRig{freq: 14025000, rxFreq: 14025000, mode: "CW"}
+	s2 := srv(r2)
+	ask(t, s2, "split_enable:0,true")
+	ask(t, s2, "vfo:0,1,14027000")
+	if len(r2.calls) == 0 || r2.calls[len(r2.calls)-1] != "split=true,14027000" {
+		t.Errorf("split first: the radio was told %v, want it to end on 14027000", r2.calls)
+	}
+}
+
+// "Fake It" uses no split at all: the client shifts the DIAL at the start of
+// transmit and shifts it back at the end. All it needs is channel A, and it
+// must reach the radio both ways.
+func TestFakeItIsJustTheDialMoving(t *testing.T) {
+	r := &fakeRig{freq: 14074000, rxFreq: 14074000, mode: "USB"}
+	s := srv(r)
+	ask(t, s, "vfo:0,0,14075300") // up for the over
+	ask(t, s, "vfo:0,0,14074000") // and back
+	want := []string{"freq=14075300", "freq=14074000"}
+	if strings.Join(r.calls, " ") != strings.Join(want, " ") {
+		t.Errorf("the radio was told %v, want %v", r.calls, want)
+	}
+}
+
+// A client in Fake It still says "split off" to be sure. The rig is already
+// simplex, so there is nothing to do — and saying so beats asking a backend
+// that may not be able to set split at all.
+//
+// This is what broke JTDX through the rigctl server: an error answered to a
+// request that was already true, read as rig control failing, and the
+// transmission abandoned a second into the frame.
+func TestSayingSplitOffWhenAlreadySimplexTouchesNothing(t *testing.T) {
+	r := &fakeRig{freq: 14074000, rxFreq: 14074000, mode: "USB",
+		splitErr: fmt.Errorf("this backend cannot split")}
+	s := srv(r)
+	ask(t, s, "split_enable:0,false")
+	if len(r.calls) != 0 {
+		t.Errorf("the radio was told %v for a state it was already in", r.calls)
+	}
+}
+
+// A client restating PTT must not re-command the radio. Through the rigctl
+// server, one sent set_ptt 0 sixteen times a second and the Flex's own transmit
+// request was overwritten between two of them inside a millisecond.
+func TestRepeatedPTTIsNotResentToTheRadio(t *testing.T) {
+	r := &fakeRig{freq: 14074000, rxFreq: 14074000, mode: "USB"}
+	s := srv(r)
+	for i := 0; i < 5; i++ {
+		ask(t, s, "trx:0,false")
+	}
+	if len(r.calls) != 1 || r.calls[0] != "ptt=false" {
+		// The FIRST one always goes through: there is no knowing how the radio
+		// was left.
+		t.Errorf("the radio was told %v, want one unkey and no repeats", r.calls)
+	}
+	ask(t, s, "trx:0,true")
+	ask(t, s, "trx:0,true")
+	if len(r.calls) != 2 || r.calls[1] != "ptt=true" {
+		t.Errorf("the radio was told %v, want the change through and the repeat dropped", r.calls)
+	}
+}
+
+// A refused un-key must never be remembered as done.
+//
+// The failure an operator hit running JTDX over TCI with an Icom on CI-V: the
+// rig went to transmit, the un-key was refused on a lost acknowledgement, and
+// from then on NOTHING could take it out of transmit. The cache had stamped
+// "off" before the radio was even commanded and kept it after the refusal, so
+// every later trx:0,false was dismissed as a repeat of a state the radio had
+// never reached. It is per-server, not per-connection, so reconnecting the
+// client changed nothing either — the transmitter stayed keyed into the
+// amplifier, with no drive, until the radio was switched off by hand.
+func TestARefusedUnkeyIsNotRememberedAsDone(t *testing.T) {
+	r := &fakeRig{freq: 14074000, rxFreq: 14074000, mode: "USB"}
+	s := srv(r)
+	ask(t, s, "trx:0,true")
+	if !r.ptt {
+		t.Fatal("the rig was never keyed — the test would prove nothing")
+	}
+
+	r.pttErr = fmt.Errorf("icom: timeout waiting for response")
+	ask(t, s, "trx:0,false")
+	if !r.ptt {
+		t.Fatal("the fake rig un-keyed on a refusal — the test would prove nothing")
+	}
+
+	// The client asks again, and this time the radio answers. It MUST be told.
+	r.pttErr = nil
+	ask(t, s, "trx:0,false")
+	if r.ptt {
+		t.Error("still keyed: the refused un-key was cached as done and the retry was dropped as a repeat")
+	}
+}
+
+// A client that walks away mid-over must not leave the rig transmitting, and
+// the release must be once-only — a second call has nothing to un-key and must
+// not re-command a radio that is already receiving.
+func TestReleasePTTUnkeysOnceWhenTheClientLeaves(t *testing.T) {
+	r := &fakeRig{freq: 14074000, rxFreq: 14074000, mode: "USB"}
+	s := srv(r)
+	ask(t, s, "trx:0,true")
+
+	s.releasePTT("client left")
+	if r.ptt {
+		t.Error("the rig is still keyed after the client left")
+	}
+	n := len(r.calls)
+	s.releasePTT("client left")
+	if len(r.calls) != n {
+		t.Errorf("released twice — the radio was told %v", r.calls)
+	}
+}

internal/winkeyer/hostopen.go

@@ -30,10 +30,10 @@ import (
 //	         the one to fail on: everything after it assumes a listener.
 //	open     0x00 0x02, and the keyer returns its firmware version.
 const (
-	cmdNull      = 0x13
-	cmdAdmin     = 0x00
-	adminOpen    = 0x02
-	adminEcho    = 0x04
+	cmdNull     = 0x13
+	cmdAdmin    = 0x00
+	adminOpen   = 0x02
+	adminEcho   = 0x04
 	echoProbe   = 0x55 // K1EL's own choice; any byte works, this one is 0b01010101
 	bootDelay   = 400 * time.Millisecond
 	echoTimeout = 2 * time.Second // K1EL: "if a WK doesn't respond within 2 seconds abort"
@@ -95,18 +95,25 @@ func hostOpenOnce(p serial.Port, boot time.Duration) (int, error) {
 	time.Sleep(boot)
 	drain(p)
 
-	// Resync the command parser before asking it anything.
-	if _, err := p.Write([]byte{cmdNull, cmdNull, cmdNull}); err != nil {
-		return 0, fmt.Errorf("resync: %w", err)
-	}
-	time.Sleep(50 * time.Millisecond)
-	drain(p)
-
-	// Is anything actually there?
-	if _, err := p.Write([]byte{cmdAdmin, adminEcho, echoProbe}); err != nil {
+	// The resync nulls and the echo probe go out as ONE write.
+	//
+	// Copied byte for byte from a Logger32 capture against the K3NG keyer that
+	// would not answer OpsLog: "Sent: 13 13 13 00 04 55 / Rcvd: 55". Same keyer,
+	// same port, same six bytes — the only difference was that we sent them as
+	// two writes with a pause and a buffer purge in between, and Logger32 sends
+	// them as one. On a keyer that reboots when the port opens, that pause is a
+	// window for it to come up mid-sequence and swallow half of it.
+	//
+	// There is nothing to wait for between the two halves anyway: a null produces
+	// no reply, so the pause was only ever giving the keyer a chance to change
+	// its mind.
+	probe := []byte{cmdNull, cmdNull, cmdNull, cmdAdmin, adminEcho, echoProbe}
+	traceHandshake("TX", probe, 0, false)
+	if _, err := p.Write(probe); err != nil {
 		return 0, fmt.Errorf("echo test: %w", err)
 	}
 	b, ok := readByte(p, echoTimeout)
+	traceHandshake("RX", nil, b, ok)
 	if !ok {
 		return 0, errNoKeyer
 	}
@@ -116,16 +123,37 @@ func hostOpenOnce(p serial.Port, boot time.Duration) (int, error) {
 		return 0, fmt.Errorf("echo test: expected 0x%02X, got 0x%02X — is this the keyer's port?", echoProbe, b)
 	}
 
-	if _, err := p.Write([]byte{cmdAdmin, adminOpen}); err != nil {
+	open := []byte{cmdAdmin, adminOpen}
+	traceHandshake("TX", open, 0, false)
+	if _, err := p.Write(open); err != nil {
 		return 0, fmt.Errorf("host open: %w", err)
 	}
 	ver, ok := readByte(p, openTimeout)
+	traceHandshake("RX", nil, ver, ok)
 	if !ok {
 		return 0, errors.New("host open: the keyer echoed but did not return its firmware version")
 	}
 	return int(ver), nil
 }
 
+// traceHandshake puts the opening exchange in the log, ALWAYS — unlike the
+// running trace beside it, which is behind the diagnostic option.
+//
+// A failure that says only "no WinKeyer answered" cannot be told apart from a
+// wrong port, a wrong baud rate, a keyer still rebooting, or another program
+// holding the line. The bytes can. It is four lines per connect, and only when
+// the connect is attempted.
+func traceHandshake(dir string, b []byte, got byte, ok bool) {
+	switch {
+	case dir == "TX":
+		applog.Printf("winkeyer: handshake TX % 02X", b)
+	case ok:
+		applog.Printf("winkeyer: handshake RX %02X", got)
+	default:
+		applog.Printf("winkeyer: handshake RX — nothing came back")
+	}
+}
+
 // readByte waits up to d for one byte. The serial read timeout is per-call and
 // can return 0 bytes without an error, so this loops until the deadline rather
 // than trusting a single Read.

internal/winkeyer/hostopen_test.go

@@ -102,6 +102,8 @@ func TestHostOpenFollowsK1ELSequence(t *testing.T) {
 	if ver != 23 {
 		t.Errorf("version = %d, want 23", ver)
 	}
+	// One write for the six probe bytes, then Host Open — the order and the
+	// grouping of a Logger32 capture against a real K3NG.
 	want := []byte{
 		cmdNull, cmdNull, cmdNull,
 		cmdAdmin, adminEcho, echoProbe,

lookupwhen_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+package main
+
+import (
+	"testing"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// A ClubLog exception has a validity window, and a DXpedition's window closes.
+// So a backdated entry must be enriched as of WHEN IT HAPPENED — 3Y0K typed
+// months after the activation, with the activation's date in the form, resolved
+// at today's date, found no live exception, and fell back to cty.dat:
+// Antarctica, where the log says Bouvet Island.
+//
+// The date is trusted to move the resolution BACKWARDS only. A half-typed date
+// must not send the lookup to the year 20, and a mistyped future one must not
+// resolve against a window that has not opened.
+func TestLookupWhen(t *testing.T) {
+	now := time.Now().UTC()
+
+	if got := lookupWhen("2026-03-08"); got.Format("2006-01-02") != "2026-03-08" {
+		t.Errorf("a past date gave %v — the activation's own date is the whole point", got)
+	}
+	// Midday, not midnight: a window given in whole days is inclusive of its end
+	// date, and 00:00 sits exactly on the boundary.
+	if h := lookupWhen("2026-03-08").Hour(); h != 12 {
+		t.Errorf("resolved at %02d:00, want 12:00 — midnight sits on the window boundary", h)
+	}
+
+	for name, in := range map[string]string{
+		"empty":        "",
+		"spaces":       "   ",
+		"half-typed":   "2026-0",
+		"not a date":   "hier",
+		"wrong format": "08/03/2026",
+	} {
+		if got := lookupWhen(in); got.Before(now.Add(-time.Minute)) {
+			t.Errorf("%s (%q) resolved to %v — anything unusable must mean now", name, in, got)
+		}
+	}
+
+	future := now.AddDate(1, 0, 0).Format("2006-01-02")
+	if got := lookupWhen(future); got.After(now.Add(time.Minute)) {
+		t.Errorf("a future date (%s) resolved to %v — a mistyped year must not open a window early", future, got)
+	}
+}

profilereload_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+package main
+
+import (
+	"os"
+	"regexp"
+	"strings"
+	"testing"
+)
+
+// Every setting in OpsLog is per profile, station hardware included. A device
+// started at boot and never again therefore stays on the PREVIOUS profile's
+// port until Settings is opened and saved — which is how an operator running an
+// SPE on COM9 for HF and another on COM10 for 6 m, one per profile, found the
+// amplifier still on the old port after switching. Save is not a connect
+// button.
+//
+// This test keeps startup and reloadAfterProfileSwitch in lockstep: anything
+// started at boot must either be re-applied on a profile switch or be listed
+// below with the reason it must not be. Adding a device makes the choice
+// explicit instead of leaving the fifth one to be found by a user.
+func TestProfileSwitchReappliesEveryStartupDevice(t *testing.T) {
+	src, err := os.ReadFile("app.go")
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("read app.go: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	// Started at boot but deliberately NOT re-run on a profile switch:
+	notPerProfile := map[string]string{
+		"startAllEnabledClusters": "the cluster panel reconnects itself; its servers are a global list",
+		"startGridCache":          "a shared on-disk grid cache, not a profile's",
+		"startBandOpenFeed":       "PSK Reporter, keyed on the operator grid it re-reads itself",
+	}
+
+	startup := body(t, string(src), "func (a *App) startup(ctx context.Context) {")
+	reload := body(t, string(src), "func (a *App) reloadAfterProfileSwitch() {")
+
+	call := regexp.MustCompile(`a\.(start[A-Z][A-Za-z]*)\b`)
+	seen := map[string]bool{}
+	for _, m := range call.FindAllStringSubmatch(startup, -1) {
+		name := m[1]
+		if seen[name] || notPerProfile[name] != "" {
+			continue
+		}
+		seen[name] = true
+		if !strings.Contains(reload, "a."+name) {
+			t.Errorf("%s runs at startup but not on a profile switch — the device stays on the previous profile's settings.\n"+
+				"Add it to reloadAfterProfileSwitch, or to notPerProfile here with the reason it must not follow the profile.", name)
+		}
+	}
+	if len(seen) == 0 {
+		t.Fatal("no startup device starters found — this test has stopped checking anything")
+	}
+}
+
+// body returns the source of the function opening with the given signature,
+// up to the closing brace in column 0.
+func body(t *testing.T, src, signature string) string {
+	t.Helper()
+	i := strings.Index(src, signature)
+	if i < 0 {
+		t.Fatalf("%q not found in app.go", signature)
+	}
+	rest := src[i+len(signature):]
+	if j := strings.Index(rest, "\n}"); j >= 0 {
+		return rest[:j]
+	}
+	return rest
+}

qslcredit_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+package main
+
+import (
+	"strings"
+	"testing"
+)
+
+// The default QSL e-mail closes with a credit line carrying the download page.
+//
+// It is part of the BODY TEMPLATE, deliberately: an operator who does not want
+// it deletes it once, and one who already wrote their own body never sees it,
+// because a stored template is returned verbatim and the default is only the
+// fallback. Appending it at send time would have made it unremovable.
+func TestQSLCreditIsInTheDefaultBody(t *testing.T) {
+	if !strings.HasSuffix(defaultQSLEmailBody, qslCredit) {
+		t.Errorf("the default QSL e-mail does not end with the credit line:\n%q", defaultQSLEmailBody)
+	}
+	// The body still has to be a usable template — the credit is added to it,
+	// not in place of it.
+	for _, v := range []string{"{DATE}", "{BAND}", "{MODE}", "{MYCALL}"} {
+		if !strings.Contains(defaultQSLEmailBody, v) {
+			t.Errorf("the default QSL e-mail lost %s", v)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// The link must be the page a person can read. updateCheckURL sits beside it and
+// answers JSON — sending a correspondent there is the easy mistake to make.
+func TestQSLCreditLinksTheHumanPage(t *testing.T) {
+	if !strings.Contains(qslCredit, releasesPageURL) {
+		t.Errorf("credit %q does not carry the releases page", qslCredit)
+	}
+	if strings.Contains(qslCredit, "api.github.com") {
+		t.Errorf("credit %q points at the update API, which answers JSON to whoever clicks it", qslCredit)
+	}
+	if !strings.Contains(qslCredit, "OpsLog") {
+		t.Errorf("credit %q does not name OpsLog", qslCredit)
+	}
+}

relayauto.go

@@ -203,3 +203,34 @@ func (a *App) applyRelayAuto(freqHz int64, band string) {
 		wruntime.EventsEmit(a.ctx, "station:relay_auto", nil) // nudge the Station Control UI to re-poll
 	}
 }
+
+// EntryBandChanged drives the band-following features from the QSO ENTRY band
+// selector, for a station whose rig OpsLog does not control.
+//
+// Both of them — relay automatic control and the band-change outbound rows —
+// hang off the rig state, and that is right when there IS a rig: changing Band
+// in the entry strip pushes a QSY to it, the new state comes back through the
+// CAT callback, and the relays follow from there. Without a CAT connection
+// nothing is pushed and nothing comes back, so an operator with an antenna
+// switch and no rig control changed band in OpsLog and watched the switch sit
+// exactly where it was. Reported as automatic control not working; it was never
+// told the band had changed.
+//
+// The frontend calls this ONLY when the CAT push did not happen, and never when
+// the band or frequency lock is on — a lock means the entry is deliberately
+// decoupled from the rig (logging an old contact off-frequency), and moving an
+// antenna to match a QSO from last year is worse than doing nothing.
+//
+// The frequency is passed as unknown, deliberately: a band selector gives a
+// band and nothing else, and rules written on a frequency RANGE must be left
+// alone rather than evaluated against a made-up dial reading.
+func (a *App) EntryBandChanged(band string) {
+	band = strings.TrimSpace(band)
+	if band == "" {
+		return
+	}
+	if a.relayAutoOn.Load() {
+		go a.applyRelayAuto(0, band)
+	}
+	a.emitBandChangeTrigger(band, "", 0)
+}

relayhttpgen_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+package main
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"net/http"
+	"net/http/httptest"
+	"testing"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// The generic HTTP board must actually be built from its URLs.
+//
+// It was not: buildDeviceDriver had no case for it, so it fell through to the
+// WebSwitch driver. The board was configured, saved, listed — and every command
+// went to a WebSwitch address that did not exist, which also left the device
+// reported as offline and every relay button on the panel greyed out. Nothing in
+// the UI said so; the URLs were simply never sent.
+func TestGenericHTTPBoardSendsItsConfiguredURL(t *testing.T) {
+	hit := make(chan string, 4)
+	srv := httptest.NewServer(http.HandlerFunc(func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+		hit <- r.URL.Path
+	}))
+	defer srv.Close()
+
+	// Host deliberately empty — this board's whole address is in the URLs.
+	d := StationDevice{
+		Type:     "httpgen",
+		Channels: 2,
+		OnURLs:   []string{srv.URL + "/relay1/on", srv.URL + "/relay2/on"},
+		OffURLs:  []string{srv.URL + "/relay1/off", srv.URL + "/relay2/off"},
+	}
+	if err := buildDeviceDriver(d).Set(context.Background(), 2, true); err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("Set: %v", err)
+	}
+	select {
+	case got := <-hit:
+		if got != "/relay2/on" {
+			t.Errorf("board was asked for %q, want /relay2/on", got)
+		}
+	case <-time.After(3 * time.Second):
+		t.Fatal("the configured URL was never requested — the board is not using its own driver")
+	}
+}
+
+// Editing a URL must rebuild the driver. The cached one is keyed by the device's
+// configuration, and the URLs used not to be part of that key: correcting a typo
+// handed back the driver still holding the old address, so the fix looked like it
+// had done nothing until OpsLog was restarted.
+func TestGenericHTTPBoardKeyCoversItsURLs(t *testing.T) {
+	a := StationDevice{Type: "httpgen", Channels: 2, OnURLs: []string{"http://box/a"}}
+	b := StationDevice{Type: "httpgen", Channels: 2, OnURLs: []string{"http://box/b"}}
+	if deviceKey(a) == deviceKey(b) {
+		t.Error("two boards with different URLs share a cache key — an edited URL would not take effect")
+	}
+	c := a
+	c.OnPat = "http://box/{relay}"
+	if deviceKey(a) == deviceKey(c) {
+		t.Error("changing the ON pattern left the cache key unchanged")
+	}
+}

syncapply_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+package main
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"path/filepath"
+	"testing"
+	"time"
+
+	"hamlog/internal/db"
+	"hamlog/internal/qso"
+	"hamlog/internal/syncfolder"
+)
+
+// syncTestApp is an App with nothing but a logbook: applySyncRecord touches the
+// repository and the log file, and no more. Settings are nil, which is exactly
+// the state it must survive anyway — the loop runs before the active profile is
+// known.
+func syncTestApp(t *testing.T) *App {
+	t.Helper()
+	conn, err := db.Open(filepath.Join(t.TempDir(), "log.db"))
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("open: %v", err)
+	}
+	t.Cleanup(func() { conn.Close() })
+	return &App{ctx: context.Background(), qso: qso.NewRepo(conn)}
+}
+
+func syncRecord(t *testing.T, op syncfolder.Op, uid string, q qso.QSO) syncfolder.Record {
+	t.Helper()
+	rec := syncfolder.Record{V: syncfolder.FormatVersion, Op: op, UID: uid, At: time.Now().UTC(), By: "other"}
+	if op != syncfolder.OpDelete {
+		b, err := json.Marshal(q)
+		if err != nil {
+			t.Fatalf("marshal: %v", err)
+		}
+		rec.Data = b
+	}
+	return rec
+}
+
+func countQSOs(t *testing.T, a *App) int64 {
+	t.Helper()
+	n, err := a.qso.Count(a.ctx)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("count: %v", err)
+	}
+	return n
+}
+
+// The ordinary life of a contact made on the other PC: it arrives, it is
+// corrected, it is deleted. One row throughout — a sync that inserted a second
+// copy on the edit would be worse than no sync at all.
+func TestSyncRecordAddThenUpdateThenDelete(t *testing.T) {
+	a := syncTestApp(t)
+	when := time.Date(2026, 8, 16, 14, 32, 0, 0, time.UTC)
+	uid := syncfolder.NewUID()
+
+	if !a.applySyncRecord(syncRecord(t, syncfolder.OpAdd, uid, qso.QSO{
+		Callsign: "M0ABC", QSODate: when, Band: "20m", Mode: "CW", Name: "Ann",
+	})) {
+		t.Fatal("the added contact was not applied")
+	}
+	if n := countQSOs(t, a); n != 1 {
+		t.Fatalf("log holds %d QSOs after an add, want 1", n)
+	}
+	// Stamped with the identity from the record — without this every later
+	// change naming it would look like a contact never seen before.
+	id, found, err := a.qso.IDBySyncUID(a.ctx, uid)
+	if err != nil || !found {
+		t.Fatalf("IDBySyncUID = (%d,%v,%v), want the new row", id, found, err)
+	}
+
+	if !a.applySyncRecord(syncRecord(t, syncfolder.OpUpdate, uid, qso.QSO{
+		Callsign: "M0ABC", QSODate: when, Band: "20m", Mode: "CW", Name: "Annette",
+	})) {
+		t.Fatal("the correction was not applied")
+	}
+	if n := countQSOs(t, a); n != 1 {
+		t.Fatalf("log holds %d QSOs after an edit, want 1 — the edit was logged as a second contact", n)
+	}
+	got, err := a.qso.GetByID(a.ctx, id)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("get: %v", err)
+	}
+	if got.Name != "Annette" {
+		t.Errorf("name = %q after the correction, want %q", got.Name, "Annette")
+	}
+
+	if !a.applySyncRecord(syncRecord(t, syncfolder.OpDelete, uid, qso.QSO{})) {
+		t.Fatal("the tombstone was not applied")
+	}
+	if n := countQSOs(t, a); n != 0 {
+		t.Fatalf("log holds %d QSOs after the deletion, want 0", n)
+	}
+	// A tombstone that arrives twice — both peers relayed it, or the file was
+	// re-read after a restore — must be quiet, not an error and not a change.
+	if a.applySyncRecord(syncRecord(t, syncfolder.OpDelete, uid, qso.QSO{})) {
+		t.Error("a repeated tombstone reported a change; the grid would refresh for nothing, for ever")
+	}
+}
+
+// The case the whole no-backfill decision rests on.
+//
+// Both PCs already hold the operator's 123 000 contacts — seeded from one
+// database or one ADIF — and neither row carries an identity, because nothing
+// has touched them since. The day the shack PC corrects a 2019 QSO it stamps an
+// identity and sends an update naming it; the laptop has never seen that
+// identity. Inserting would give the operator two copies of a contact they
+// merely corrected, and would do it for every edit for ever.
+func TestSyncRecordAdoptsTheContactAlreadyInTheLog(t *testing.T) {
+	a := syncTestApp(t)
+	when := time.Date(2019, 3, 2, 9, 15, 0, 0, time.UTC)
+
+	// The copy that was already here, with no identity.
+	localID, err := a.qso.Add(a.ctx, qso.QSO{
+		Callsign: "M0ABC", QSODate: when, Band: "40m", Mode: "SSB", Name: "Ann",
+	})
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("seed: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	uid := syncfolder.NewUID() // minted on the OTHER machine
+	if !a.applySyncRecord(syncRecord(t, syncfolder.OpUpdate, uid, qso.QSO{
+		Callsign: "M0ABC", QSODate: when, Band: "40m", Mode: "SSB", Name: "Annette", QTH: "Bristol",
+	})) {
+		t.Fatal("the correction was not applied")
+	}
+	if n := countQSOs(t, a); n != 1 {
+		t.Fatalf("log holds %d QSOs, want 1 — the contact was duplicated instead of recognised", n)
+	}
+	got, err := a.qso.GetByID(a.ctx, localID)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("get: %v", err)
+	}
+	if got.Name != "Annette" || got.QTH != "Bristol" {
+		t.Errorf("the row already here was not corrected: name=%q qth=%q", got.Name, got.QTH)
+	}
+	// And it now carries the identity, so the NEXT change goes straight to it
+	// without needing the contact-matching fallback again.
+	if id, found, _ := a.qso.IDBySyncUID(a.ctx, uid); !found || id != localID {
+		t.Errorf("IDBySyncUID = (%d,%v), want the row already here (%d)", id, found, localID)
+	}
+}
+
+// A different contact must NOT be adopted. The matching is deliberately narrow
+// — same callsign, same minute, same band, same mode — and this pins that a
+// second contact with the same station on another band stays a second contact.
+func TestSyncRecordDoesNotAdoptADifferentContact(t *testing.T) {
+	a := syncTestApp(t)
+	when := time.Date(2026, 8, 16, 14, 32, 0, 0, time.UTC)
+	if _, err := a.qso.Add(a.ctx, qso.QSO{Callsign: "M0ABC", QSODate: when, Band: "40m", Mode: "CW"}); err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("seed: %v", err)
+	}
+	if !a.applySyncRecord(syncRecord(t, syncfolder.OpAdd, syncfolder.NewUID(), qso.QSO{
+		Callsign: "M0ABC", QSODate: when, Band: "20m", Mode: "CW",
+	})) {
+		t.Fatal("the contact was not applied")
+	}
+	if n := countQSOs(t, a); n != 2 {
+		t.Fatalf("log holds %d QSOs, want 2 — a contact on another band was swallowed as a duplicate", n)
+	}
+}
+
+// A record with no callsign is not a contact. It reaches here from a file
+// truncated by a sync client mid-upload, or from a future format read
+// optimistically, and inserting it would put a blank row in the log.
+func TestSyncRecordIgnoresAContactWithNoCallsign(t *testing.T) {
+	a := syncTestApp(t)
+	if a.applySyncRecord(syncRecord(t, syncfolder.OpAdd, syncfolder.NewUID(), qso.QSO{Band: "20m", Mode: "CW"})) {
+		t.Error("a record with no callsign was applied")
+	}
+	if n := countQSOs(t, a); n != 0 {
+		t.Fatalf("log holds %d QSOs, want 0", n)
+	}
+}

syncfolder.go

@@ -0,0 +1,554 @@
+package main
+
+// Folder synchronisation — one operator, several PCs, one logbook.
+//
+// The operator points every OpsLog at the SAME folder (Seafile, OneDrive,
+// Dropbox, a NAS share). Each machine appends what it logs, edits and deletes
+// to its own file in there, and reads the others'. internal/syncfolder holds
+// the format and the merge rules, and its package doc explains why the change
+// log is a set of append-only files rather than the database itself.
+//
+// This file is the wiring: settings, the loop, and the three hooks on the
+// logging path.
+//
+// WHAT SYNCHRONISES. Only what happens from the moment it is switched on.
+// There is deliberately no mass backfill of the log already on disk: the two
+// PCs of an operator who has been logging for years hold the same history
+// already (one was seeded from the other, or from the same ADIF), and pushing
+// 123 000 contacts through a synced folder to tell the other machine what it
+// already knows would cost hours and gain nothing. A contact is stamped with an
+// identity when it is touched — logged, edited, deleted — and that is what the
+// other machines are told about.
+//
+// WHY IT STILL RECOGNISES OLD CONTACTS. Because an edit to a 2019 QSO does
+// travel, and the receiving machine has that QSO under a different row id and
+// no identity. It matches on the contact itself (callsign, minute, band, mode)
+// before inserting, so an edit lands on the row already there instead of
+// creating a second copy. That is IDByDedupeKey, and it is the whole reason the
+// no-backfill decision is safe.
+//
+// NOT LIVE, AND NOT MEANT TO BE. Two operators working a contest together want
+// the shared MySQL logbook, which OpsLog already does. This is for one operator
+// whose contacts are spread across a shack PC, a laptop and a portable rig.
+
+import (
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"os"
+	"path/filepath"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+
+	wruntime "github.com/wailsapp/wails/v2/pkg/runtime"
+
+	"hamlog/internal/applog"
+	"hamlog/internal/qso"
+	"hamlog/internal/syncfolder"
+)
+
+// Settings keys. All PROFILE-SCOPED, and that is load-bearing: each profile can
+// point at its own logbook, so each needs its own folder, its own machine id
+// (hence its own file — two profiles sharing a folder would otherwise write
+// two logbooks into one) and its own read positions.
+const (
+	keySyncFolder        = "syncfolder.config"
+	keySyncFolderMachine = "syncfolder.machine" // this installation's id, minted once
+	keySyncFolderOffsets = "syncfolder.offsets" // peer machine id → bytes already read
+	keySyncFolderSeq     = "syncfolder.seq"     // this machine's own counter
+)
+
+// syncPollInterval is how often the folder is examined. A synced folder is not
+// instant anyway — Seafile and OneDrive take seconds to notice a change and
+// seconds more to push it — so polling faster would only burn a directory
+// listing to learn nothing.
+const syncPollInterval = 20 * time.Second
+
+// FolderSyncConfig is what the operator sets.
+type FolderSyncConfig struct {
+	Enabled bool   `json:"enabled"`
+	Folder  string `json:"folder"`
+	// Machine is the operator's own name for this PC — "shack", "portable".
+	// It only labels the file and the status; the identity that matters is the
+	// id minted from it, which carries a random suffix so two PCs both called
+	// "shack" still never write to one file.
+	Machine string `json:"machine"`
+}
+
+// FolderSyncPeer is another machine seen in the folder.
+type FolderSyncPeer struct {
+	Machine string `json:"machine"`
+	// LastChange is the file's modification time — "when did that PC last log
+	// anything", which is the question an operator actually asks of this list.
+	LastChange string `json:"last_change"`
+	Behind     int64  `json:"behind"` // bytes written but not yet read here
+}
+
+// FolderSyncStatus is what the settings panel shows.
+type FolderSyncStatus struct {
+	Enabled   bool             `json:"enabled"`
+	Folder    string           `json:"folder"`
+	MachineID string           `json:"machine_id"`
+	Peers     []FolderSyncPeer `json:"peers"`
+	LastSync  string           `json:"last_sync"`
+	Sent      int64            `json:"sent"`
+	Received  int64            `json:"received"`
+	Error     string           `json:"error"`
+}
+
+func (a *App) loadFolderSync() FolderSyncConfig {
+	var cfg FolderSyncConfig
+	if a.settings == nil || !a.settingsScoped.Load() {
+		return cfg
+	}
+	s, _ := a.settings.Get(a.ctx, keySyncFolder)
+	if strings.TrimSpace(s) != "" {
+		_ = json.Unmarshal([]byte(s), &cfg)
+	}
+	return cfg
+}
+
+// GetFolderSync returns the configuration for the settings panel.
+func (a *App) GetFolderSync() FolderSyncConfig {
+	a.syncMu.Lock()
+	defer a.syncMu.Unlock()
+	return a.loadFolderSync()
+}
+
+// SaveFolderSync persists the configuration.
+//
+// The folder is checked by WRITING to it, not by asking whether it exists: a
+// cloud folder that is read-only, or a NAS share whose credentials have
+// expired, exists perfectly well and would swallow every contact in silence.
+// Better to refuse in the settings panel, where the operator is looking.
+func (a *App) SaveFolderSync(cfg FolderSyncConfig) error {
+	a.syncMu.Lock()
+	defer a.syncMu.Unlock()
+	cfg.Folder = strings.TrimSpace(cfg.Folder)
+	cfg.Machine = strings.TrimSpace(cfg.Machine)
+	if cfg.Enabled {
+		if cfg.Folder == "" {
+			return fmt.Errorf("choose the synchronised folder first")
+		}
+		if err := checkWritableDir(cfg.Folder); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		if cfg.Machine == "" {
+			cfg.Machine = "PC"
+		}
+	}
+	// The id is minted from the name ONCE and then kept, even if the operator
+	// renames the PC afterwards. Re-minting would orphan the file already in
+	// the folder: the other machines would go on reading the old one for ever
+	// and never see another contact from here.
+	if cfg.Enabled && a.settings != nil {
+		if cur, _ := a.settings.Get(a.ctx, keySyncFolderMachine); strings.TrimSpace(cur) == "" {
+			a.setSetting(keySyncFolderMachine, syncfolder.NewMachineID(cfg.Machine))
+		}
+	}
+	b, _ := json.Marshal(cfg)
+	a.setSetting(keySyncFolder, string(b))
+	applog.Printf("foldersync: enabled=%v folder=%q machine=%q", cfg.Enabled, cfg.Folder, cfg.Machine)
+	return nil
+}
+
+// checkWritableDir proves the folder can be written to, and cleans up after
+// itself.
+func checkWritableDir(dir string) error {
+	info, err := os.Stat(dir)
+	if err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("cannot reach %s: %w", dir, err)
+	}
+	if !info.IsDir() {
+		return fmt.Errorf("%s is not a folder", dir)
+	}
+	probe := filepath.Join(dir, ".opslog-write-test")
+	if err := os.WriteFile(probe, []byte("opslog"), 0o644); err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("cannot write to %s: %w", dir, err)
+	}
+	_ = os.Remove(probe)
+	return nil
+}
+
+// PickFolderSyncFolder opens the folder chooser.
+func (a *App) PickFolderSyncFolder() (string, error) {
+	if a.ctx == nil {
+		return "", fmt.Errorf("no app context")
+	}
+	return wruntime.OpenDirectoryDialog(a.ctx, wruntime.OpenDialogOptions{
+		Title: "Choose the folder your PCs already synchronise",
+	})
+}
+
+// syncStore returns this machine's view of the folder, or nil when folder
+// synchronisation is off or not configured. Every caller treats nil as "not
+// our business" — the hooks on the logging path especially, where this must
+// cost nothing at all for the operators who never turn it on.
+func (a *App) syncStore() (*syncfolder.Store, FolderSyncConfig) {
+	cfg := a.loadFolderSync()
+	if !cfg.Enabled || cfg.Folder == "" || a.settings == nil {
+		return nil, cfg
+	}
+	id, _ := a.settings.Get(a.ctx, keySyncFolderMachine)
+	if strings.TrimSpace(id) == "" {
+		return nil, cfg
+	}
+	return syncfolder.New(cfg.Folder, id), cfg
+}
+
+// nextSyncSeq hands out this machine's next counter value.
+//
+// Persisted on every use rather than at shutdown: the counter breaks ties
+// between two changes made in the same second, and one that restarted at zero
+// after a crash would make an older change beat a newer one for ever.
+func (a *App) nextSyncSeq() uint64 {
+	n := uint64(0)
+	if a.settings != nil {
+		s, _ := a.settings.Get(a.ctx, keySyncFolderSeq)
+		fmt.Sscanf(strings.TrimSpace(s), "%d", &n)
+	}
+	n++
+	a.setSetting(keySyncFolderSeq, fmt.Sprintf("%d", n))
+	return n
+}
+
+// syncUIDFor returns a contact's identity, minting and stamping one if it has
+// none. This is where an old QSO joins the sync: not in bulk, but the first
+// time it is touched.
+func (a *App) syncUIDFor(id int64, known string) string {
+	if strings.TrimSpace(known) != "" {
+		return known
+	}
+	if a.qso == nil || id <= 0 {
+		return ""
+	}
+	if q, err := a.qso.GetByID(a.ctx, id); err == nil && strings.TrimSpace(q.SyncUID) != "" {
+		return q.SyncUID
+	}
+	uid := syncfolder.NewUID()
+	if err := a.qso.SetSyncUID(a.ctx, id, uid); err != nil {
+		applog.Printf("foldersync: stamping QSO %d failed: %v", id, err)
+		return ""
+	}
+	return uid
+}
+
+// syncPublish records one local change for the other machines.
+//
+// Never on the critical path of logging: a folder on a network share can block
+// for seconds, and a contact must be in the database and on screen long before
+// anyone cares that another PC knows about it. Callers run it in a goroutine.
+func (a *App) syncPublish(op syncfolder.Op, id int64, q *qso.QSO) {
+	a.syncMu.Lock()
+	defer a.syncMu.Unlock()
+	store, _ := a.syncStore()
+	if store == nil {
+		return
+	}
+	known := ""
+	if q != nil {
+		known = q.SyncUID
+	}
+	uid := a.syncUIDFor(id, known)
+	if uid == "" {
+		return
+	}
+	rec := syncfolder.Record{Op: op, UID: uid, Seq: a.nextSyncSeq()}
+	// A deletion carries no contact — the tombstone is the whole message, and
+	// the receiving machine finds the row by the identity.
+	if op != syncfolder.OpDelete {
+		full := q
+		if full == nil || full.ID != id {
+			got, err := a.qso.GetByID(a.ctx, id)
+			if err != nil {
+				applog.Printf("foldersync: reading QSO %d back failed: %v", id, err)
+				return
+			}
+			full = &got
+		}
+		// The row id is this machine's and means nothing anywhere else. Left in,
+		// it would be read back as "update local row 4711" on a PC where 4711 is
+		// somebody else entirely.
+		cp := *full
+		cp.ID = 0
+		cp.SyncUID = uid
+		b, err := json.Marshal(cp)
+		if err != nil {
+			applog.Printf("foldersync: encoding QSO %d failed: %v", id, err)
+			return
+		}
+		rec.Data = b
+	}
+	if err := store.Append(rec); err != nil {
+		a.syncErr = err.Error()
+		applog.Printf("foldersync: append failed: %v", err)
+		return
+	}
+	a.syncErr = ""
+	a.syncSent++
+}
+
+// syncPublishAsync is what the logging path calls.
+func (a *App) syncPublishAsync(op syncfolder.Op, id int64, q *qso.QSO) {
+	if a.qso == nil {
+		return
+	}
+	var cp *qso.QSO
+	if q != nil {
+		c := *q
+		cp = &c
+	}
+	go a.syncPublish(op, id, cp)
+}
+
+// syncPublishDeletes records tombstones for rows about to be deleted.
+//
+// Called BEFORE the delete and synchronously, for the same reason
+// deleteRemoteCopies is: once the rows are gone their identities are gone with
+// them, and a tombstone naming nothing tells the other machines nothing.
+func (a *App) syncPublishDeletes(ids []int64) {
+	if a.qso == nil || len(ids) == 0 {
+		return
+	}
+	a.syncMu.Lock()
+	store, _ := a.syncStore()
+	a.syncMu.Unlock()
+	if store == nil {
+		return
+	}
+	for _, id := range ids {
+		q, err := a.qso.GetByID(a.ctx, id)
+		if err != nil {
+			continue
+		}
+		// A contact never touched since the sync was switched on has no identity,
+		// and giving it one now is what makes the deletion addressable at all.
+		a.syncMu.Lock()
+		uid := a.syncUIDFor(id, q.SyncUID)
+		if uid != "" {
+			if err := store.Append(syncfolder.Record{Op: syncfolder.OpDelete, UID: uid, Seq: a.nextSyncSeq()}); err != nil {
+				applog.Printf("foldersync: tombstone for QSO %d failed: %v", id, err)
+			} else {
+				a.syncSent++
+			}
+		}
+		a.syncMu.Unlock()
+	}
+}
+
+func (a *App) loadSyncOffsets() map[string]int64 {
+	out := map[string]int64{}
+	if a.settings == nil {
+		return out
+	}
+	s, _ := a.settings.Get(a.ctx, keySyncFolderOffsets)
+	if strings.TrimSpace(s) != "" {
+		_ = json.Unmarshal([]byte(s), &out)
+	}
+	return out
+}
+
+func (a *App) saveSyncOffsets(m map[string]int64) {
+	b, _ := json.Marshal(m)
+	a.setSetting(keySyncFolderOffsets, string(b))
+}
+
+// folderSyncLoop reads the other machines' files on an interval, for the life
+// of the app. Cheap when switched off: one settings read.
+func (a *App) folderSyncLoop() {
+	tick := time.NewTicker(syncPollInterval)
+	defer tick.Stop()
+	for range tick.C {
+		if a.ctx == nil || a.qso == nil {
+			continue
+		}
+		if n, err := a.folderSyncPass(); err != nil {
+			applog.Printf("foldersync: %v", err)
+		} else if n > 0 {
+			applog.Printf("foldersync: applied %d change(s) from the folder", n)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// SyncFolderNow runs one pass immediately — the "Synchronise now" button, and
+// what makes a first setup verifiable without waiting for the timer.
+func (a *App) SyncFolderNow() (int, error) {
+	return a.folderSyncPass()
+}
+
+// folderSyncPass reads every peer's new records once and applies the winners.
+func (a *App) folderSyncPass() (int, error) {
+	a.syncMu.Lock()
+	store, _ := a.syncStore()
+	a.syncMu.Unlock()
+	if store == nil || a.qso == nil {
+		return 0, nil
+	}
+	peers, err := store.Peers()
+	if err != nil {
+		a.syncMu.Lock()
+		a.syncErr = err.Error()
+		a.syncMu.Unlock()
+		return 0, err
+	}
+	offsets := a.loadSyncOffsets()
+	var batch []syncfolder.Record
+	advanced := map[string]int64{}
+	for _, p := range peers {
+		recs, next, err := syncfolder.ReadFrom(p.Path, offsets[p.MachineID])
+		if err != nil {
+			// One unreadable peer — a file mid-upload, a share that dropped —
+			// must not stop the others. Its offset is left where it was, so
+			// nothing is skipped when it comes back.
+			applog.Printf("foldersync: reading %s: %v", p.MachineID, err)
+			continue
+		}
+		batch = append(batch, recs...)
+		advanced[p.MachineID] = next
+	}
+	if len(batch) == 0 {
+		a.syncMu.Lock()
+		a.syncLast = time.Now()
+		a.syncErr = ""
+		a.syncMu.Unlock()
+		for id, off := range advanced {
+			offsets[id] = off
+		}
+		a.saveSyncOffsets(offsets)
+		return 0, nil
+	}
+	applied := 0
+	for _, rec := range syncfolder.Merge(batch) {
+		if a.applySyncRecord(rec) {
+			applied++
+		}
+	}
+	// Offsets advance only after the batch has been applied. Saved first, a
+	// crash in between would lose those changes permanently — the records would
+	// never be read again.
+	for id, off := range advanced {
+		offsets[id] = off
+	}
+	a.saveSyncOffsets(offsets)
+
+	a.syncMu.Lock()
+	a.syncLast = time.Now()
+	a.syncReceived += int64(applied)
+	a.syncErr = ""
+	a.syncMu.Unlock()
+
+	if applied > 0 {
+		a.invalidateAwardStats()
+		a.clusterStatusMu.Lock()
+		a.clusterStatusIdx = nil
+		a.clusterStatusMu.Unlock()
+		if a.ctx != nil {
+			wruntime.EventsEmit(a.ctx, "logbook:changed")
+		}
+	}
+	return applied, nil
+}
+
+// applySyncRecord writes one incoming change to the logbook. Reports whether
+// anything actually changed.
+//
+// Deliberately uses the repository directly and NOT AddQSO/UpdateQSO/DeleteQSO:
+// those publish to the folder, and a change applied here would be written
+// straight back out — two machines echoing each other for ever.
+func (a *App) applySyncRecord(rec syncfolder.Record) bool {
+	id, found, err := a.qso.IDBySyncUID(a.ctx, rec.UID)
+	if err != nil {
+		applog.Printf("foldersync: looking up %s: %v", rec.UID, err)
+		return false
+	}
+	if rec.Op == syncfolder.OpDelete {
+		if !found {
+			return false // never had it, or already deleted here
+		}
+		if err := a.qso.Delete(a.ctx, id); err != nil {
+			applog.Printf("foldersync: deleting QSO %d: %v", id, err)
+			return false
+		}
+		return true
+	}
+	var q qso.QSO
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(rec.Data, &q); err != nil {
+		applog.Printf("foldersync: unreadable record for %s: %v", rec.UID, err)
+		return false
+	}
+	if strings.TrimSpace(q.Callsign) == "" {
+		return false
+	}
+	q.SyncUID = rec.UID
+	// Not under this identity — but very possibly the same contact under
+	// another one, or under none: both PCs were seeded from the same ADIF long
+	// before any of this existed. Recognise it rather than log it twice.
+	if !found {
+		if lid, _, ok, err := a.qso.IDByDedupeKey(a.ctx, q.Callsign, q.QSODate.UTC().Format("2006-01-02T15:04"), q.Band, q.Mode); err == nil && ok {
+			id, found = lid, true
+			_ = a.qso.SetSyncUID(a.ctx, id, rec.UID)
+		}
+	}
+	if found {
+		q.ID = id
+		if err := a.qso.Update(a.ctx, q); err != nil {
+			applog.Printf("foldersync: updating QSO %d: %v", id, err)
+			return false
+		}
+		return true
+	}
+	q.ID = 0
+	newID, err := a.qso.Add(a.ctx, q)
+	if err != nil {
+		applog.Printf("foldersync: inserting %s: %v", q.Callsign, err)
+		return false
+	}
+	// sync_uid is not in the insert column list — on purpose, so no ordinary
+	// write can clobber an identity — so it is stamped straight after.
+	if err := a.qso.SetSyncUID(a.ctx, newID, rec.UID); err != nil {
+		applog.Printf("foldersync: stamping the new QSO %d: %v", newID, err)
+	}
+	return true
+}
+
+// GetFolderSyncStatus reports what the operator needs to see: which other PCs
+// are in the folder, when each last logged something, and whether anything is
+// waiting to be read.
+func (a *App) GetFolderSyncStatus() FolderSyncStatus {
+	a.syncMu.Lock()
+	cfg := a.loadFolderSync()
+	store, _ := a.syncStore()
+	st := FolderSyncStatus{
+		Enabled:  cfg.Enabled,
+		Folder:   cfg.Folder,
+		Sent:     a.syncSent,
+		Received: a.syncReceived,
+		Error:    a.syncErr,
+	}
+	if !a.syncLast.IsZero() {
+		st.LastSync = a.syncLast.UTC().Format(time.RFC3339)
+	}
+	if a.settings != nil {
+		st.MachineID, _ = a.settings.Get(a.ctx, keySyncFolderMachine)
+	}
+	a.syncMu.Unlock()
+	if store == nil {
+		return st
+	}
+	peers, err := store.Peers()
+	if err != nil {
+		st.Error = err.Error()
+		return st
+	}
+	offsets := a.loadSyncOffsets()
+	for _, p := range peers {
+		fp := FolderSyncPeer{Machine: p.MachineID}
+		if behind := p.Size - offsets[p.MachineID]; behind > 0 {
+			fp.Behind = behind
+		}
+		if info, err := os.Stat(p.Path); err == nil {
+			fp.LastChange = info.ModTime().UTC().Format(time.RFC3339)
+		}
+		st.Peers = append(st.Peers, fp)
+	}
+	return st
+}

telemetry.go

@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ import (
 
 const (
 	// appVersion is stamped on every heartbeat (and could feed the About box).
-	appVersion = "0.25.2"
+	appVersion = "0.25.9"
 
 	// posthogHost is the PostHog ingestion endpoint. EU cloud by default; change
 	// to https://us.i.posthog.com for a US project.